1 #ifndef __LINUX_NL80211_H 2 #define __LINUX_NL80211_H 3 /* 4 * 802.11 netlink interface public header 5 * 6 * Copyright 2006-2010 Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> 7 * Copyright 2008 Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net> 8 * Copyright 2008 Luis Carlos Cobo <luisca@cozybit.com> 9 * Copyright 2008 Michael Buesch <m@bues.ch> 10 * Copyright 2008, 2009 Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com> 11 * Copyright 2008 Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com> 12 * Copyright 2008 Colin McCabe <colin@cozybit.com> 13 * Copyright 2015-2017 Intel Deutschland GmbH 14 * Copyright (C) 2018-2026 Intel Corporation 15 * 16 * Permission to use, copy, modify, and/or distribute this software for any 17 * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above 18 * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies. 19 * 20 * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES 21 * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF 22 * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR 23 * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES 24 * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN 25 * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF 26 * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. 27 * 28 */ 29 30 /* 31 * This header file defines the userspace API to the wireless stack. Please 32 * be careful not to break things - i.e. don't move anything around or so 33 * unless you can demonstrate that it breaks neither API nor ABI. 34 * 35 * Additions to the API should be accompanied by actual implementations in 36 * an upstream driver, so that example implementations exist in case there 37 * are ever concerns about the precise semantics of the API or changes are 38 * needed, and to ensure that code for dead (no longer implemented) API 39 * can actually be identified and removed. 40 * Nonetheless, semantics should also be documented carefully in this file. 41 */ 42 43 #include <linux/types.h> 44 45 #define NL80211_GENL_NAME "nl80211" 46 47 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_CONFIG "config" 48 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_SCAN "scan" 49 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_REG "regulatory" 50 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_MLME "mlme" 51 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_VENDOR "vendor" 52 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_NAN "nan" 53 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_TESTMODE "testmode" 54 55 #define NL80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_MIN 4 56 #define NL80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_MAX 15 57 #define NL80211_EDMG_CHANNELS_MIN 1 58 #define NL80211_EDMG_CHANNELS_MAX 0x3c /* 0b00111100 */ 59 60 /** 61 * DOC: Station handling 62 * 63 * Stations are added per interface, but a special case exists with VLAN 64 * interfaces. When a station is bound to an AP interface, it may be moved 65 * into a VLAN identified by a VLAN interface index (%NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN). 66 * The station is still assumed to belong to the AP interface it was added 67 * to. 68 * 69 * Station handling varies per interface type and depending on the driver's 70 * capabilities. 71 * 72 * For drivers supporting TDLS with external setup (WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_TDLS 73 * and WIPHY_FLAG_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP), the station lifetime is as follows: 74 * - a setup station entry is added, not yet authorized, without any rate 75 * or capability information; this just exists to avoid race conditions 76 * - when the TDLS setup is done, a single NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION is valid 77 * to add rate and capability information to the station and at the same 78 * time mark it authorized. 79 * - %NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK is then used 80 * - after this, the only valid operation is to remove it by tearing down 81 * the TDLS link (%NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK) 82 * 83 * TODO: need more info for other interface types 84 */ 85 86 /** 87 * DOC: Frame transmission/registration support 88 * 89 * Frame transmission and registration support exists to allow userspace 90 * management entities such as wpa_supplicant to react to management frames 91 * that are not being handled by the kernel. This includes, for example, 92 * certain classes of action frames that cannot be handled in the kernel 93 * for various reasons. 94 * 95 * Frame registration is done on a per-interface basis and registrations 96 * cannot be removed other than by closing the socket. It is possible to 97 * specify a registration filter to register, for example, only for a 98 * certain type of action frame. In particular with action frames, those 99 * that userspace registers for will not be returned as unhandled by the 100 * driver, so that the registered application has to take responsibility 101 * for doing that. 102 * 103 * The type of frame that can be registered for is also dependent on the 104 * driver and interface type. The frame types are advertised in wiphy 105 * attributes so applications know what to expect. 106 * 107 * NOTE: When an interface changes type while registrations are active, 108 * these registrations are ignored until the interface type is 109 * changed again. This means that changing the interface type can 110 * lead to a situation that couldn't otherwise be produced, but 111 * any such registrations will be dormant in the sense that they 112 * will not be serviced, i.e. they will not receive any frames. 113 * 114 * Frame transmission allows userspace to send for example the required 115 * responses to action frames. It is subject to some sanity checking, 116 * but many frames can be transmitted. When a frame is transmitted, its 117 * status is indicated to the sending socket. 118 * 119 * For more technical details, see the corresponding command descriptions 120 * below. 121 */ 122 123 /** 124 * DOC: Virtual interface / concurrency capabilities 125 * 126 * Some devices are able to operate with virtual MACs; they can have 127 * more than one virtual interface. The capability handling for this 128 * is a bit complex though, as there may be a number of restrictions 129 * on the types of concurrency that are supported. 130 * 131 * To start with, each device supports the interface types listed in 132 * the %NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES attribute, but by listing the 133 * types there no concurrency is implied. 134 * 135 * Once concurrency is desired, more attributes must be observed: 136 * To start with, since some interface types are purely managed in 137 * software, like the AP-VLAN type in mac80211 for example, there's 138 * an additional list of these; they can be added at any time and 139 * are only restricted by some semantic restrictions (e.g. AP-VLAN 140 * cannot be added without a corresponding AP interface). This list 141 * is exported in the %NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES attribute. 142 * 143 * Further, the list of supported combinations is exported. This is 144 * in the %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS attribute. Basically, 145 * it exports a list of "groups", and at any point in time the 146 * interfaces that are currently active must fall into any one of 147 * the advertised groups. Within each group, there are restrictions 148 * on the number of interfaces of different types that are supported 149 * and also the number of different channels, along with potentially 150 * some other restrictions. See &enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs. 151 * 152 * All together, these attributes define the concurrency of virtual 153 * interfaces that a given device supports. 154 */ 155 156 /** 157 * DOC: packet coalesce support 158 * 159 * In most cases, host that receives IPv4 and IPv6 multicast/broadcast 160 * packets does not do anything with these packets. Therefore the 161 * reception of these unwanted packets causes unnecessary processing 162 * and power consumption. 163 * 164 * Packet coalesce feature helps to reduce number of received interrupts 165 * to host by buffering these packets in firmware/hardware for some 166 * predefined time. Received interrupt will be generated when one of the 167 * following events occurs. 168 * a) Expiration of hardware timer whose expiration time is set to maximum 169 * coalescing delay of matching coalesce rule. 170 * b) Coalescing buffer in hardware reaches its limit. 171 * c) Packet doesn't match any of the configured coalesce rules. 172 * 173 * User needs to configure following parameters for creating a coalesce 174 * rule. 175 * a) Maximum coalescing delay 176 * b) List of packet patterns which needs to be matched 177 * c) Condition for coalescence: pattern 'match' or 'no match' 178 * Multiple such rules can be created. 179 */ 180 181 /** 182 * DOC: WPA/WPA2 EAPOL handshake offload 183 * 184 * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK flag drivers 185 * can indicate they support offloading EAPOL handshakes for WPA/WPA2 186 * preshared key authentication in station mode. In %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT 187 * the preshared key should be specified using %NL80211_ATTR_PMK. Drivers 188 * supporting this offload may reject the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT when no 189 * preshared key material is provided, for example when that driver does 190 * not support setting the temporal keys through %NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY. 191 * 192 * Similarly @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X flag can be 193 * set by drivers indicating offload support of the PTK/GTK EAPOL 194 * handshakes during 802.1X authentication in station mode. In order to 195 * use the offload the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT should have 196 * %NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS attribute flag. Drivers supporting this 197 * offload may reject the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT when the attribute flag is 198 * not present. 199 * 200 * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_AP_PSK flag drivers 201 * can indicate they support offloading EAPOL handshakes for WPA/WPA2 202 * preshared key authentication in AP mode. In %NL80211_CMD_START_AP 203 * the preshared key should be specified using %NL80211_ATTR_PMK. Drivers 204 * supporting this offload may reject the %NL80211_CMD_START_AP when no 205 * preshared key material is provided, for example when that driver does 206 * not support setting the temporal keys through %NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY. 207 * 208 * For 802.1X the PMK or PMK-R0 are set by providing %NL80211_ATTR_PMK 209 * using %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK. For offloaded FT support also 210 * %NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME must be provided. 211 */ 212 213 /** 214 * DOC: FILS shared key authentication offload 215 * 216 * FILS shared key authentication offload can be advertised by drivers by 217 * setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD flag. The drivers that support 218 * FILS shared key authentication offload should be able to construct the 219 * authentication and association frames for FILS shared key authentication and 220 * eventually do a key derivation as per IEEE 802.11ai. The below additional 221 * parameters should be given to driver in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT and/or in 222 * %NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS. 223 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME - used to construct keyname_nai 224 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM - used to construct keyname_nai 225 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM - used to construct erp message 226 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK - used to generate the rIK and rMSK 227 * rIK should be used to generate an authentication tag on the ERP message and 228 * rMSK should be used to derive a PMKSA. 229 * rIK, rMSK should be generated and keyname_nai, sequence number should be used 230 * as specified in IETF RFC 6696. 231 * 232 * When FILS shared key authentication is completed, driver needs to provide the 233 * below additional parameters to userspace, which can be either after setting 234 * up a connection or after roaming. 235 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK - used for key renewal 236 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM - used in further EAP-RP exchanges 237 * %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID - used to identify the PMKSA used/generated 238 * %Nl80211_ATTR_PMK - used to update PMKSA cache in userspace 239 * The PMKSA can be maintained in userspace persistently so that it can be used 240 * later after reboots or wifi turn off/on also. 241 * 242 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID is the cache identifier advertised by a FILS 243 * capable AP supporting PMK caching. It specifies the scope within which the 244 * PMKSAs are cached in an ESS. %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA and 245 * %NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA are enhanced to allow support for PMKSA caching based 246 * on FILS cache identifier. Additionally %NL80211_ATTR_PMK is used with 247 * %NL80211_SET_PMKSA to specify the PMK corresponding to a PMKSA for driver to 248 * use in a FILS shared key connection with PMKSA caching. 249 */ 250 251 /** 252 * DOC: SAE authentication offload 253 * 254 * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD flag drivers can indicate they 255 * support offloading SAE authentication for WPA3-Personal networks in station 256 * mode. Similarly @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD_AP flag can be set by 257 * drivers indicating the offload support in AP mode. 258 * 259 * The password for SAE should be specified using %NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PASSWORD in 260 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT and %NL80211_CMD_START_AP for station and AP mode 261 * respectively. 262 */ 263 264 /** 265 * DOC: VLAN offload support for setting group keys and binding STAs to VLANs 266 * 267 * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VLAN_OFFLOAD flag drivers can indicate they 268 * support offloading VLAN functionality in a manner where the driver exposes a 269 * single netdev that uses VLAN tagged frames and separate VLAN-specific netdevs 270 * can then be added using RTM_NEWLINK/IFLA_VLAN_ID similarly to the Ethernet 271 * case. Frames received from stations that are not assigned to any VLAN are 272 * delivered on the main netdev and frames to such stations can be sent through 273 * that main netdev. 274 * 275 * %NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY (for group keys), %NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION, and 276 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION will optionally specify vlan_id using 277 * %NL80211_ATTR_VLAN_ID. 278 */ 279 280 /** 281 * DOC: TID configuration 282 * 283 * TID config support can be checked in the %NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG 284 * attribute given in wiphy capabilities. 285 * 286 * The necessary configuration parameters are mentioned in 287 * &enum nl80211_tid_config_attr and it will be passed to the 288 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG command in %NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG. 289 * 290 * If the configuration needs to be applied for specific peer then the MAC 291 * address of the peer needs to be passed in %NL80211_ATTR_MAC, otherwise the 292 * configuration will be applied for all the connected peers in the vif except 293 * any peers that have peer-specific configuration for the TID by default; if 294 * the %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_OVERRIDE flag is set, peer-specific values 295 * will be overwritten. 296 * 297 * All this configuration is valid only for STA's current connection, 298 * i.e., the configuration will be reset to default when the STA connects back 299 * after disconnection/roaming, and this configuration will be cleared when 300 * the interface goes down. 301 */ 302 303 /** 304 * DOC: FILS shared key crypto offload 305 * 306 * This feature is applicable to drivers running in AP mode. 307 * 308 * FILS shared key crypto offload can be advertised by drivers by setting 309 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_CRYPTO_OFFLOAD flag. The drivers that support 310 * FILS shared key crypto offload should be able to encrypt and decrypt 311 * association frames for FILS shared key authentication as per IEEE 802.11ai. 312 * With this capability, for FILS key derivation, drivers depend on userspace. 313 * 314 * After FILS key derivation, userspace shares the FILS AAD details with the 315 * driver and the driver stores the same to use in decryption of association 316 * request and in encryption of association response. The below parameters 317 * should be given to the driver in %NL80211_CMD_SET_FILS_AAD. 318 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC - STA MAC address, used for storing FILS AAD per STA 319 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK - Used for encryption or decryption 320 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES - Used for encryption or decryption 321 * (STA Nonce 16 bytes followed by AP Nonce 16 bytes) 322 * 323 * Once the association is done, the driver cleans the FILS AAD data. 324 */ 325 326 /** 327 * DOC: Multi-Link Operation 328 * 329 * In Multi-Link Operation, a connection between two MLDs utilizes multiple 330 * links. To use this in nl80211, various commands and responses now need 331 * to or will include the new %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINKS attribute. 332 * Additionally, various commands that need to operate on a specific link 333 * now need to be given the %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID attribute, e.g. to 334 * use %NL80211_CMD_START_AP or similar functions. 335 */ 336 337 /** 338 * DOC: OWE DH IE handling offload 339 * 340 * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OWE_OFFLOAD flag, drivers can indicate 341 * kernel/application space to avoid DH IE handling. When this flag is 342 * advertised, the driver/device will take care of DH IE inclusion and 343 * processing of peer DH IE to generate PMK. 344 */ 345 346 /** 347 * enum nl80211_commands - supported nl80211 commands 348 * 349 * @NL80211_CMD_UNSPEC: unspecified command to catch errors 350 * 351 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY: request information about a wiphy or dump request 352 * to get a list of all present wiphys. 353 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY: set wiphy parameters, needs %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY or 354 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX; can be used to set %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME, 355 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ, 356 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET (and the attributes determining the 357 * channel width; this is used for setting monitor mode channel), 358 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG, 359 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD, and/or 360 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD. However, for setting the channel, 361 * see %NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL instead, the support here is for backward 362 * compatibility only. 363 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_WIPHY: Newly created wiphy, response to get request 364 * or rename notification. Has attributes %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and 365 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME. 366 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_WIPHY: Wiphy deleted. Has attributes 367 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME. 368 * 369 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE: Request an interface's configuration; 370 * either a dump request for all interfaces or a specific get with a 371 * single %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is supported. 372 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_INTERFACE: Set type of a virtual interface, requires 373 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE. 374 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE: Newly created virtual interface or response 375 * to %NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE. Has %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX, 376 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE attributes. Can also 377 * be sent from userspace to request creation of a new virtual interface, 378 * then requires attributes %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY, %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE and 379 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME. 380 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_INTERFACE: Virtual interface was deleted, has attributes 381 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY. Can also be sent from 382 * userspace to request deletion of a virtual interface, then requires 383 * attribute %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. If multiple BSSID advertisements are 384 * enabled using %NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_CONFIG, %NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_ELEMS, 385 * and if this command is used for the transmitting interface, then all 386 * the non-transmitting interfaces are deleted as well. 387 * 388 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_KEY: Get sequence counter information for a key specified 389 * by %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX and/or %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC 390 * represents peer's MLD address for MLO pairwise key. For MLO group key, 391 * the link is identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID. 392 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY: Set key attributes %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT, 393 * %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT, or %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_THRESHOLD. 394 * For MLO connection, the link to set default key is identified by 395 * %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID. 396 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY: add a key with given %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA, 397 * %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER, 398 * and %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ attributes. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC represents 399 * peer's MLD address for MLO pairwise key. The link to add MLO 400 * group key is identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID. 401 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_KEY: delete a key identified by %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX 402 * or %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC represents peer's MLD address 403 * for MLO pairwise key. The link to delete group key is identified by 404 * %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID. 405 * 406 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_BEACON: (not used) 407 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON: change the beacon on an access point interface 408 * using the %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD and %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL 409 * attributes. For drivers that generate the beacon and probe responses 410 * internally, the following attributes must be provided: %NL80211_ATTR_IE, 411 * %NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP and %NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP. 412 * @NL80211_CMD_START_AP: Start AP operation on an AP interface, parameters 413 * are like for %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON, and additionally parameters that 414 * do not change are used, these include %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL, 415 * %NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD, %NL80211_ATTR_SSID, 416 * %NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID, %NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE, 417 * %NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP, %NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS, 418 * %NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES, %NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY, 419 * %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE, %NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT, 420 * %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS. 421 * The channel to use can be set on the interface or be given using the 422 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET, and the 423 * attributes determining channel width. 424 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON: old alias for %NL80211_CMD_START_AP 425 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP: Stop AP operation on the given interface 426 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_BEACON: old alias for %NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP 427 * 428 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION: Get station attributes for station identified by 429 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 430 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION: Set station attributes for station identified by 431 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 432 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION: Add a station with given attributes to the 433 * interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 434 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_STATION: Remove a station identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC 435 * or, if no MAC address given, all stations, on the interface identified 436 * by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. For MLD station, MLD address is used in 437 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. %NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE and 438 * %NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE can optionally be used to specify which type 439 * of disconnection indication should be sent to the station 440 * (Deauthentication or Disassociation frame and reason code for that 441 * frame). %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID can be used optionally to remove 442 * stations connected and using at least that link as one of its links. 443 * 444 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH: Get mesh path attributes for mesh path to 445 * destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by 446 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 447 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MPATH: Set mesh path attributes for mesh path to 448 * destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by 449 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 450 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_MPATH: Create a new mesh path for the destination given by 451 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC via %NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP. 452 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_MPATH: Delete a mesh path to the destination given by 453 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. 454 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS: Set BSS attributes for BSS identified by 455 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 456 * 457 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_REG: ask the wireless core to send us its currently set 458 * regulatory domain. If %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY is specified and the device 459 * has a private regulatory domain, it will be returned. Otherwise, the 460 * global regdomain will be returned. 461 * A device will have a private regulatory domain if it uses the 462 * regulatory_hint() API. Even when a private regdomain is used the channel 463 * information will still be mended according to further hints from 464 * the regulatory core to help with compliance. A dump version of this API 465 * is now available which will returns the global regdomain as well as 466 * all private regdomains of present wiphys (for those that have it). 467 * If a wiphy is self-managed (%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG), then 468 * its private regdomain is the only valid one for it. The regulatory 469 * core is not used to help with compliance in this case. 470 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_REG: Set current regulatory domain. CRDA sends this command 471 * after being queried by the kernel. CRDA replies by sending a regulatory 472 * domain structure which consists of %NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA set to our 473 * current alpha2 if it found a match. It also provides 474 * NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS, and a set of regulatory rules. Each 475 * regulatory rule is a nested set of attributes given by 476 * %NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FREQ_[START|END] and 477 * %NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW with an attached power rule given by 478 * %NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_POWER_MAX_ANT_GAIN and 479 * %NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_POWER_MAX_EIRP. 480 * @NL80211_CMD_REQ_SET_REG: ask the wireless core to set the regulatory domain 481 * to the specified ISO/IEC 3166-1 alpha2 country code. The core will 482 * store this as a valid request and then query userspace for it. 483 * 484 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG: Get mesh networking properties for the 485 * interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX 486 * 487 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG: Set mesh networking properties for the 488 * interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX 489 * 490 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE: Set extra IEs for management frames. The 491 * interface is identified with %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and the management 492 * frame subtype with %NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE. The extra IE data to be 493 * added to the end of the specified management frame is specified with 494 * %NL80211_ATTR_IE. If the command succeeds, the requested data will be 495 * added to all specified management frames generated by 496 * kernel/firmware/driver. 497 * Note: This command has been removed and it is only reserved at this 498 * point to avoid re-using existing command number. The functionality this 499 * command was planned for has been provided with cleaner design with the 500 * option to specify additional IEs in NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN, 501 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE, NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE, 502 * NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE, and NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE. 503 * 504 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN: get scan results 505 * @NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN: trigger a new scan with the given parameters 506 * %NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE is used to decide whether to send the 507 * probe requests at CCK rate or not. %NL80211_ATTR_BSSID can be used to 508 * specify a BSSID to scan for; if not included, the wildcard BSSID will 509 * be used. 510 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_SCAN_RESULTS: scan notification (as a reply to 511 * NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN and on the "scan" multicast group) 512 * @NL80211_CMD_SCAN_ABORTED: scan was aborted, for unspecified reasons, 513 * partial scan results may be available 514 * 515 * @NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN: start a scheduled scan at certain 516 * intervals and certain number of cycles, as specified by 517 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS. If %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS is 518 * not specified and only %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL is specified, 519 * scheduled scan will run in an infinite loop with the specified interval. 520 * These attributes are mutually exclusive, 521 * i.e. NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL must not be passed if 522 * NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS is defined. 523 * If for some reason scheduled scan is aborted by the driver, all scan 524 * plans are canceled (including scan plans that did not start yet). 525 * Like with normal scans, if SSIDs (%NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS) 526 * are passed, they are used in the probe requests. For 527 * broadcast, a broadcast SSID must be passed (ie. an empty 528 * string). If no SSID is passed, no probe requests are sent and 529 * a passive scan is performed. %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES, 530 * if passed, define which channels should be scanned; if not 531 * passed, all channels allowed for the current regulatory domain 532 * are used. Extra IEs can also be passed from the userspace by 533 * using the %NL80211_ATTR_IE attribute. The first cycle of the 534 * scheduled scan can be delayed by %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY 535 * is supplied. If the device supports multiple concurrent scheduled 536 * scans, it will allow such when the caller provides the flag attribute 537 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI to indicate user-space support for it. 538 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN: stop a scheduled scan. Returns -ENOENT if 539 * scheduled scan is not running. The caller may assume that as soon 540 * as the call returns, it is safe to start a new scheduled scan again. 541 * @NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_RESULTS: indicates that there are scheduled scan 542 * results available. 543 * @NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_STOPPED: indicates that the scheduled scan has 544 * stopped. The driver may issue this event at any time during a 545 * scheduled scan. One reason for stopping the scan is if the hardware 546 * does not support starting an association or a normal scan while running 547 * a scheduled scan. This event is also sent when the 548 * %NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN command is received or when the interface 549 * is brought down while a scheduled scan was running. 550 * 551 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY: get survey results, e.g. channel occupation 552 * or noise level 553 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_SURVEY_RESULTS: survey data notification (as a reply to 554 * NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY and on the "scan" multicast group) 555 * 556 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA: Add a PMKSA cache entry using %NL80211_ATTR_MAC 557 * (for the BSSID), %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID, and optionally %NL80211_ATTR_PMK 558 * (PMK is used for PTKSA derivation in case of FILS shared key offload) or 559 * using %NL80211_ATTR_SSID, %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID, 560 * %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID, and %NL80211_ATTR_PMK in case of FILS 561 * authentication where %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID is the identifier 562 * advertised by a FILS capable AP identifying the scope of PMKSA in an 563 * ESS. 564 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA: Delete a PMKSA cache entry, using %NL80211_ATTR_MAC 565 * (for the BSSID) and %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID or using %NL80211_ATTR_SSID, 566 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID, and %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID in case of FILS 567 * authentication. Additionally in case of SAE offload and OWE offloads 568 * PMKSA entry can be deleted using %NL80211_ATTR_SSID. 569 * @NL80211_CMD_FLUSH_PMKSA: Flush all PMKSA cache entries. 570 * 571 * @NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE: indicates to userspace the regulatory domain 572 * has been changed and provides details of the request information 573 * that caused the change such as who initiated the regulatory request 574 * (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR), the wiphy_idx 575 * (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2) on which the request was made from if 576 * the initiator was %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE or 577 * %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER, the type of regulatory domain 578 * set (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE), if the type of regulatory domain is 579 * %NL80211_REG_TYPE_COUNTRY the alpha2 to which we have moved on 580 * to (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2). 581 * @NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT: indicates to userspace that an AP beacon 582 * has been found while world roaming thus enabling active scan or 583 * any mode of operation that initiates TX (beacons) on a channel 584 * where we would not have been able to do either before. As an example 585 * if you are world roaming (regulatory domain set to world or if your 586 * driver is using a custom world roaming regulatory domain) and while 587 * doing a passive scan on the 5 GHz band you find an AP there (if not 588 * on a DFS channel) you will now be able to actively scan for that AP 589 * or use AP mode on your card on that same channel. Note that this will 590 * never be used for channels 1-11 on the 2 GHz band as they are always 591 * enabled world wide. This beacon hint is only sent if your device had 592 * either disabled active scanning or beaconing on a channel. We send to 593 * userspace the wiphy on which we removed a restriction from 594 * (%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY) and the channel on which this occurred 595 * before (%NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE) and after (%NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER) 596 * the beacon hint was processed. 597 * 598 * @NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE: authentication request and notification. 599 * This command is used both as a command (request to authenticate) and 600 * as an event on the "mlme" multicast group indicating completion of the 601 * authentication process. 602 * When used as a command, %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to identify the 603 * interface. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is used to specify PeerSTAAddress (and 604 * BSSID in case of station mode). %NL80211_ATTR_SSID is used to specify 605 * the SSID (mainly for association, but is included in authentication 606 * request, too, to help BSS selection. %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ + 607 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET is used to specify the frequency of the 608 * channel in MHz. %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE is used to specify the 609 * authentication type. %NL80211_ATTR_IE is used to define IEs 610 * (VendorSpecificInfo, but also including RSN IE and FT IEs) to be added 611 * to the frame. 612 * When used as an event, this reports reception of an Authentication 613 * frame in station and IBSS modes when the local MLME processed the 614 * frame, i.e., it was for the local STA and was received in correct 615 * state. This is similar to MLME-AUTHENTICATE.confirm primitive in the 616 * MLME SAP interface (kernel providing MLME, userspace SME). The 617 * included %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME attribute contains the management frame 618 * (including both the header and frame body, but not FCS). This event is 619 * also used to indicate if the authentication attempt timed out. In that 620 * case the %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME attribute is replaced with a 621 * %NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT flag (and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC to indicate which 622 * pending authentication timed out). 623 * @NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE: association request and notification; like 624 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Association and Reassociation 625 * (similar to MLME-ASSOCIATE.request, MLME-REASSOCIATE.request, 626 * MLME-ASSOCIATE.confirm or MLME-REASSOCIATE.confirm primitives). The 627 * %NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID attribute is used to specify whether the 628 * request is for the initial association to an ESS (that attribute not 629 * included) or for reassociation within the ESS (that attribute is 630 * included). 631 * @NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE: deauthentication request and notification; like 632 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Deauthentication frames (similar to 633 * MLME-DEAUTHENTICATION.request and MLME-DEAUTHENTICATE.indication 634 * primitives). 635 * @NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE: disassociation request and notification; like 636 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Disassociation frames (similar to 637 * MLME-DISASSOCIATE.request and MLME-DISASSOCIATE.indication primitives). 638 * 639 * @NL80211_CMD_MICHAEL_MIC_FAILURE: notification of a locally detected Michael 640 * MIC (part of TKIP) failure; sent on the "mlme" multicast group; the 641 * event includes %NL80211_ATTR_MAC to describe the source MAC address of 642 * the frame with invalid MIC, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE to show the key 643 * type, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX to indicate the key identifier, and 644 * %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ to indicate the TSC value of the frame; this 645 * event matches with MLME-MICHAELMICFAILURE.indication() primitive 646 * 647 * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS: Join a new IBSS -- given at least an SSID and a 648 * FREQ attribute (for the initial frequency if no peer can be found) 649 * and optionally a MAC (as BSSID) and FREQ_FIXED attribute if those 650 * should be fixed rather than automatically determined. Can only be 651 * executed on a network interface that is UP, and fixed BSSID/FREQ 652 * may be rejected. Another optional parameter is the beacon interval, 653 * given in the %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL attribute, which if not 654 * given defaults to 100 TU (102.4ms). 655 * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_IBSS: Leave the IBSS -- no special arguments, the IBSS is 656 * determined by the network interface. 657 * 658 * @NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE: testmode command, takes a wiphy (or ifindex) attribute 659 * to identify the device, and the TESTDATA blob attribute to pass through 660 * to the driver. 661 * 662 * @NL80211_CMD_CONNECT: connection request and notification; this command 663 * requests to connect to a specified network but without separating 664 * auth and assoc steps. For this, you need to specify the SSID in a 665 * %NL80211_ATTR_SSID attribute, and can optionally specify the association 666 * IEs in %NL80211_ATTR_IE, %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE, 667 * %NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ, 668 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET, %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT, 669 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE, 670 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT, 671 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT, and 672 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT. 673 * If included, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ are 674 * restrictions on BSS selection, i.e., they effectively prevent roaming 675 * within the ESS. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT 676 * can be included to provide a recommendation of the initial BSS while 677 * allowing the driver to roam to other BSSes within the ESS and also to 678 * ignore this recommendation if the indicated BSS is not ideal. Only one 679 * set of BSSID,frequency parameters is used (i.e., either the enforcing 680 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC,%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ or the less strict 681 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT). 682 * Driver shall not modify the IEs specified through %NL80211_ATTR_IE if 683 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is included. However, if %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT is 684 * included, these IEs through %NL80211_ATTR_IE are specified by the user 685 * space based on the best possible BSS selected. Thus, if the driver ends 686 * up selecting a different BSS, it can modify these IEs accordingly (e.g. 687 * userspace asks the driver to perform PMKSA caching with BSS1 and the 688 * driver ends up selecting BSS2 with different PMKSA cache entry; RSNIE 689 * has to get updated with the apt PMKID). 690 * %NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID can be used to request a reassociation within 691 * the ESS in case the device is already associated and an association with 692 * a different BSS is desired. 693 * Background scan period can optionally be 694 * specified in %NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD, 695 * if not specified default background scan configuration 696 * in driver is used and if period value is 0, bg scan will be disabled. 697 * This attribute is ignored if driver does not support roam scan. 698 * It is also sent as an event, with the BSSID and response IEs when the 699 * connection is established or failed to be established. This can be 700 * determined by the %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE attribute (0 = success, 701 * non-zero = failure). If %NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT is included in the 702 * event, the connection attempt failed due to not being able to initiate 703 * authentication/association or not receiving a response from the AP. 704 * Non-zero %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE value is indicated in that case as 705 * well to remain backwards compatible. 706 * @NL80211_CMD_ROAM: Notification indicating the card/driver roamed by itself. 707 * When a security association was established on an 802.1X network using 708 * fast transition, this event should be followed by an 709 * %NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED event. 710 * Following a %NL80211_CMD_ROAM event userspace can issue 711 * %NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN in order to obtain the scan information for the 712 * new BSS the card/driver roamed to. 713 * @NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT: drop a given connection; also used to notify 714 * userspace that a connection was dropped by the AP or due to other 715 * reasons, for this the %NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP and 716 * %NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE attributes are used. 717 * 718 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY_NETNS: Set a wiphy's netns. Note that all devices 719 * associated with this wiphy must be down and will follow. 720 * 721 * @NL80211_CMD_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: Request to remain awake on the specified 722 * channel for the specified amount of time. This can be used to do 723 * off-channel operations like transmit a Public Action frame and wait for 724 * a response while being associated to an AP on another channel. 725 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify which interface (and thus 726 * radio) is used. %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ is used to specify the 727 * frequency for the operation. 728 * %NL80211_ATTR_DURATION is used to specify the duration in milliseconds 729 * to remain on the channel. This command is also used as an event to 730 * notify when the requested duration starts (it may take a while for the 731 * driver to schedule this time due to other concurrent needs for the 732 * radio). An optional attribute %NL80211_ATTR_MAC can be used to filter 733 * incoming frames during remain-on-channel, such that frames 734 * addressed to the specified destination MAC are reported. 735 * When called, this operation returns a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE) 736 * that will be included with any events pertaining to this request; 737 * the cookie is also used to cancel the request. 738 * @NL80211_CMD_CANCEL_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: This command can be used to cancel a 739 * pending remain-on-channel duration if the desired operation has been 740 * completed prior to expiration of the originally requested duration. 741 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY or %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify the 742 * radio. The %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE attribute must be given as well to 743 * uniquely identify the request. 744 * This command is also used as an event to notify when a requested 745 * remain-on-channel duration has expired. 746 * 747 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK: Set the mask of rates to be used in TX 748 * rate selection. %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify the interface 749 * and @NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES the set of allowed rates. 750 * 751 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME: Register for receiving certain mgmt frames 752 * (via @NL80211_CMD_FRAME) for processing in userspace. This command 753 * requires an interface index, a frame type attribute (optional for 754 * backward compatibility reasons, if not given assumes action frames) 755 * and a match attribute containing the first few bytes of the frame 756 * that should match, e.g. a single byte for only a category match or 757 * four bytes for vendor frames including the OUI. The registration 758 * cannot be dropped, but is removed automatically when the netlink 759 * socket is closed. Multiple registrations can be made. 760 * The %NL80211_ATTR_RECEIVE_MULTICAST flag attribute can be given if 761 * %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MULTICAST_REGISTRATIONS is available, in which 762 * case the registration can also be modified to include/exclude the 763 * flag, rather than requiring unregistration to change it. 764 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_ACTION: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME for 765 * backward compatibility 766 * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME: Management frame TX request and RX notification. This 767 * command is used both as a request to transmit a management frame and 768 * as an event indicating reception of a frame that was not processed in 769 * kernel code, but is for us (i.e., which may need to be processed in a 770 * user space application). %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME is used to specify the 771 * frame contents (including header). %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ is used 772 * to indicate on which channel the frame is to be transmitted or was 773 * received. If this channel is not the current channel (remain-on-channel 774 * or the operational channel) the device will switch to the given channel 775 * and transmit the frame, optionally waiting for a response for the time 776 * specified using %NL80211_ATTR_DURATION. When called, this operation 777 * returns a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE) that will be included with the 778 * TX status event pertaining to the TX request. 779 * %NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE is used to decide whether to send the 780 * management frames at CCK rate or not in 2GHz band. 781 * %NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX is an array of offsets to CSA 782 * counters which will be updated to the current value. This attribute 783 * is used during CSA period. 784 * For TX on an MLD, the frequency can be omitted and the link ID be 785 * specified, or if transmitting to a known peer MLD (with MLD addresses 786 * in the frame) both can be omitted and the link will be selected by 787 * lower layers. 788 * For RX notification, %NL80211_ATTR_RX_HW_TIMESTAMP may be included to 789 * indicate the frame RX timestamp and %NL80211_ATTR_TX_HW_TIMESTAMP may 790 * be included to indicate the ack TX timestamp. 791 * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_WAIT_CANCEL: When an off-channel TX was requested, this 792 * command may be used with the corresponding cookie to cancel the wait 793 * time if it is known that it is no longer necessary. This command is 794 * also sent as an event whenever the driver has completed the off-channel 795 * wait time. 796 * @NL80211_CMD_ACTION: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_FRAME for backward compatibility. 797 * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS: Report TX status of a management frame 798 * transmitted with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME. %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE identifies 799 * the TX command and %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME includes the contents of the 800 * frame. %NL80211_ATTR_ACK flag is included if the recipient acknowledged 801 * the frame. %NL80211_ATTR_TX_HW_TIMESTAMP may be included to indicate the 802 * tx timestamp and %NL80211_ATTR_RX_HW_TIMESTAMP may be included to 803 * indicate the ack RX timestamp. 804 * @NL80211_CMD_ACTION_TX_STATUS: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS for 805 * backward compatibility. 806 * 807 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_POWER_SAVE: Set powersave, using %NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE 808 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_POWER_SAVE: Get powersave status in %NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE 809 * 810 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_CQM: Connection quality monitor configuration. This command 811 * is used to configure connection quality monitoring notification trigger 812 * levels. 813 * @NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM: Connection quality monitor notification. This 814 * command is used as an event to indicate the that a trigger level was 815 * reached. 816 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL: Set the channel (using %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ 817 * and the attributes determining channel width) the given interface 818 * (identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX) shall operate on. 819 * In case multiple channels are supported by the device, the mechanism 820 * with which it switches channels is implementation-defined. 821 * When a monitor interface is given, it can only switch channel while 822 * no other interfaces are operating to avoid disturbing the operation 823 * of any other interfaces, and other interfaces will again take 824 * precedence when they are used. 825 * 826 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WDS_PEER: Set the MAC address of the peer on a WDS interface 827 * (no longer supported). 828 * 829 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST: Configure if this AP should perform 830 * multicast to unicast conversion. When enabled, all multicast packets 831 * with ethertype ARP, IPv4 or IPv6 (possibly within an 802.1Q header) 832 * will be sent out to each station once with the destination (multicast) 833 * MAC address replaced by the station's MAC address. Note that this may 834 * break certain expectations of the receiver, e.g. the ability to drop 835 * unicast IP packets encapsulated in multicast L2 frames, or the ability 836 * to not send destination unreachable messages in such cases. 837 * This can only be toggled per BSS. Configure this on an interface of 838 * type %NL80211_IFTYPE_AP. It applies to all its VLAN interfaces 839 * (%NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN), except for those in 4addr (WDS) mode. 840 * If %NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED is not present with this 841 * command, the feature is disabled. 842 * 843 * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH: Join a mesh. The mesh ID must be given, and initial 844 * mesh config parameters may be given. 845 * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_MESH: Leave the mesh network -- no special arguments, the 846 * network is determined by the network interface. 847 * 848 * @NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DEAUTHENTICATE: Unprotected deauthentication frame 849 * notification. This event is used to indicate that an unprotected 850 * deauthentication frame was dropped when MFP is in use. 851 * @NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DISASSOCIATE: Unprotected disassociation frame 852 * notification. This event is used to indicate that an unprotected 853 * disassociation frame was dropped when MFP is in use. 854 * 855 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE: Notification on the reception of a 856 * beacon or probe response from a compatible mesh peer. This is only 857 * sent while no station information (sta_info) exists for the new peer 858 * candidate and when @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH, 859 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE, or 860 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM is set. On reception of this 861 * notification, userspace may decide to create a new station 862 * (@NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION). To stop this notification from 863 * reoccurring, the userspace authentication daemon may want to create the 864 * new station with the AUTHENTICATED flag unset and maybe change it later 865 * depending on the authentication result. 866 * 867 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN: get Wake-on-Wireless-LAN (WoWLAN) settings. 868 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN: set Wake-on-Wireless-LAN (WoWLAN) settings. 869 * Since wireless is more complex than wired ethernet, it supports 870 * various triggers. These triggers can be configured through this 871 * command with the %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS attribute. For 872 * more background information, see 873 * https://wireless.wiki.kernel.org/en/users/Documentation/WoWLAN. 874 * The @NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN command can also be used as a notification 875 * from the driver reporting the wakeup reason. In this case, the 876 * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS attribute will contain the reason 877 * for the wakeup, if it was caused by wireless. If it is not present 878 * in the wakeup notification, the wireless device didn't cause the 879 * wakeup but reports that it was woken up. 880 * 881 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_REKEY_OFFLOAD: This command is used give the driver 882 * the necessary information for supporting GTK rekey offload. This 883 * feature is typically used during WoWLAN. The configuration data 884 * is contained in %NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA (which is nested and 885 * contains the data in sub-attributes). After rekeying happened, 886 * this command may also be sent by the driver as an MLME event to 887 * inform userspace of the new replay counter. 888 * 889 * @NL80211_CMD_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: This is used as an event to inform userspace 890 * of PMKSA caching candidates. 891 * 892 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER: Perform a high-level TDLS command (e.g. link setup). 893 * In addition, this can be used as an event to request userspace to take 894 * actions on TDLS links (set up a new link or tear down an existing one). 895 * In such events, %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION indicates the requested 896 * operation, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC contains the peer MAC address, and 897 * %NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE the reason code to be used (only with 898 * %NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN). 899 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT: Send a TDLS management frame. The 900 * %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION attribute determines the type of frame to be 901 * sent. Public Action codes (802.11-2012 8.1.5.1) will be sent as 902 * 802.11 management frames, while TDLS action codes (802.11-2012 903 * 8.5.13.1) will be encapsulated and sent as data frames. The currently 904 * supported Public Action code is %WLAN_PUB_ACTION_TDLS_DISCOVER_RES 905 * and the currently supported TDLS actions codes are given in 906 * &enum ieee80211_tdls_actioncode. 907 * 908 * @NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME: Used by an application controlling an AP 909 * (or GO) interface (i.e. hostapd) to ask for unexpected frames to 910 * implement sending deauth to stations that send unexpected class 3 911 * frames. For NAN_DATA interfaces, this is used to report frames from 912 * unknown peers (A2 not assigned to any active NDP). 913 * Also used as the event sent by the kernel when such a frame is received. 914 * For the event, the %NL80211_ATTR_MAC attribute carries the TA and 915 * other attributes like the interface index are present. 916 * If used as the command it must have an interface index and you can 917 * only unsubscribe from the event by closing the socket. Subscription 918 * is also for %NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME events. 919 * 920 * @NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME: Sent as an event indicating that the 921 * associated station identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC sent a 4addr frame 922 * and wasn't already in a 4-addr VLAN. The event will be sent similarly 923 * to the %NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME event, to the same listener. 924 * 925 * @NL80211_CMD_PROBE_PEER: Probe a connected peer by sending a null data 926 * frame and reporting when the frame is acknowledged. 927 * In AP/GO mode, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is required to identify the client. 928 * In STA/P2P-client mode, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC must be omitted (the AP is 929 * implied); the driver must advertise %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_PROBE_AP. 930 * The command returns a direct reply with an %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE that 931 * is later used to match up the event with the request. The event 932 * includes the same data and has %NL80211_ATTR_ACK set if the frame 933 * was ACKed. 934 * 935 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_BEACONS: Register this socket to receive beacons from 936 * other BSSes when any interfaces are in AP mode. This helps implement 937 * OLBC handling in hostapd. Beacons are reported in %NL80211_CMD_FRAME 938 * messages. Note that per PHY only one application may register. 939 * 940 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_NOACK_MAP: sets a bitmap for the individual TIDs whether 941 * No Acknowledgement Policy should be applied. 942 * 943 * @NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_NOTIFY: An AP or GO may decide to switch channels 944 * independently of the userspace SME, send this event indicating 945 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is now on %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and the 946 * attributes determining channel width. This indication may also be 947 * sent when a remotely-initiated switch (e.g., when a STA receives a CSA 948 * from the remote AP) is completed; 949 * 950 * @NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_STARTED_NOTIFY: Notify that a channel switch 951 * has been started on an interface, regardless of the initiator 952 * (ie. whether it was requested from a remote device or 953 * initiated on our own). It indicates that 954 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX will be on %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ 955 * after %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT TBTT's. The userspace may 956 * decide to react to this indication by requesting other 957 * interfaces to change channel as well. 958 * 959 * @NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE: Start the given P2P Device, identified by 960 * its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV identifier. It must have been created with 961 * %NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE previously. After it has been started, the 962 * P2P Device can be used for P2P operations, e.g. remain-on-channel and 963 * public action frame TX. 964 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE: Stop the given P2P Device, identified by 965 * its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV identifier. 966 * 967 * @NL80211_CMD_CONN_FAILED: connection request to an AP failed; used to 968 * notify userspace that AP has rejected the connection request from a 969 * station, due to particular reason. %NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON 970 * is used for this. 971 * 972 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MCAST_RATE: Change the rate used to send multicast frames 973 * for IBSS or MESH vif. 974 * 975 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL: sets ACL for MAC address based access control. 976 * This is to be used with the drivers advertising the support of MAC 977 * address based access control. List of MAC addresses is passed in 978 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS and ACL policy is passed in 979 * %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY. Driver will enable ACL with this list, if it 980 * is not already done. The new list will replace any existing list. Driver 981 * will clear its ACL when the list of MAC addresses passed is empty. This 982 * command is used in AP/P2P GO mode. Driver has to make sure to clear its 983 * ACL list during %NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP. 984 * 985 * @NL80211_CMD_RADAR_DETECT: Start a Channel availability check (CAC). Once 986 * a radar is detected or the channel availability scan (CAC) has finished 987 * or was aborted, or a radar was detected, usermode will be notified with 988 * this event. This command is also used to notify userspace about radars 989 * while operating on this channel. 990 * %NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT is used to inform about the type of the 991 * event. 992 * 993 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_PROTOCOL_FEATURES: Get global nl80211 protocol features, 994 * i.e. features for the nl80211 protocol rather than device features. 995 * Returns the features in the %NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES bitmap. 996 * 997 * @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_FT_IES: Pass down the most up-to-date Fast Transition 998 * Information Element to the WLAN driver 999 * 1000 * @NL80211_CMD_FT_EVENT: Send a Fast transition event from the WLAN driver 1001 * to the supplicant. This will carry the target AP's MAC address along 1002 * with the relevant Information Elements. This event is used to report 1003 * received FT IEs (MDIE, FTIE, RSN IE, TIE, RICIE). 1004 * 1005 * @NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_START: Indicates user-space will start running 1006 * a critical protocol that needs more reliability in the connection to 1007 * complete. 1008 * 1009 * @NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_STOP: Indicates the connection reliability can 1010 * return back to normal. 1011 * 1012 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_COALESCE: Get currently supported coalesce rules. 1013 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_COALESCE: Configure coalesce rules or clear existing rules. 1014 * 1015 * @NL80211_CMD_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Perform a channel switch by announcing the 1016 * new channel information (Channel Switch Announcement - CSA) 1017 * in the beacon for some time (as defined in the 1018 * %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT parameter) and then change to the 1019 * new channel. Userspace provides the new channel information (using 1020 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and the attributes determining channel 1021 * width). %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX may be supplied to inform 1022 * other station that transmission must be blocked until the channel 1023 * switch is complete. 1024 * 1025 * @NL80211_CMD_VENDOR: Vendor-specified command/event. The command is specified 1026 * by the %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID attribute and a sub-command in 1027 * %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD. Parameter(s) can be transported in 1028 * %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA. 1029 * For feature advertisement, the %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA attribute is 1030 * used in the wiphy data as a nested attribute containing descriptions 1031 * (&struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info) of the supported vendor commands. 1032 * This may also be sent as an event with the same attributes. 1033 * 1034 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_QOS_MAP: Set Interworking QoS mapping for IP DSCP values. 1035 * The QoS mapping information is included in %NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP. If 1036 * that attribute is not included, QoS mapping is disabled. Since this 1037 * QoS mapping is relevant for IP packets, it is only valid during an 1038 * association. This is cleared on disassociation and AP restart. 1039 * 1040 * @NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS: Ask the kernel to add a traffic stream for the given 1041 * %NL80211_ATTR_TSID and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC with %NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO 1042 * and %NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME parameters. 1043 * Note that the action frame handshake with the AP shall be handled by 1044 * userspace via the normal management RX/TX framework, this only sets 1045 * up the TX TS in the driver/device. 1046 * If the admitted time attribute is not added then the request just checks 1047 * if a subsequent setup could be successful, the intent is to use this to 1048 * avoid setting up a session with the AP when local restrictions would 1049 * make that impossible. However, the subsequent "real" setup may still 1050 * fail even if the check was successful. 1051 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_TX_TS: Remove an existing TS with the %NL80211_ATTR_TSID 1052 * and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC parameters. It isn't necessary to call this 1053 * before removing a station entry entirely, or before disassociating 1054 * or similar, cleanup will happen in the driver/device in this case. 1055 * 1056 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MPP: Get mesh path attributes for mesh proxy path to 1057 * destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by 1058 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 1059 * 1060 * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_OCB: Join the OCB network. The center frequency and 1061 * bandwidth of a channel must be given. 1062 * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_OCB: Leave the OCB network -- no special arguments, the 1063 * network is determined by the network interface. 1064 * 1065 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Start channel-switching with a TDLS peer, 1066 * identified by the %NL80211_ATTR_MAC parameter. A target channel is 1067 * provided via %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and other attributes determining 1068 * channel width/type. The target operating class is given via 1069 * %NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS. 1070 * The driver is responsible for continually initiating channel-switching 1071 * operations and returning to the base channel for communication with the 1072 * AP. 1073 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CANCEL_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Stop channel-switching with a TDLS 1074 * peer given by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. Both peers must be on the base channel 1075 * when this command completes. 1076 * 1077 * @NL80211_CMD_WIPHY_REG_CHANGE: Similar to %NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE, but used 1078 * as an event to indicate changes for devices with wiphy-specific regdom 1079 * management. 1080 * 1081 * @NL80211_CMD_ABORT_SCAN: Stop an ongoing scan. Returns -ENOENT if a scan is 1082 * not running. The driver indicates the status of the scan through 1083 * cfg80211_scan_done(). 1084 * 1085 * @NL80211_CMD_START_NAN: Start NAN operation, identified by its 1086 * %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV interface. This interface must have been 1087 * previously created with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE. After it 1088 * has been started, the NAN interface will create or join a 1089 * cluster. This command must have a valid 1090 * %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF attribute and optional 1091 * %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS attributes. If %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS is 1092 * omitted or set to 0, it means don't-care and the device will 1093 * decide what to use. Additional cluster configuration may be 1094 * optionally provided with %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_CONFIG. 1095 * After this command NAN functions can be added. 1096 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_NAN: Stop the NAN operation, identified by 1097 * its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV interface. 1098 * @NL80211_CMD_ADD_NAN_FUNCTION: Add a NAN function. The function is defined 1099 * with %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC nested attribute. When called, this 1100 * operation returns the strictly positive and unique instance id 1101 * (%NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC_INST_ID) and a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE) 1102 * of the function upon success. 1103 * Since instance ID's can be re-used, this cookie is the right 1104 * way to identify the function. This will avoid races when a termination 1105 * event is handled by the user space after it has already added a new 1106 * function that got the same instance id from the kernel as the one 1107 * which just terminated. 1108 * This cookie may be used in NAN events even before the command 1109 * returns, so userspace shouldn't process NAN events until it processes 1110 * the response to this command. 1111 * Look at %NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER as well. 1112 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_NAN_FUNCTION: Delete a NAN function by cookie. 1113 * This command is also used as a notification sent when a NAN function is 1114 * terminated. This will contain a %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC_INST_ID 1115 * and %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE attributes. 1116 * @NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG: Change current NAN 1117 * configuration. NAN must be operational (%NL80211_CMD_START_NAN 1118 * was executed). It must contain at least one of the following 1119 * attributes: %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF, 1120 * %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS. If %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS is omitted, the 1121 * current configuration is not changed. If it is present but 1122 * set to zero, the configuration is changed to don't-care 1123 * (i.e. the device can decide what to do). 1124 * Additional parameters may be provided with 1125 * %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_CONFIG. User space should provide all previously 1126 * configured nested attributes under %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_CONFIG, even if 1127 * only a subset was changed. 1128 * @NL80211_CMD_NAN_MATCH: Notification sent when a match is reported. 1129 * This will contain a %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH nested attribute and 1130 * %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE. 1131 * 1132 * @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS: Update one or more connect parameters 1133 * for subsequent roaming cases if the driver or firmware uses internal 1134 * BSS selection. This command can be issued only while connected and it 1135 * does not result in a change for the current association. Currently, 1136 * only the %NL80211_ATTR_IE data is used and updated with this command. 1137 * 1138 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK: For offloaded 4-Way handshake, set the PMK or PMK-R0 1139 * for the given authenticator address (specified with %NL80211_ATTR_MAC). 1140 * When %NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME is set, %NL80211_ATTR_PMK specifies the 1141 * PMK-R0, otherwise it specifies the PMK. 1142 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMK: For offloaded 4-Way handshake, delete the previously 1143 * configured PMK for the authenticator address identified by 1144 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. 1145 * @NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED: An event that indicates port is authorized and 1146 * open for regular data traffic. For STA/P2P-client, this event is sent 1147 * with AP MAC address and for AP/P2P-GO, the event carries the STA/P2P- 1148 * client MAC address. 1149 * Drivers that support 4 way handshake offload should send this event for 1150 * STA/P2P-client after successful 4-way HS or after 802.1X FT following 1151 * NL80211_CMD_CONNECT or NL80211_CMD_ROAM. Drivers using AP/P2P-GO 4-way 1152 * handshake offload should send this event on successful completion of 1153 * 4-way handshake with the peer (STA/P2P-client). 1154 * @NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME: Control Port (e.g. PAE) frame TX request 1155 * and RX notification. This command is used both as a request to transmit 1156 * a control port frame and as a notification that a control port frame 1157 * has been received. %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME is used to specify the 1158 * frame contents. The frame is the raw EAPoL data, without ethernet or 1159 * 802.11 headers. 1160 * For an MLD transmitter, the %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID may be given and 1161 * its effect will depend on the destination: If the destination is known 1162 * to be an MLD, this will be used as a hint to select the link to transmit 1163 * the frame on. If the destination is not an MLD, this will select both 1164 * the link to transmit on and the source address will be set to the link 1165 * address of that link. 1166 * When used as an event indication %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE, 1167 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC are added 1168 * indicating the protocol type of the received frame; whether the frame 1169 * was received unencrypted and the MAC address of the peer respectively. 1170 * 1171 * @NL80211_CMD_RELOAD_REGDB: Request that the regdb firmware file is reloaded. 1172 * 1173 * @NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH: This interface is exclusively defined for host 1174 * drivers that do not define separate commands for authentication and 1175 * association, but rely on user space for the authentication to happen. 1176 * This interface acts both as the event request (driver to user space) 1177 * to trigger the authentication and command response (userspace to 1178 * driver) to indicate the authentication status. 1179 * 1180 * User space uses the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT command to the host driver to 1181 * trigger a connection. The host driver selects a BSS and further uses 1182 * this interface to offload only the authentication part to the user 1183 * space. Authentication frames are passed between the driver and user 1184 * space through the %NL80211_CMD_FRAME interface. Host driver proceeds 1185 * further with the association after getting successful authentication 1186 * status. User space indicates the authentication status through 1187 * %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE attribute in %NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH 1188 * command interface. 1189 * 1190 * Host driver sends MLD address of the AP with %NL80211_ATTR_MLD_ADDR in 1191 * %NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH event to indicate user space to enable MLO 1192 * during the authentication offload in STA mode while connecting to MLD 1193 * APs. Host driver should check %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_SUPPORT flag capability 1194 * in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to know whether the user space supports enabling 1195 * MLO during the authentication offload or not. 1196 * User space should enable MLO during the authentication only when it 1197 * receives the AP MLD address in authentication offload request. User 1198 * space shouldn't enable MLO when the authentication offload request 1199 * doesn't indicate the AP MLD address even if the AP is MLO capable. 1200 * User space should use %NL80211_ATTR_MLD_ADDR as peer's MLD address and 1201 * interface address identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX as self MLD 1202 * address. User space and host driver to use MLD addresses in RA, TA and 1203 * BSSID fields of the frames between them, and host driver translates the 1204 * MLD addresses to/from link addresses based on the link chosen for the 1205 * authentication. 1206 * 1207 * Host driver reports this status on an authentication failure to the 1208 * user space through the connect result as the user space would have 1209 * initiated the connection through the connect request. 1210 * 1211 * @NL80211_CMD_STA_OPMODE_CHANGED: An event that notifies that a station's 1212 * HT opmode or VHT opmode changed using any of %NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE, 1213 * %NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH, %NL80211_ATTR_NSS attributes with its 1214 * address (specified in %NL80211_ATTR_MAC). 1215 * Note that 80+80 and 160 MHz might not be differentiated, i.e. may 1216 * report %NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_160 instead of %NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80P80. 1217 * 1218 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS: Retrieve FTM responder statistics, in 1219 * the %NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS attribute. 1220 * 1221 * @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_START: start a (set of) peer measurement(s) 1222 * with the given parameters, which are encapsulated in the nested 1223 * %NL80211_ATTR_PEER_MEASUREMENTS attribute. Optionally, MAC address 1224 * randomization may be enabled and configured by specifying the 1225 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK attributes. 1226 * If a timeout is requested, use the %NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT attribute. 1227 * A u64 cookie for further %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE use is returned in 1228 * the netlink extended ack message. 1229 * 1230 * To cancel a measurement, close the socket that requested it. 1231 * 1232 * Measurement results are reported to the socket that requested the 1233 * measurement using @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_RESULT when they 1234 * become available, so applications must ensure a large enough socket 1235 * buffer size. 1236 * 1237 * Depending on driver support it may or may not be possible to start 1238 * multiple concurrent measurements. 1239 * @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_RESULT: This command number is used for the 1240 * result notification from the driver to the requesting socket. 1241 * @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_COMPLETE: Notification only, indicating that 1242 * the measurement completed, using the measurement cookie 1243 * (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE). 1244 * 1245 * @NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_RADAR: Notify the kernel that a radar signal was 1246 * detected and reported by a neighboring device on the channel 1247 * indicated by %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and other attributes 1248 * determining the width and type. 1249 * 1250 * @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_OWE_INFO: This interface allows the host driver to 1251 * offload OWE processing to user space. This intends to support 1252 * OWE AKM by the host drivers that implement SME but rely 1253 * on the user space for the cryptographic/DH IE processing in AP mode. 1254 * 1255 * @NL80211_CMD_PROBE_MESH_LINK: The requirement for mesh link metric 1256 * refreshing, is that from one mesh point we be able to send some data 1257 * frames to other mesh points which are not currently selected as a 1258 * primary traffic path, but which are only 1 hop away. The absence of 1259 * the primary path to the chosen node makes it necessary to apply some 1260 * form of marking on a chosen packet stream so that the packets can be 1261 * properly steered to the selected node for testing, and not by the 1262 * regular mesh path lookup. Further, the packets must be of type data 1263 * so that the rate control (often embedded in firmware) is used for 1264 * rate selection. 1265 * 1266 * Here attribute %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is used to specify connected mesh 1267 * peer MAC address and %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME is used to specify the frame 1268 * content. The frame is ethernet data. 1269 * 1270 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG: Data frame TID specific configuration 1271 * is passed using %NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG attribute. 1272 * 1273 * @NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_BEACON: Unprotected or incorrectly protected Beacon 1274 * frame. This event is used to indicate that a received Beacon frame was 1275 * dropped because it did not include a valid MME MIC while beacon 1276 * protection was enabled (BIGTK configured in station mode). 1277 * 1278 * @NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME_TX_STATUS: Report TX status of a control 1279 * port frame transmitted with %NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME. 1280 * %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE identifies the TX command and %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME 1281 * includes the contents of the frame. %NL80211_ATTR_ACK flag is included 1282 * if the recipient acknowledged the frame. 1283 * 1284 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_SAR_SPECS: SAR power limitation configuration is 1285 * passed using %NL80211_ATTR_SAR_SPEC. %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY is used to 1286 * specify the wiphy index to be applied to. 1287 * 1288 * @NL80211_CMD_OBSS_COLOR_COLLISION: This notification is sent out whenever 1289 * mac80211/drv detects a bss color collision. 1290 * 1291 * @NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_REQUEST: This command is used to indicate that 1292 * userspace wants to change the BSS color. 1293 * 1294 * @NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_STARTED: Notify userland, that a color change has 1295 * started 1296 * 1297 * @NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_ABORTED: Notify userland, that the color change has 1298 * been aborted 1299 * 1300 * @NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_COMPLETED: Notify userland that the color change 1301 * has completed 1302 * 1303 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_FILS_AAD: Set FILS AAD data to the driver using - 1304 * &NL80211_ATTR_MAC - for STA MAC address 1305 * &NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK - for KEK 1306 * &NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES - for FILS Nonces 1307 * (STA Nonce 16 bytes followed by AP Nonce 16 bytes) 1308 * 1309 * @NL80211_CMD_ASSOC_COMEBACK: notification about an association 1310 * temporal rejection with comeback. The event includes %NL80211_ATTR_MAC 1311 * to describe the BSSID address of the AP and %NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT to 1312 * specify the timeout value. 1313 * 1314 * @NL80211_CMD_ADD_LINK: Add a new link to an interface. The 1315 * %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID attribute is used for the new link. 1316 * @NL80211_CMD_REMOVE_LINK: Remove a link from an interface. This may come 1317 * without %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID as an easy way to remove all links 1318 * in preparation for e.g. roaming to a regular (non-MLO) AP. 1319 * 1320 * @NL80211_CMD_ADD_LINK_STA: Add a link to an MLD station 1321 * @NL80211_CMD_MODIFY_LINK_STA: Modify a link of an MLD station 1322 * @NL80211_CMD_REMOVE_LINK_STA: Remove a link of an MLD station 1323 * 1324 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_HW_TIMESTAMP: Enable/disable HW timestamping of Timing 1325 * measurement and Fine timing measurement frames. If %NL80211_ATTR_MAC 1326 * is included, enable/disable HW timestamping only for frames to/from the 1327 * specified MAC address. Otherwise enable/disable HW timestamping for 1328 * all TM/FTM frames (including ones that were enabled with specific MAC 1329 * address). If %NL80211_ATTR_HW_TIMESTAMP_ENABLED is not included, disable 1330 * HW timestamping. 1331 * The number of peers that HW timestamping can be enabled for concurrently 1332 * is indicated by %NL80211_ATTR_MAX_HW_TIMESTAMP_PEERS. 1333 * 1334 * @NL80211_CMD_LINKS_REMOVED: Notify userspace about the removal of STA MLD 1335 * setup links due to AP MLD removing the corresponding affiliated APs with 1336 * Multi-Link reconfiguration. %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINKS is used to provide 1337 * information about the removed STA MLD setup links. 1338 * 1339 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_TO_LINK_MAPPING: Set the TID to Link Mapping for a 1340 * non-AP MLD station. The %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_TTLM_DLINK and 1341 * %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_TTLM_ULINK attributes are used to specify the 1342 * TID to Link mapping for downlink/uplink traffic. 1343 * 1344 * @NL80211_CMD_ASSOC_MLO_RECONF: For a non-AP MLD station, request to 1345 * add/remove links to/from the association. To indicate link 1346 * reconfiguration request results from the driver, this command is also 1347 * used as an event to notify userspace about the added links information. 1348 * For notifying the removed links information, the existing 1349 * %NL80211_CMD_LINKS_REMOVED command is used. This command is also used to 1350 * notify userspace about newly added links for the current connection in 1351 * case of AP-initiated link recommendation requests, received via 1352 * a BTM (BSS Transition Management) request or a link reconfig notify 1353 * frame, where the driver handles the link recommendation offload. 1354 * 1355 * @NL80211_CMD_EPCS_CFG: EPCS configuration for a station. Used by userland to 1356 * control EPCS configuration. Used to notify userland on the current state 1357 * of EPCS. 1358 * 1359 * @NL80211_CMD_NAN_NEXT_DW_NOTIFICATION: This command is used to notify 1360 * user space about the next NAN Discovery Window (DW). User space may use 1361 * it to prepare frames to be sent in the next DW. 1362 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ is used to indicate the frequency of the next 1363 * DW. SDF transmission should be requested with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME and 1364 * the device/driver shall take care of the actual transmission timing. 1365 * This notification is only sent to the NAN interface owning socket 1366 * (see %NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER flag). 1367 * @NL80211_CMD_NAN_CLUSTER_JOINED: This command is used to notify 1368 * user space that the NAN new cluster has been joined. The cluster ID is 1369 * indicated by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. 1370 * 1371 * @NL80211_CMD_INCUMBENT_SIGNAL_DETECT: Once any incumbent signal is detected 1372 * on the operating channel in 6 GHz band, userspace is notified with the 1373 * signal interference bitmap using 1374 * %NL80211_ATTR_INCUMBENT_SIGNAL_INTERFERENCE_BITMAP. The current channel 1375 * definition is also sent. 1376 * 1377 * @NL80211_CMD_NAN_SET_LOCAL_SCHED: Set the local NAN schedule. NAN must be 1378 * operational (%NL80211_CMD_START_NAN was executed). Must contain 1379 * %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_TIME_SLOTS and %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_AVAIL_BLOB, but 1380 * %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_CHANNEL is optional (for example in case of a channel 1381 * removal, that channel won't be provided). 1382 * If %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_SCHED_DEFERRED is set, the command is a request 1383 * from the device to perform an announced schedule update. See 1384 * %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_SCHED_DEFERRED for more details. 1385 * If not set, the schedule should be applied immediately. 1386 * @NL80211_CMD_NAN_SCHED_UPDATE_DONE: Event sent to user space to notify that 1387 * a deferred local NAN schedule update (requested with 1388 * %NL80211_CMD_NAN_SET_LOCAL_SCHED and %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_SCHED_DEFERRED) 1389 * has been completed. The presence of %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_SCHED_UPDATE_SUCCESS 1390 * indicates that the update was successful. 1391 * @NL80211_CMD_NAN_SET_PEER_SCHED: Set the peer NAN schedule. NAN 1392 * must be operational (%NL80211_CMD_START_NAN was executed). 1393 * Required attributes: %NL80211_ATTR_MAC (peer NMI address) and 1394 * %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_COMMITTED_DW. 1395 * Optionally, the full schedule can be provided by including all of: 1396 * %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_SEQ_ID, %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_CHANNEL (one or more), and 1397 * %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_PEER_MAPS (see &enum nl80211_nan_peer_map_attrs). 1398 * If any of these three optional attributes is provided, all three must 1399 * be provided. 1400 * Each peer channel must be compatible with at least one local channel 1401 * set by %NL80211_CMD_SET_LOCAL_NAN_SCHED. Different maps must not 1402 * contain compatible channels. 1403 * For single-radio devices (n_radio <= 1), different maps must not 1404 * schedule the same time slot, as the device cannot operate on multiple 1405 * channels simultaneously. 1406 * When updating an existing peer schedule, the full new schedule must be 1407 * provided - partial updates are not supported. The new schedule will 1408 * completely replace the previous one. 1409 * The peer schedule is automatically removed when the NMI station is 1410 * removed. 1411 * @NL80211_CMD_NAN_ULW_UPDATE: Notification from the driver to user space 1412 * with the updated ULW blob of the device. User space can use this blob 1413 * to attach to frames sent to peers. This notification contains 1414 * %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_ULW with the ULW blob. 1415 * @NL80211_CMD_NAN_CHANNEL_EVAC: Notification to indicate that a NAN 1416 * channel has been evacuated due to resource conflicts with other 1417 * interfaces. This can happen when another interface sharing the channel 1418 * resource with NAN needs to move to a different channel (e.g., channel 1419 * switch or link switch on a BSS interface). 1420 * The notification contains %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_CHANNEL attribute 1421 * identifying the evacuated channel. 1422 * User space may reconfigure the local schedule in response to this 1423 * notification. 1424 * @NL80211_CMD_START_PD: Start PD operation, identified by its 1425 * %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV interface. This interface must have been previously 1426 * created with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE. 1427 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_PD: Stop the PD operation, identified by 1428 * its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV interface. 1429 * 1430 * @NL80211_CMD_MAX: highest used command number 1431 * @__NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST: internal use 1432 */ 1433 enum nl80211_commands { 1434 /* don't change the order or add anything between, this is ABI! */ 1435 NL80211_CMD_UNSPEC, 1436 1437 NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY, /* can dump */ 1438 NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY, 1439 NL80211_CMD_NEW_WIPHY, 1440 NL80211_CMD_DEL_WIPHY, 1441 1442 NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE, /* can dump */ 1443 NL80211_CMD_SET_INTERFACE, 1444 NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE, 1445 NL80211_CMD_DEL_INTERFACE, 1446 1447 NL80211_CMD_GET_KEY, 1448 NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY, 1449 NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY, 1450 NL80211_CMD_DEL_KEY, 1451 1452 NL80211_CMD_GET_BEACON, 1453 NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON, 1454 NL80211_CMD_START_AP, 1455 NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON = NL80211_CMD_START_AP, 1456 NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP, 1457 NL80211_CMD_DEL_BEACON = NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP, 1458 1459 NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION, 1460 NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION, 1461 NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION, 1462 NL80211_CMD_DEL_STATION, 1463 1464 NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH, 1465 NL80211_CMD_SET_MPATH, 1466 NL80211_CMD_NEW_MPATH, 1467 NL80211_CMD_DEL_MPATH, 1468 1469 NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS, 1470 1471 NL80211_CMD_SET_REG, 1472 NL80211_CMD_REQ_SET_REG, 1473 1474 NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG, 1475 NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG, 1476 1477 NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE /* reserved; not used */, 1478 1479 NL80211_CMD_GET_REG, 1480 1481 NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN, 1482 NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN, 1483 NL80211_CMD_NEW_SCAN_RESULTS, 1484 NL80211_CMD_SCAN_ABORTED, 1485 1486 NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE, 1487 1488 NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE, 1489 NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE, 1490 NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE, 1491 NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE, 1492 1493 NL80211_CMD_MICHAEL_MIC_FAILURE, 1494 1495 NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT, 1496 1497 NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS, 1498 NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_IBSS, 1499 1500 NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE, 1501 1502 NL80211_CMD_CONNECT, 1503 NL80211_CMD_ROAM, 1504 NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT, 1505 1506 NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY_NETNS, 1507 1508 NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY, 1509 NL80211_CMD_NEW_SURVEY_RESULTS, 1510 1511 NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA, 1512 NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA, 1513 NL80211_CMD_FLUSH_PMKSA, 1514 1515 NL80211_CMD_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL, 1516 NL80211_CMD_CANCEL_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL, 1517 1518 NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK, 1519 1520 NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME, 1521 NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_ACTION = NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME, 1522 NL80211_CMD_FRAME, 1523 NL80211_CMD_ACTION = NL80211_CMD_FRAME, 1524 NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS, 1525 NL80211_CMD_ACTION_TX_STATUS = NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS, 1526 1527 NL80211_CMD_SET_POWER_SAVE, 1528 NL80211_CMD_GET_POWER_SAVE, 1529 1530 NL80211_CMD_SET_CQM, 1531 NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM, 1532 1533 NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL, 1534 NL80211_CMD_SET_WDS_PEER, 1535 1536 NL80211_CMD_FRAME_WAIT_CANCEL, 1537 1538 NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH, 1539 NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_MESH, 1540 1541 NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DEAUTHENTICATE, 1542 NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DISASSOCIATE, 1543 1544 NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE, 1545 1546 NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN, 1547 NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN, 1548 1549 NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN, 1550 NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN, 1551 NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_RESULTS, 1552 NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_STOPPED, 1553 1554 NL80211_CMD_SET_REKEY_OFFLOAD, 1555 1556 NL80211_CMD_PMKSA_CANDIDATE, 1557 1558 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER, 1559 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT, 1560 1561 NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME, 1562 1563 NL80211_CMD_PROBE_PEER, 1564 1565 NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_BEACONS, 1566 1567 NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME, 1568 1569 NL80211_CMD_SET_NOACK_MAP, 1570 1571 NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_NOTIFY, 1572 1573 NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE, 1574 NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE, 1575 1576 NL80211_CMD_CONN_FAILED, 1577 1578 NL80211_CMD_SET_MCAST_RATE, 1579 1580 NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL, 1581 1582 NL80211_CMD_RADAR_DETECT, 1583 1584 NL80211_CMD_GET_PROTOCOL_FEATURES, 1585 1586 NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_FT_IES, 1587 NL80211_CMD_FT_EVENT, 1588 1589 NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_START, 1590 NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_STOP, 1591 1592 NL80211_CMD_GET_COALESCE, 1593 NL80211_CMD_SET_COALESCE, 1594 1595 NL80211_CMD_CHANNEL_SWITCH, 1596 1597 NL80211_CMD_VENDOR, 1598 1599 NL80211_CMD_SET_QOS_MAP, 1600 1601 NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS, 1602 NL80211_CMD_DEL_TX_TS, 1603 1604 NL80211_CMD_GET_MPP, 1605 1606 NL80211_CMD_JOIN_OCB, 1607 NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_OCB, 1608 1609 NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_STARTED_NOTIFY, 1610 1611 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH, 1612 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CANCEL_CHANNEL_SWITCH, 1613 1614 NL80211_CMD_WIPHY_REG_CHANGE, 1615 1616 NL80211_CMD_ABORT_SCAN, 1617 1618 NL80211_CMD_START_NAN, 1619 NL80211_CMD_STOP_NAN, 1620 NL80211_CMD_ADD_NAN_FUNCTION, 1621 NL80211_CMD_DEL_NAN_FUNCTION, 1622 NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG, 1623 NL80211_CMD_NAN_MATCH, 1624 1625 NL80211_CMD_SET_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST, 1626 1627 NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS, 1628 1629 NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK, 1630 NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMK, 1631 1632 NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED, 1633 1634 NL80211_CMD_RELOAD_REGDB, 1635 1636 NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH, 1637 1638 NL80211_CMD_STA_OPMODE_CHANGED, 1639 1640 NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME, 1641 1642 NL80211_CMD_GET_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS, 1643 1644 NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_START, 1645 NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_RESULT, 1646 NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_COMPLETE, 1647 1648 NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_RADAR, 1649 1650 NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_OWE_INFO, 1651 1652 NL80211_CMD_PROBE_MESH_LINK, 1653 1654 NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG, 1655 1656 NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_BEACON, 1657 1658 NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME_TX_STATUS, 1659 1660 NL80211_CMD_SET_SAR_SPECS, 1661 1662 NL80211_CMD_OBSS_COLOR_COLLISION, 1663 1664 NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_REQUEST, 1665 1666 NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_STARTED, 1667 NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_ABORTED, 1668 NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_COMPLETED, 1669 1670 NL80211_CMD_SET_FILS_AAD, 1671 1672 NL80211_CMD_ASSOC_COMEBACK, 1673 1674 NL80211_CMD_ADD_LINK, 1675 NL80211_CMD_REMOVE_LINK, 1676 1677 NL80211_CMD_ADD_LINK_STA, 1678 NL80211_CMD_MODIFY_LINK_STA, 1679 NL80211_CMD_REMOVE_LINK_STA, 1680 1681 NL80211_CMD_SET_HW_TIMESTAMP, 1682 1683 NL80211_CMD_LINKS_REMOVED, 1684 1685 NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_TO_LINK_MAPPING, 1686 1687 NL80211_CMD_ASSOC_MLO_RECONF, 1688 NL80211_CMD_EPCS_CFG, 1689 1690 NL80211_CMD_NAN_NEXT_DW_NOTIFICATION, 1691 NL80211_CMD_NAN_CLUSTER_JOINED, 1692 1693 NL80211_CMD_INCUMBENT_SIGNAL_DETECT, 1694 1695 NL80211_CMD_NAN_SET_LOCAL_SCHED, 1696 1697 NL80211_CMD_NAN_SCHED_UPDATE_DONE, 1698 1699 NL80211_CMD_NAN_SET_PEER_SCHED, 1700 1701 NL80211_CMD_NAN_ULW_UPDATE, 1702 1703 NL80211_CMD_NAN_CHANNEL_EVAC, 1704 1705 NL80211_CMD_START_PD, 1706 NL80211_CMD_STOP_PD, 1707 1708 /* add new commands above here */ 1709 1710 /* used to define NL80211_CMD_MAX below */ 1711 __NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST, 1712 NL80211_CMD_MAX = __NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST - 1 1713 }; 1714 1715 /* 1716 * Allow user space programs to use #ifdef on new commands by defining them 1717 * here 1718 */ 1719 #define NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS 1720 #define NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE 1721 #define NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE 1722 #define NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE 1723 #define NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE 1724 #define NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE 1725 #define NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE 1726 #define NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT 1727 1728 #define NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS 1729 1730 /* source-level API compatibility */ 1731 #define NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG 1732 #define NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG 1733 #define NL80211_MESH_SETUP_VENDOR_PATH_SEL_IE NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE 1734 #define NL80211_CMD_PROBE_CLIENT NL80211_CMD_PROBE_PEER 1735 1736 /** 1737 * enum nl80211_attrs - nl80211 netlink attributes 1738 * 1739 * @NL80211_ATTR_UNSPEC: unspecified attribute to catch errors 1740 * 1741 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY: index of wiphy to operate on, cf. 1742 * /sys/class/ieee80211/<phyname>/index 1743 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME: wiphy name (used for renaming) 1744 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS: a nested array of TX queue parameters 1745 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ: frequency of the selected channel in MHz, 1746 * defines the channel together with the (deprecated) 1747 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE attribute or the attributes 1748 * %NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH and if needed %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1 1749 * and %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2 1750 * @NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH: u32 attribute containing one of the values 1751 * of &enum nl80211_chan_width, describing the channel width. See the 1752 * documentation of the enum for more information. 1753 * @NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1: Center frequency of the first part of the 1754 * channel, used for anything but 20 MHz bandwidth. In S1G this is the 1755 * operating channel center frequency. 1756 * @NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2: Center frequency of the second part of the 1757 * channel, used only for 80+80 MHz bandwidth 1758 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE: included with NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ 1759 * if HT20 or HT40 are to be used (i.e., HT disabled if not included): 1760 * NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT = HT not allowed (i.e., same as not including 1761 * this attribute) 1762 * NL80211_CHAN_HT20 = HT20 only 1763 * NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS = secondary channel is below the primary channel 1764 * NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS = secondary channel is above the primary channel 1765 * This attribute is now deprecated. 1766 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT: TX retry limit for frames whose length is 1767 * less than or equal to the RTS threshold; allowed range: 1..255; 1768 * dot11ShortRetryLimit; u8 1769 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG: TX retry limit for frames whose length is 1770 * greater than the RTS threshold; allowed range: 1..255; 1771 * dot11ShortLongLimit; u8 1772 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD: fragmentation threshold, i.e., maximum 1773 * length in octets for frames; allowed range: 256..8000, disable 1774 * fragmentation with (u32)-1; dot11FragmentationThreshold; u32 1775 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD: RTS threshold (TX frames with length 1776 * larger than or equal to this use RTS/CTS handshake); allowed range: 1777 * 0..65536, disable with (u32)-1; dot11RTSThreshold; u32 1778 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_COVERAGE_CLASS: Coverage Class as defined by IEEE 802.11 1779 * section 7.3.2.9; dot11CoverageClass; u8 1780 * 1781 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX: network interface index of the device to operate on 1782 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME: network interface name 1783 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE: type of virtual interface, see &enum nl80211_iftype 1784 * 1785 * @NL80211_ATTR_WDEV: wireless device identifier, used for pseudo-devices 1786 * that don't have a netdev (u64) 1787 * 1788 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC: MAC address (various uses) 1789 * 1790 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA: (temporal) key data; for TKIP this consists of 1791 * 16 bytes encryption key followed by 8 bytes each for TX and RX MIC 1792 * keys 1793 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX: key ID (u8, 0-3) 1794 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER: key cipher suite (u32, as defined by IEEE 802.11 1795 * section 7.3.2.25.1, e.g. 0x000FAC04) 1796 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ: transmit key sequence number (IV/PN) for TKIP and 1797 * CCMP keys, each six bytes in little endian 1798 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT: Flag attribute indicating the key is default key 1799 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT: Flag attribute indicating the key is the 1800 * default management key 1801 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE: For crypto settings for connect or 1802 * other commands, indicates which pairwise cipher suites are used 1803 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP: For crypto settings for connect or 1804 * other commands, indicates which group cipher suite is used 1805 * 1806 * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL: beacon interval in TU 1807 * @NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD: DTIM period for beaconing 1808 * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD: portion of the beacon before the TIM IE 1809 * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL: portion of the beacon after the TIM IE 1810 * 1811 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID: Association ID for the station (u16) 1812 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS: flags, nested element with NLA_FLAG attributes of 1813 * &enum nl80211_sta_flags (deprecated, use %NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2) 1814 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_LISTEN_INTERVAL: listen interval as defined by 1815 * IEEE 802.11 7.3.1.6 (u16). 1816 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_RATES: supported rates, array of supported 1817 * rates as defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but without the length 1818 * restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES). 1819 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN: interface index of VLAN interface to move station 1820 * to, or the AP interface the station was originally added to. 1821 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO: information about a station, part of station info 1822 * given for %NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION, nested attribute containing 1823 * info as possible, see &enum nl80211_sta_info. 1824 * 1825 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_BANDS: Information about an operating bands, 1826 * consisting of a nested array. 1827 * 1828 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_ID: mesh id (1-32 bytes). 1829 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_ACTION: action to perform on the mesh peer link 1830 * (see &enum nl80211_plink_action). 1831 * @NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP: MAC address of the next hop for a mesh path. 1832 * @NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO: information about a mesh_path, part of mesh path 1833 * info given for %NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH, nested attribute described at 1834 * &enum nl80211_mpath_info. 1835 * 1836 * @NL80211_ATTR_MNTR_FLAGS: flags, nested element with NLA_FLAG attributes of 1837 * &enum nl80211_mntr_flags. 1838 * 1839 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2: an ISO-3166-alpha2 country code for which the 1840 * current regulatory domain should be set to or is already set to. 1841 * For example, 'CR', for Costa Rica. This attribute is used by the kernel 1842 * to query the CRDA to retrieve one regulatory domain. This attribute can 1843 * also be used by userspace to query the kernel for the currently set 1844 * regulatory domain. We chose an alpha2 as that is also used by the 1845 * IEEE-802.11 country information element to identify a country. 1846 * Users can also simply ask the wireless core to set regulatory domain 1847 * to a specific alpha2. 1848 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULES: a nested array of regulatory domain regulatory 1849 * rules. 1850 * 1851 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled (u8, 0 or 1) 1852 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_PREAMBLE: whether short preamble is enabled 1853 * (u8, 0 or 1) 1854 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME: whether short slot time enabled 1855 * (u8, 0 or 1) 1856 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES: basic rates, array of basic 1857 * rates in format defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but without the length 1858 * restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES). 1859 * 1860 * @NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY: HT Capability information element (from 1861 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION) 1862 * 1863 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES: nested attribute containing all 1864 * supported interface types, each a flag attribute with the number 1865 * of the interface mode. 1866 * 1867 * @NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE: Management frame subtype for 1868 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE. 1869 * 1870 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE: Information element(s) data (used, e.g., with 1871 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE). 1872 * 1873 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCAN_SSIDS: number of SSIDs you can scan with 1874 * a single scan request, a wiphy attribute. 1875 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_SSIDS: number of SSIDs you can 1876 * scan with a single scheduled scan request, a wiphy attribute. 1877 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_IE_LEN: maximum length of information elements 1878 * that can be added to a scan request 1879 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCHED_SCAN_IE_LEN: maximum length of information 1880 * elements that can be added to a scheduled scan request 1881 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_MATCH_SETS: maximum number of sets that can be 1882 * used with @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH, a wiphy attribute. 1883 * 1884 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES: nested attribute with frequencies (in MHz) 1885 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS: nested attribute with SSIDs, leave out for passive 1886 * scanning and include a zero-length SSID (wildcard) for wildcard scan 1887 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS: scan result BSS 1888 * 1889 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR: indicates who requested the regulatory domain 1890 * currently in effect. This could be any of the %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_* 1891 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE: indicates the type of the regulatory domain currently 1892 * set. This can be one of the nl80211_reg_type (%NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_*) 1893 * 1894 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_COMMANDS: wiphy attribute that specifies 1895 * an array of command numbers (i.e. a mapping index to command number) 1896 * that the driver for the given wiphy supports. 1897 * 1898 * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME: frame data (binary attribute), including frame header 1899 * and body, but not FCS; used, e.g., with NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE and 1900 * NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE events 1901 * @NL80211_ATTR_SSID: SSID (binary attribute, 0..32 octets) 1902 * @NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE: AuthenticationType, see &enum nl80211_auth_type, 1903 * represented as a u32 1904 * @NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE: ReasonCode for %NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE and 1905 * %NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE, u16 1906 * 1907 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE: Key Type, see &enum nl80211_key_type, represented as 1908 * a u32 1909 * 1910 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE: A channel which has suffered a regulatory change 1911 * due to considerations from a beacon hint. This attribute reflects 1912 * the state of the channel _before_ the beacon hint processing. This 1913 * attributes consists of a nested attribute containing 1914 * NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_* 1915 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER: A channel which has suffered a regulatory change 1916 * due to considerations from a beacon hint. This attribute reflects 1917 * the state of the channel _after_ the beacon hint processing. This 1918 * attributes consists of a nested attribute containing 1919 * NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_* 1920 * 1921 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES: a set of u32 values indicating the supported 1922 * cipher suites 1923 * 1924 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_FIXED: a flag indicating the IBSS should not try to look 1925 * for other networks on different channels 1926 * 1927 * @NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT: a flag indicating than an operation timed out; this 1928 * is used, e.g., with %NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE event 1929 * 1930 * @NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP: Whether management frame protection (IEEE 802.11w) is 1931 * used for the association (&enum nl80211_mfp, represented as a u32); 1932 * this attribute can be used with %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and 1933 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests. %NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL is not allowed for 1934 * %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE since user space SME is expected and hence, it 1935 * must have decided whether to use management frame protection or not. 1936 * Setting %NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL with a %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT request will 1937 * let the driver (or the firmware) decide whether to use MFP or not. 1938 * 1939 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2: Attribute containing a 1940 * &struct nl80211_sta_flag_update. 1941 * 1942 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT: A flag indicating whether user space controls 1943 * IEEE 802.1X port, i.e., sets/clears %NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED, in 1944 * station mode. If the flag is included in %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE 1945 * request, the driver will assume that the port is unauthorized until 1946 * authorized by user space. Otherwise, port is marked authorized by 1947 * default in station mode. 1948 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE: A 16-bit value indicating the 1949 * ethertype that will be used for key negotiation. It can be 1950 * specified with the associate and connect commands. If it is not 1951 * specified, the value defaults to 0x888E (PAE, 802.1X). This 1952 * attribute is also used as a flag in the wiphy information to 1953 * indicate that protocols other than PAE are supported. 1954 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT: When included along with 1955 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE, indicates that the custom 1956 * ethertype frames used for key negotiation must not be encrypted. 1957 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211: A flag indicating whether control 1958 * port frames (e.g. of type given in %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE) 1959 * will be sent directly to the network interface or sent via the NL80211 1960 * socket. If this attribute is missing, then legacy behavior of sending 1961 * control port frames directly to the network interface is used. If the 1962 * flag is included, then control port frames are sent over NL80211 instead 1963 * using %CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME. If control port routing over NL80211 is 1964 * to be used then userspace must also use the %NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER 1965 * flag. When used with %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH, pre-auth 1966 * frames are not forwarded over the control port. 1967 * 1968 * @NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA: Testmode data blob, passed through to the driver. 1969 * We recommend using nested, driver-specific attributes within this. 1970 * 1971 * @NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP: A flag indicating that the DISCONNECT 1972 * event was due to the AP disconnecting the station, and not due to 1973 * a local disconnect request. 1974 * @NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE: StatusCode for the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT 1975 * event (u16) 1976 * @NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY: Flag attribute, used with connect(), indicating 1977 * that protected APs should be used. This is also used with NEW_BEACON to 1978 * indicate that the BSS is to use protection. 1979 * 1980 * @NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to 1981 * indicate which WPA version(s) the AP we want to associate with is using 1982 * (a u32 with flags from &enum nl80211_wpa_versions). 1983 * @NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to 1984 * indicate which key management algorithm(s) to use (an array of u32). 1985 * This attribute is also sent in response to @NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY, 1986 * indicating the supported AKM suites, intended for specific drivers which 1987 * implement SME and have constraints on which AKMs are supported and also 1988 * the cases where an AKM support is offloaded to the driver/firmware. 1989 * If there is no such notification from the driver, user space should 1990 * assume the driver supports all the AKM suites. 1991 * 1992 * @NL80211_ATTR_REQ_IE: (Re)association request information elements as 1993 * sent out by the card, for ROAM and successful CONNECT events. 1994 * @NL80211_ATTR_RESP_IE: (Re)association response information elements as 1995 * sent by peer, for ROAM and successful CONNECT events. 1996 * 1997 * @NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID: previous BSSID, to be used in ASSOCIATE and CONNECT 1998 * commands to specify a request to reassociate within an ESS, i.e., to use 1999 * Reassociate Request frame (with the value of this attribute in the 2000 * Current AP address field) instead of Association Request frame which is 2001 * used for the initial association to an ESS. 2002 * 2003 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY: key information in a nested attribute with 2004 * %NL80211_KEY_* sub-attributes 2005 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEYS: array of keys for static WEP keys for connect() 2006 * and join_ibss(), key information is in a nested attribute each 2007 * with %NL80211_KEY_* sub-attributes 2008 * 2009 * @NL80211_ATTR_PID: Process ID of a network namespace. 2010 * @NL80211_ATTR_NETNS_FD: File descriptor of a network namespace. 2011 * 2012 * @NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION: Used to indicate consistent snapshots for 2013 * dumps. This number increases whenever the object list being 2014 * dumped changes, and as such userspace can verify that it has 2015 * obtained a complete and consistent snapshot by verifying that 2016 * all dump messages contain the same generation number. If it 2017 * changed then the list changed and the dump should be repeated 2018 * completely from scratch. 2019 * 2020 * @NL80211_ATTR_4ADDR: Use 4-address frames on a virtual interface 2021 * 2022 * @NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO: survey information about a channel, part of 2023 * the survey response for %NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY, nested attribute 2024 * containing info as possible, see &enum survey_info. 2025 * 2026 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKID: PMK material for PMKSA caching. 2027 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_PMKIDS: maximum number of PMKIDs a firmware can 2028 * cache, a wiphy attribute. 2029 * 2030 * @NL80211_ATTR_DURATION: Duration of an operation in milliseconds, u32. 2031 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_DURATION: Device attribute that 2032 * specifies the maximum duration that can be requested with the 2033 * remain-on-channel operation, in milliseconds, u32. 2034 * 2035 * @NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE: Generic 64-bit cookie to identify objects. 2036 * 2037 * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES: Nested set of attributes 2038 * (enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes) describing TX rates per band. The 2039 * enum nl80211_band value is used as the index (nla_type() of the nested 2040 * data. If a band is not included, it will be configured to allow all 2041 * rates based on negotiated supported rates information. This attribute 2042 * is used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK and with starting AP, 2043 * and joining mesh networks (not IBSS yet). In the later case, it must 2044 * specify just a single bitrate, which is to be used for the beacon. 2045 * The driver must also specify support for this with the extended 2046 * features NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY, 2047 * NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT, 2048 * NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT, 2049 * NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HE and 2050 * NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_EHT. 2051 * 2052 * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_MATCH: A binary attribute which typically must contain 2053 * at least one byte, currently used with @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME. 2054 * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE: A u16 indicating the frame type/subtype for the 2055 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME command. 2056 * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_FRAME_TYPES: wiphy capability attribute, which is a 2057 * nested attribute of %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE attributes, containing 2058 * information about which frame types can be transmitted with 2059 * %NL80211_CMD_FRAME. 2060 * @NL80211_ATTR_RX_FRAME_TYPES: wiphy capability attribute, which is a 2061 * nested attribute of %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE attributes, containing 2062 * information about which frame types can be registered for RX. 2063 * 2064 * @NL80211_ATTR_ACK: Flag attribute indicating that the frame was 2065 * acknowledged by the recipient. 2066 * @NL80211_ATTR_ACK_SIGNAL: Station's ack signal strength (s32) 2067 * 2068 * @NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE: powersave state, using &enum nl80211_ps_state values. 2069 * 2070 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM: connection quality monitor configuration in a 2071 * nested attribute with %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_* sub-attributes. 2072 * 2073 * @NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_STATE_CHANGE: Flag attribute to indicate that a command 2074 * is requesting a local authentication/association state change without 2075 * invoking actual management frame exchange. This can be used with 2076 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE, NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE, 2077 * NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE. 2078 * 2079 * @NL80211_ATTR_AP_ISOLATE: (AP mode) Do not forward traffic between stations 2080 * connected to this BSS. 2081 * 2082 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING: Transmit power setting type. See 2083 * &enum nl80211_tx_power_setting for possible values. 2084 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_LEVEL: Transmit power level in signed mBm units. 2085 * This is used in association with @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING 2086 * for non-automatic settings. 2087 * 2088 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_IBSS_RSN: The device supports IBSS RSN, which mostly 2089 * means support for per-station GTKs. 2090 * 2091 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX: Bitmap of allowed antennas for transmitting. 2092 * This can be used to mask out antennas which are not attached or should 2093 * not be used for transmitting. If an antenna is not selected in this 2094 * bitmap the hardware is not allowed to transmit on this antenna. 2095 * 2096 * Each bit represents one antenna, starting with antenna 1 at the first 2097 * bit. Depending on which antennas are selected in the bitmap, 802.11n 2098 * drivers can derive which chainmasks to use (if all antennas belonging to 2099 * a particular chain are disabled this chain should be disabled) and if 2100 * a chain has diversity antennas whether diversity should be used or not. 2101 * HT capabilities (STBC, TX Beamforming, Antenna selection) can be 2102 * derived from the available chains after applying the antenna mask. 2103 * Non-802.11n drivers can derive whether to use diversity or not. 2104 * Drivers may reject configurations or RX/TX mask combinations they cannot 2105 * support by returning -EINVAL. 2106 * 2107 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_RX: Bitmap of allowed antennas for receiving. 2108 * This can be used to mask out antennas which are not attached or should 2109 * not be used for receiving. If an antenna is not selected in this bitmap 2110 * the hardware should not be configured to receive on this antenna. 2111 * For a more detailed description see @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX. 2112 * 2113 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_TX: Bitmap of antennas which are available 2114 * for configuration as TX antennas via the above parameters. 2115 * 2116 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_RX: Bitmap of antennas which are available 2117 * for configuration as RX antennas via the above parameters. 2118 * 2119 * @NL80211_ATTR_MCAST_RATE: Multicast tx rate (in 100 kbps) for IBSS 2120 * 2121 * @NL80211_ATTR_OFFCHANNEL_TX_OK: For management frame TX, the frame may be 2122 * transmitted on another channel when the channel given doesn't match 2123 * the current channel. If the current channel doesn't match and this 2124 * flag isn't set, the frame will be rejected. This is also used as an 2125 * nl80211 capability flag. 2126 * 2127 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_HT_OPMODE: HT operation mode (u16) 2128 * 2129 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: A nested attribute containing flags 2130 * attributes, specifying what a key should be set as default as. 2131 * See &enum nl80211_key_default_types. 2132 * 2133 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_SETUP: Optional mesh setup parameters. These cannot be 2134 * changed once the mesh is active. 2135 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG: Mesh configuration parameters, a nested attribute 2136 * containing attributes from &enum nl80211_meshconf_params. 2137 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_MESH_AUTH: Currently, this means the underlying driver 2138 * allows auth frames in a mesh to be passed to userspace for processing via 2139 * the @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH flag. 2140 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_STATE: The state of a mesh peer link as defined in 2141 * &enum nl80211_plink_state. Used when userspace is driving the peer link 2142 * management state machine. @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE or 2143 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM must be enabled. 2144 * 2145 * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED: indicates, as part of the wiphy 2146 * capabilities, the supported WoWLAN triggers 2147 * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS: used by %NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN to 2148 * indicate which WoW triggers should be enabled. This is also 2149 * used by %NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN to get the currently enabled WoWLAN 2150 * triggers. 2151 * 2152 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL: Interval between scheduled scan 2153 * cycles, in msecs. 2154 * 2155 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH: Nested attribute with one or more 2156 * sets of attributes to match during scheduled scans. Only BSSs 2157 * that match any of the sets will be reported. These are 2158 * pass-thru filter rules. 2159 * For a match to succeed, the BSS must match all attributes of a 2160 * set. Since not every hardware supports matching all types of 2161 * attributes, there is no guarantee that the reported BSSs are 2162 * fully complying with the match sets and userspace needs to be 2163 * able to ignore them by itself. 2164 * Thus, the implementation is somewhat hardware-dependent, but 2165 * this is only an optimization and the userspace application 2166 * needs to handle all the non-filtered results anyway. 2167 * If the match attributes don't make sense when combined with 2168 * the values passed in @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS (eg. if an SSID 2169 * is included in the probe request, but the match attributes 2170 * will never let it go through), -EINVAL may be returned. 2171 * If omitted, no filtering is done. 2172 * 2173 * @NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS: Nested attribute listing the supported 2174 * interface combinations. In each nested item, it contains attributes 2175 * defined in &enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs. 2176 * If the wiphy uses multiple radios (@NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RADIOS is set), 2177 * this attribute contains the interface combinations of the first radio. 2178 * See @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS for the global wiphy 2179 * combinations for the sum of all radios. 2180 * @NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES: Nested attribute (just like 2181 * %NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES) containing the interface types that 2182 * are managed in software: interfaces of these types aren't subject to 2183 * any restrictions in their number or combinations. 2184 * 2185 * @NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA: nested attribute containing the information 2186 * necessary for GTK rekeying in the device, see &enum nl80211_rekey_data. 2187 * 2188 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SUPP_RATES: rates per to be advertised as supported in scan, 2189 * nested array attribute containing an entry for each band, with the entry 2190 * being a list of supported rates as defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but 2191 * without the length restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES). 2192 * 2193 * @NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID: indicates whether SSID is to be hidden from Beacon 2194 * and Probe Response (when response to wildcard Probe Request); see 2195 * &enum nl80211_hidden_ssid, represented as a u32 2196 * 2197 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP: Information element(s) for Probe Response frame. 2198 * This is used with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON and %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON to 2199 * provide extra IEs (e.g., WPS/P2P IE) into Probe Response frames when the 2200 * driver (or firmware) replies to Probe Request frames. 2201 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP: Information element(s) for (Re)Association 2202 * Response frames. This is used with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON and 2203 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON to provide extra IEs (e.g., WPS/P2P IE) into 2204 * (Re)Association Response frames when the driver (or firmware) replies to 2205 * (Re)Association Request frames. 2206 * 2207 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_WME: Nested attribute containing the wme configuration 2208 * of the station, see &enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr. 2209 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_AP_UAPSD: the device supports uapsd when working 2210 * as AP. 2211 * 2212 * @NL80211_ATTR_ROAM_SUPPORT: Indicates whether the firmware is capable of 2213 * roaming to another AP in the same ESS if the signal lever is low. 2214 * 2215 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: Nested attribute containing the PMKSA caching 2216 * candidate information, see &enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr. 2217 * 2218 * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE: Indicates whether to use CCK rate or not 2219 * for management frames transmission. In order to avoid p2p probe/action 2220 * frames are being transmitted at CCK rate in 2GHz band, the user space 2221 * applications use this attribute. 2222 * This attribute is used with %NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN and 2223 * %NL80211_CMD_FRAME commands. 2224 * 2225 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION: Low level TDLS action code (e.g. link setup 2226 * request, link setup confirm, link teardown, etc.). Values are 2227 * described in the TDLS (802.11z) specification. 2228 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_DIALOG_TOKEN: Non-zero token for uniquely identifying a 2229 * TDLS conversation between two devices. 2230 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION: High level TDLS operation; see 2231 * &enum nl80211_tdls_operation, represented as a u8. 2232 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_SUPPORT: A flag indicating the device can operate 2233 * as a TDLS peer sta. 2234 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP: The TDLS discovery/setup and teardown 2235 * procedures should be performed by sending TDLS packets via 2236 * %NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT. Otherwise %NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER should be 2237 * used for asking the driver to perform a TDLS operation. 2238 * 2239 * @NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME: This u32 attribute may be listed for devices 2240 * that have AP support to indicate that they have the AP SME integrated 2241 * with support for the features listed in this attribute, see 2242 * &enum nl80211_ap_sme_features. 2243 * 2244 * @NL80211_ATTR_DONT_WAIT_FOR_ACK: Used with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME, this tells 2245 * the driver to not wait for an acknowledgement. Note that due to this, 2246 * it will also not give a status callback nor return a cookie. This is 2247 * mostly useful for probe responses to save airtime. 2248 * 2249 * @NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS: This u32 attribute contains flags from 2250 * &enum nl80211_feature_flags and is advertised in wiphy information. 2251 * @NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD: Indicates that the HW responds to probe 2252 * requests while operating in AP-mode. 2253 * This attribute holds a bitmap of the supported protocols for 2254 * offloading (see &enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr). 2255 * 2256 * @NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP: Probe Response template data. Contains the entire 2257 * probe-response frame. The DA field in the 802.11 header is zero-ed out, 2258 * to be filled by the FW. 2259 * @NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HT: Force HT capable interfaces to disable 2260 * this feature during association. This is a flag attribute. 2261 * Currently only supported in mac80211 drivers. 2262 * @NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_VHT: Force VHT capable interfaces to disable 2263 * this feature during association. This is a flag attribute. 2264 * Currently only supported in mac80211 drivers. 2265 * @NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HE: Force HE capable interfaces to disable 2266 * this feature during association. This is a flag attribute. 2267 * Currently only supported in mac80211 drivers. 2268 * @NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_EHT: Force EHT capable interfaces to disable 2269 * this feature during association. This is a flag attribute. 2270 * Currently only supported in mac80211 drivers. 2271 * @NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY_MASK: Specify which bits of the 2272 * ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY to which attention should be paid. 2273 * Currently, only mac80211 NICs support this feature. 2274 * The values that may be configured are: 2275 * MCS rates, MAX-AMSDU, HT-20-40 and HT_CAP_SGI_40 2276 * AMPDU density and AMPDU factor. 2277 * All values are treated as suggestions and may be ignored 2278 * by the driver as required. The actual values may be seen in 2279 * the station debugfs ht_caps file. 2280 * @NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY_MASK: Specify which bits of the 2281 * ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY to which attention should be paid. 2282 * Currently, only mac80211 NICs support this feature. 2283 * All values are treated as suggestions and may be ignored 2284 * by the driver as required. The actual values may be seen in 2285 * the station debugfs vht_caps file. 2286 * 2287 * @NL80211_ATTR_DFS_REGION: region for regulatory rules which this country 2288 * abides to when initiating radiation on DFS channels. A country maps 2289 * to one DFS region. 2290 * 2291 * @NL80211_ATTR_NOACK_MAP: This u16 bitmap contains the No Ack Policy of 2292 * up to 16 TIDs. 2293 * 2294 * @NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT: timeout value in seconds, this can be 2295 * used by the drivers which has MLME in firmware and does not have support 2296 * to report per station tx/rx activity to free up the station entry from 2297 * the list. This needs to be used when the driver advertises the 2298 * capability to timeout the stations. 2299 * 2300 * @NL80211_ATTR_RX_SIGNAL_DBM: signal strength in dBm (as a 32-bit int); 2301 * this attribute is (depending on the driver capabilities) added to 2302 * received frames indicated with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME. 2303 * 2304 * @NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD: Background scan period in seconds 2305 * or 0 to disable background scan. 2306 * 2307 * @NL80211_ATTR_USER_REG_HINT_TYPE: type of regulatory hint passed from 2308 * userspace. If unset it is assumed the hint comes directly from 2309 * a user. If set code could specify exactly what type of source 2310 * was used to provide the hint. For the different types of 2311 * allowed user regulatory hints see nl80211_user_reg_hint_type. 2312 * 2313 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON: The reason for which AP has rejected 2314 * the connection request from a station. nl80211_connect_failed_reason 2315 * enum has different reasons of connection failure. 2316 * 2317 * @NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA: Fields and elements in Authentication frames. 2318 * This contains the authentication frame body (non-IE and IE data), 2319 * excluding the Authentication algorithm number, i.e., starting at the 2320 * Authentication transaction sequence number field. It is used with 2321 * authentication algorithms that need special fields to be added into 2322 * the frames (SAE and FILS). Currently, only the SAE cases use the 2323 * initial two fields (Authentication transaction sequence number and 2324 * Status code). However, those fields are included in the attribute data 2325 * for all authentication algorithms to keep the attribute definition 2326 * consistent. 2327 * 2328 * @NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY: VHT Capability information element (from 2329 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION) 2330 * 2331 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FLAGS: scan request control flags (u32) 2332 * 2333 * @NL80211_ATTR_P2P_CTWINDOW: P2P GO Client Traffic Window (u8), used with 2334 * the START_AP and SET_BSS commands 2335 * @NL80211_ATTR_P2P_OPPPS: P2P GO opportunistic PS (u8), used with the 2336 * START_AP and SET_BSS commands. This can have the values 0 or 1; 2337 * if not given in START_AP 0 is assumed, if not given in SET_BSS 2338 * no change is made. 2339 * 2340 * @NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_MESH_POWER_MODE: local mesh STA link-specific power mode 2341 * defined in &enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode. 2342 * 2343 * @NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY: ACL policy, see &enum nl80211_acl_policy, 2344 * carried in a u32 attribute 2345 * 2346 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS: Array of nested MAC addresses, used for 2347 * MAC ACL. 2348 * 2349 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ACL_MAX: u32 attribute to advertise the maximum 2350 * number of MAC addresses that a device can support for MAC 2351 * ACL. 2352 * 2353 * @NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT: Type of radar event for notification to userspace, 2354 * contains a value of enum nl80211_radar_event (u32). 2355 * 2356 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA: 802.11 extended capabilities that the kernel driver 2357 * has and handles. The format is the same as the IE contents. See 2358 * 802.11-2012 8.4.2.29 for more information. 2359 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK: Extended capabilities that the kernel driver 2360 * has set in the %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA value, for multibit fields. 2361 * 2362 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_CAPABILITY: Station capabilities (u16) are advertised to 2363 * the driver, e.g., to enable TDLS power save (PU-APSD). 2364 * 2365 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_EXT_CAPABILITY: Station extended capabilities are 2366 * advertised to the driver, e.g., to enable TDLS off channel operations 2367 * and PU-APSD. 2368 * 2369 * @NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES: global nl80211 feature flags, see 2370 * &enum nl80211_protocol_features, the attribute is a u32. 2371 * 2372 * @NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP: flag attribute, userspace supports 2373 * receiving the data for a single wiphy split across multiple 2374 * messages, given with wiphy dump message 2375 * 2376 * @NL80211_ATTR_MDID: Mobility Domain Identifier 2377 * 2378 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_RIC: Resource Information Container Information 2379 * Element 2380 * 2381 * @NL80211_ATTR_CRIT_PROT_ID: critical protocol identifier requiring increased 2382 * reliability, see &enum nl80211_crit_proto_id (u16). 2383 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CRIT_PROT_DURATION: duration in milliseconds in which 2384 * the connection should have increased reliability (u16). 2385 * 2386 * @NL80211_ATTR_PEER_AID: Association ID for the peer TDLS station (u16). 2387 * This is similar to @NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID but with a difference of being 2388 * allowed to be used with the first @NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION command to 2389 * update a TDLS peer STA entry. For S1G interfaces, this is limited to 2390 * 1600 for the current mac80211 implementation. 2391 * 2392 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE: Coalesce rule information. 2393 * 2394 * @NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT: u32 attribute specifying the number of TBTT's 2395 * until the channel switch event. 2396 * @NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX: flag attribute specifying that transmission 2397 * must be blocked on the current channel (before the channel switch 2398 * operation). Also included in the channel switch started event if quiet 2399 * was requested by the AP. 2400 * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_IES: Nested set of attributes containing the IE information 2401 * for the time while performing a channel switch. 2402 * @NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_BEACON: An array of offsets (u16) to the channel 2403 * switch or color change counters in the beacons tail (%NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL). 2404 * @NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_PRESP: An array of offsets (u16) to the channel 2405 * switch or color change counters in the probe response (%NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP). 2406 * 2407 * @NL80211_ATTR_RXMGMT_FLAGS: flags for nl80211_send_mgmt(), u32. 2408 * As specified in the &enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags. 2409 * 2410 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_CHANNELS: array of supported channels. 2411 * 2412 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_OPER_CLASSES: array of supported 2413 * operating classes. 2414 * 2415 * @NL80211_ATTR_HANDLE_DFS: A flag indicating whether user space 2416 * controls DFS operation in IBSS mode. If the flag is included in 2417 * %NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS request, the driver will allow use of DFS 2418 * channels and reports radar events to userspace. Userspace is required 2419 * to react to radar events, e.g. initiate a channel switch or leave the 2420 * IBSS network. 2421 * 2422 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_5_MHZ: A flag indicating that the device supports 2423 * 5 MHz channel bandwidth. 2424 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_10_MHZ: A flag indicating that the device supports 2425 * 10 MHz channel bandwidth. 2426 * 2427 * @NL80211_ATTR_OPMODE_NOTIF: Operating mode field from Operating Mode 2428 * Notification Element based on association request when used with 2429 * %NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION or %NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION (only when 2430 * %NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE is supported, or with TDLS); 2431 * u8 attribute. 2432 * 2433 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID: The vendor ID, either a 24-bit OUI or, if 2434 * %NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX is set, a special Linux ID (not used yet) 2435 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD: vendor sub-command 2436 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA: data for the vendor command, if any; this 2437 * attribute is also used for vendor command feature advertisement 2438 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_EVENTS: used for event list advertising in the wiphy 2439 * info, containing a nested array of possible events 2440 * 2441 * @NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP: IP DSCP mapping for Interworking QoS mapping. This 2442 * data is in the format defined for the payload of the QoS Map Set element 2443 * in IEEE Std 802.11-2012, 8.4.2.97. 2444 * 2445 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT: MAC address recommendation as initial BSS 2446 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT: frequency of the recommended initial BSS 2447 * 2448 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_AP_ASSOC_STA: Device attribute that indicates how many 2449 * associated stations are supported in AP mode (including P2P GO); u32. 2450 * Since drivers may not have a fixed limit on the maximum number (e.g., 2451 * other concurrent operations may affect this), drivers are allowed to 2452 * advertise values that cannot always be met. In such cases, an attempt 2453 * to add a new station entry with @NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION may fail. 2454 * 2455 * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX: An array of csa counter offsets (u16) which 2456 * should be updated when the frame is transmitted. 2457 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS: U8 attribute used to advertise the maximum 2458 * supported number of csa counters. 2459 * 2460 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_PEER_CAPABILITY: flags for TDLS peer capabilities, u32. 2461 * As specified in the &enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability. 2462 * 2463 * @NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER: Flag attribute, if set during interface 2464 * creation then the new interface will be owned by the netlink socket 2465 * that created it and will be destroyed when the socket is closed. 2466 * If set during scheduled scan start then the new scan req will be 2467 * owned by the netlink socket that created it and the scheduled scan will 2468 * be stopped when the socket is closed. 2469 * If set during configuration of regulatory indoor operation then the 2470 * regulatory indoor configuration would be owned by the netlink socket 2471 * that configured the indoor setting, and the indoor operation would be 2472 * cleared when the socket is closed. 2473 * If set during NAN interface creation, the interface will be destroyed 2474 * if the socket is closed just like any other interface. Moreover, NAN 2475 * notifications will be sent in unicast to that socket. Without this 2476 * attribute, the notifications will be sent to the %NL80211_MCGRP_NAN 2477 * multicast group. 2478 * If set during %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE or %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT the 2479 * station will deauthenticate when the socket is closed. 2480 * If set during %NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS the IBSS will be automatically 2481 * torn down when the socket is closed. 2482 * If set during %NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH the mesh setup will be 2483 * automatically torn down when the socket is closed. 2484 * If set during %NL80211_CMD_START_AP the AP will be automatically 2485 * disabled when the socket is closed. 2486 * 2487 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_INITIATOR: flag attribute indicating the current end is 2488 * the TDLS link initiator. 2489 * 2490 * @NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM: flag for indicating whether the current connection 2491 * shall support Radio Resource Measurements (11k). This attribute can be 2492 * used with %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests. 2493 * User space applications are expected to use this flag only if the 2494 * underlying device supports these minimal RRM features: 2495 * %NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES, 2496 * %NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET, 2497 * Or, if global RRM is supported, see: 2498 * %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM 2499 * If this flag is used, driver must add the Power Capabilities IE to the 2500 * association request. In addition, it must also set the RRM capability 2501 * flag in the association request's Capability Info field. 2502 * 2503 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK: flag attribute used to enable ACK timeout 2504 * estimation algorithm (dynack). In order to activate dynack 2505 * %NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION feature flag must be set by lower 2506 * drivers to indicate dynack capability. Dynack is automatically disabled 2507 * setting valid value for coverage class. 2508 * 2509 * @NL80211_ATTR_TSID: a TSID value (u8 attribute) 2510 * @NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO: user priority value (u8 attribute) 2511 * @NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME: admitted time in units of 32 microseconds 2512 * (per second) (u16 attribute) 2513 * 2514 * @NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE: SMPS mode to use (ap mode). see 2515 * &enum nl80211_smps_mode. 2516 * 2517 * @NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS: operating class 2518 * 2519 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK: MAC address mask 2520 * 2521 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG: flag attribute indicating this device 2522 * is self-managing its regulatory information and any regulatory domain 2523 * obtained from it is coming from the device's wiphy and not the global 2524 * cfg80211 regdomain. 2525 * 2526 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_FEATURES: extended feature flags contained in a byte 2527 * array. The feature flags are identified by their bit index (see &enum 2528 * nl80211_ext_feature_index). The bit index is ordered starting at the 2529 * least-significant bit of the first byte in the array, ie. bit index 0 2530 * is located at bit 0 of byte 0. bit index 25 would be located at bit 1 2531 * of byte 3 (u8 array). 2532 * 2533 * @NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_RADIO_STATS: Request overall radio statistics to be 2534 * returned along with other survey data. If set, @NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY 2535 * may return a survey entry without a channel indicating global radio 2536 * statistics (only some values are valid and make sense.) 2537 * For devices that don't return such an entry even then, the information 2538 * should be contained in the result as the sum of the respective counters 2539 * over all channels. 2540 * 2541 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY: delay before the first cycle of a 2542 * scheduled scan is started. Or the delay before a WoWLAN 2543 * net-detect scan is started, counting from the moment the 2544 * system is suspended. This value is a u32, in seconds. 2545 * 2546 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_INDOOR: flag attribute, if set indicates that the device 2547 * is operating in an indoor environment. 2548 * 2549 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS: maximum number of scan plans for 2550 * scheduled scan supported by the device (u32), a wiphy attribute. 2551 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL: maximum interval (in seconds) for 2552 * a scan plan (u32), a wiphy attribute. 2553 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS: maximum number of iterations in 2554 * a scan plan (u32), a wiphy attribute. 2555 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS: a list of scan plans for scheduled scan. 2556 * Each scan plan defines the number of scan iterations and the interval 2557 * between scans. The last scan plan will always run infinitely, 2558 * thus it must not specify the number of iterations, only the interval 2559 * between scans. The scan plans are executed sequentially. 2560 * Each scan plan is a nested attribute of &enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan. 2561 * @NL80211_ATTR_PBSS: flag attribute. If set it means operate 2562 * in a PBSS. Specified in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to request 2563 * connecting to a PCP, and in %NL80211_CMD_START_AP to start 2564 * a PCP instead of AP. Relevant for DMG networks only. 2565 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT: nested attribute for driver supporting the 2566 * BSS selection feature. When used with %NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY it contains 2567 * attributes according &enum nl80211_bss_select_attr to indicate what 2568 * BSS selection behaviours are supported. When used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT 2569 * it contains the behaviour-specific attribute containing the parameters for 2570 * BSS selection to be done by driver and/or firmware. 2571 * 2572 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORT_P2P_PS: whether P2P PS mechanism supported 2573 * or not. u8, one of the values of &enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status 2574 * 2575 * @NL80211_ATTR_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment 2576 * 2577 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_EXT_CAPA: Nested attribute of the following attributes: 2578 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE, %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA, 2579 * %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK, to specify the extended capabilities and 2580 * other interface-type specific capabilities per interface type. For MLO, 2581 * %NL80211_ATTR_EML_CAPABILITY and %NL80211_ATTR_MLD_CAPA_AND_OPS are 2582 * present. 2583 * 2584 * @NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA: array of 24 bytes that defines a MU-MIMO 2585 * groupID for monitor mode. 2586 * The first 8 bytes are a mask that defines the membership in each 2587 * group (there are 64 groups, group 0 and 63 are reserved), 2588 * each bit represents a group and set to 1 for being a member in 2589 * that group and 0 for not being a member. 2590 * The remaining 16 bytes define the position in each group: 2 bits for 2591 * each group. 2592 * (smaller group numbers represented on most significant bits and bigger 2593 * group numbers on least significant bits.) 2594 * This attribute is used only if all interfaces are in monitor mode. 2595 * Set this attribute in order to monitor packets using the given MU-MIMO 2596 * groupID data. 2597 * to turn off that feature set all the bits of the groupID to zero. 2598 * @NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR: mac address for the sniffer to follow 2599 * when using MU-MIMO air sniffer. 2600 * to turn that feature off set an invalid mac address 2601 * (e.g. FF:FF:FF:FF:FF:FF) 2602 * 2603 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF: The time at which the scan was actually 2604 * started (u64). The time is the TSF of the BSS the interface that 2605 * requested the scan is connected to (if available, otherwise this 2606 * attribute must not be included). 2607 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF_BSSID: The BSS according to which 2608 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF is set. 2609 * @NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION: measurement duration in TUs (u16). If 2610 * %NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY is not set, this is the 2611 * maximum measurement duration allowed. This attribute is used with 2612 * measurement requests. It can also be used with %NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN 2613 * if the scan is used for beacon report radio measurement. 2614 * @NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY: flag attribute that indicates 2615 * that the duration specified with %NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION is 2616 * mandatory. If this flag is not set, the duration is the maximum duration 2617 * and the actual measurement duration may be shorter. 2618 * 2619 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PEER_AID: Association ID for the mesh peer (u16). This is 2620 * used to pull the stored data for mesh peer in power save state. 2621 * 2622 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF: the master preference to be used by 2623 * %NL80211_CMD_START_NAN and optionally with 2624 * %NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG. Its type is u8 and it can't be 0. 2625 * Also, values 1 and 255 are reserved for certification purposes and 2626 * should not be used during a normal device operation. 2627 * @NL80211_ATTR_BANDS: operating bands configuration. This is a u32 2628 * bitmask of BIT(NL80211_BAND_*) as described in %enum 2629 * nl80211_band. For instance, for NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, bit 0 2630 * would be set. This attribute is used with 2631 * %NL80211_CMD_START_NAN and %NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG, and 2632 * it is optional. If no bands are set, it means don't-care and 2633 * the device will decide what to use. 2634 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC: a function that can be added to NAN. See 2635 * &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes for description of this nested 2636 * attribute. 2637 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH: used to report a match. This is a nested attribute. 2638 * See &enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes. 2639 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK: KEK for FILS (Re)Association Request/Response frame 2640 * protection. 2641 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES: Nonces (part of AAD) for FILS (Re)Association 2642 * Request/Response frame protection. This attribute contains the 16 octet 2643 * STA Nonce followed by 16 octets of AP Nonce. 2644 * 2645 * @NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED: Indicates whether or not multicast 2646 * packets should be send out as unicast to all stations (flag attribute). 2647 * 2648 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSSID: The BSSID of the AP. Note that %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is also 2649 * used in various commands/events for specifying the BSSID. 2650 * 2651 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI: Relative RSSI threshold by which 2652 * other BSSs has to be better or slightly worse than the current 2653 * connected BSS so that they get reported to user space. 2654 * This will give an opportunity to userspace to consider connecting to 2655 * other matching BSSs which have better or slightly worse RSSI than 2656 * the current connected BSS by using an offloaded operation to avoid 2657 * unnecessary wakeups. 2658 * 2659 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for BSSs in 2660 * the specified band is to be adjusted before doing 2661 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI based comparison to figure out 2662 * better BSSs. The attribute value is a packed structure 2663 * value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust. 2664 * 2665 * @NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT_REASON: The reason for which an operation timed out. 2666 * u32 attribute with an &enum nl80211_timeout_reason value. This is used, 2667 * e.g., with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT event. 2668 * 2669 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME: EAP Re-authentication Protocol (ERP) 2670 * username part of NAI used to refer keys rRK and rIK. This is used with 2671 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. 2672 * 2673 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM: EAP Re-authentication Protocol (ERP) realm part 2674 * of NAI specifying the domain name of the ER server. This is used with 2675 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. 2676 * 2677 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM: Unsigned 16-bit ERP next sequence number 2678 * to use in ERP messages. This is used in generating the FILS wrapped data 2679 * for FILS authentication and is used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. 2680 * 2681 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK: ERP re-authentication Root Key (rRK) for the 2682 * NAI specified by %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME and 2683 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM. This is used for generating rIK and rMSK 2684 * from successful FILS authentication and is used with 2685 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. 2686 * 2687 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID: A 2-octet identifier advertised by a FILS AP 2688 * identifying the scope of PMKSAs. This is used with 2689 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA and @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA. 2690 * 2691 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMK: attribute for passing PMK key material. Used with 2692 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA for the PMKSA identified by %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID. 2693 * For %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT and %NL80211_CMD_START_AP it is used to provide 2694 * PSK for offloading 4-way handshake for WPA/WPA2-PSK networks. For 802.1X 2695 * authentication it is used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK. For offloaded FT 2696 * support this attribute specifies the PMK-R0 if NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME 2697 * is included as well. 2698 * 2699 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI: flag attribute which user-space shall use to 2700 * indicate that it supports multiple active scheduled scan requests. 2701 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MAX_REQS: indicates maximum number of scheduled 2702 * scan request that may be active for the device (u32). 2703 * 2704 * @NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS: flag attribute which user-space can include 2705 * in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to indicate that for 802.1X authentication it 2706 * wants to use the supported offload of the 4-way handshake. 2707 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME: PMK-R0 Name for offloaded FT. 2708 * @NL80211_ATTR_PORT_AUTHORIZED: (reserved) 2709 * 2710 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ACTION: Identify the requested external 2711 * authentication operation (u32 attribute with an 2712 * &enum nl80211_external_auth_action value). This is used with the 2713 * %NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH request event. 2714 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT: Flag attribute indicating that the user 2715 * space supports external authentication. This attribute shall be used 2716 * with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT and %NL80211_CMD_START_AP request. The driver 2717 * may offload authentication processing to user space if this capability 2718 * is indicated in the respective requests from the user space. (This flag 2719 * attribute deprecated for %NL80211_CMD_START_AP, use 2720 * %NL80211_ATTR_AP_SETTINGS_FLAGS) 2721 * 2722 * @NL80211_ATTR_NSS: Station's New/updated RX_NSS value notified using this 2723 * u8 attribute. This is used with %NL80211_CMD_STA_OPMODE_CHANGED. 2724 * 2725 * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_STATS: TXQ statistics (nested attribute, see &enum 2726 * nl80211_txq_stats) 2727 * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_LIMIT: Total packet limit for the TXQ queues for this phy. 2728 * The smaller of this and the memory limit is enforced. 2729 * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT: Total memory limit (in bytes) for the 2730 * TXQ queues for this phy. The smaller of this and the packet limit is 2731 * enforced. 2732 * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_QUANTUM: TXQ scheduler quantum (bytes). Number of bytes 2733 * a flow is assigned on each round of the DRR scheduler. 2734 * @NL80211_ATTR_HE_CAPABILITY: HE Capability information element (from 2735 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION). Can be set 2736 * only if %NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME is set (except for NAN, which uses WME 2737 * anyway). 2738 * 2739 * @NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER: nested attribute which user-space can include 2740 * in %NL80211_CMD_START_AP or %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON for fine timing 2741 * measurement (FTM) responder functionality and containing parameters as 2742 * possible, see &enum nl80211_ftm_responder_attr 2743 * 2744 * @NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS: Nested attribute with FTM responder 2745 * statistics, see &enum nl80211_ftm_responder_stats. 2746 * 2747 * @NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT: Timeout for the given operation in milliseconds (u32), 2748 * if the attribute is not given no timeout is requested. Note that 0 is an 2749 * invalid value. 2750 * 2751 * @NL80211_ATTR_PEER_MEASUREMENTS: peer measurements request (and result) 2752 * data, uses nested attributes specified in 2753 * &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_attrs. 2754 * This is also used for capability advertisement in the wiphy information, 2755 * with the appropriate sub-attributes. 2756 * 2757 * @NL80211_ATTR_AIRTIME_WEIGHT: Station's weight when scheduled by the airtime 2758 * scheduler. 2759 * 2760 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER_SETTING: Transmit power setting type (u8) for 2761 * station associated with the AP. See &enum nl80211_tx_power_setting for 2762 * possible values. 2763 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER: Transmit power level (s16) in dBm units. This 2764 * allows to set Tx power for a station. If this attribute is not included, 2765 * the default per-interface tx power setting will be overriding. Driver 2766 * should be picking up the lowest tx power, either tx power per-interface 2767 * or per-station. 2768 * 2769 * @NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PASSWORD: attribute for passing SAE password material. It 2770 * is used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to provide password for offloading 2771 * SAE authentication for WPA3-Personal networks. 2772 * 2773 * @NL80211_ATTR_TWT_RESPONDER: Enable target wait time responder support. 2774 * 2775 * @NL80211_ATTR_HE_OBSS_PD: nested attribute for OBSS Packet Detection 2776 * functionality. 2777 * 2778 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_CHANNELS: bitmap that indicates the 2.16 GHz 2779 * channel(s) that are allowed to be used for EDMG transmissions. 2780 * Defined by IEEE P802.11ay/D4.0 section 9.4.2.251. (u8 attribute) 2781 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_BW_CONFIG: Channel BW Configuration subfield encodes 2782 * the allowed channel bandwidth configurations. (u8 attribute) 2783 * Defined by IEEE P802.11ay/D4.0 section 9.4.2.251, Table 13. 2784 * 2785 * @NL80211_ATTR_VLAN_ID: VLAN ID (1..4094) for the station and VLAN group key 2786 * (u16). 2787 * 2788 * @NL80211_ATTR_HE_BSS_COLOR: nested attribute for BSS Color Settings. 2789 * 2790 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_AKM_SUITES: nested array attribute, with each entry 2791 * using attributes from &enum nl80211_iftype_akm_attributes. This 2792 * attribute is sent in a response to %NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY indicating 2793 * supported AKM suites capability per interface. AKMs advertised in 2794 * %NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES are default capabilities if AKM suites not 2795 * advertised for a specific interface type. 2796 * 2797 * @NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG: TID specific configuration in a 2798 * nested attribute with &enum nl80211_tid_config_attr sub-attributes; 2799 * on output (in wiphy attributes) it contains only the feature sub- 2800 * attributes. 2801 * 2802 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH: disable preauth frame rx on control 2803 * port in order to forward/receive them as ordinary data frames. 2804 * 2805 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMK_LIFETIME: Maximum lifetime for PMKSA in seconds (u32, 2806 * dot11RSNAConfigPMKReauthThreshold; 0 is not a valid value). 2807 * An optional parameter configured through %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA. 2808 * Drivers that trigger roaming need to know the lifetime of the 2809 * configured PMKSA for triggering the full vs. PMKSA caching based 2810 * authentication. This timeout helps authentication methods like SAE, 2811 * where PMK gets updated only by going through a full (new SAE) 2812 * authentication instead of getting updated during an association for EAP 2813 * authentication. No new full authentication within the PMK expiry shall 2814 * result in a disassociation at the end of the lifetime. 2815 * 2816 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMK_REAUTH_THRESHOLD: Reauthentication threshold time, in 2817 * terms of percentage of %NL80211_ATTR_PMK_LIFETIME 2818 * (u8, dot11RSNAConfigPMKReauthThreshold, 1..100). This is an optional 2819 * parameter configured through %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA. Requests the 2820 * driver to trigger a full authentication roam (without PMKSA caching) 2821 * after the reauthentication threshold time, but before the PMK lifetime 2822 * has expired. 2823 * 2824 * Authentication methods like SAE need to be able to generate a new PMKSA 2825 * entry without having to force a disconnection after the PMK timeout. If 2826 * no roaming occurs between the reauth threshold and PMK expiration, 2827 * disassociation is still forced. 2828 * @NL80211_ATTR_RECEIVE_MULTICAST: multicast flag for the 2829 * %NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME command, see the description there. 2830 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET: offset of the associated 2831 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ in positive KHz. Only valid when supplied with 2832 * an %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET. 2833 * @NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1_OFFSET: Center frequency offset in KHz for the 2834 * first channel segment specified in %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1. 2835 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ: nested attribute with KHz frequencies 2836 * 2837 * @NL80211_ATTR_HE_6GHZ_CAPABILITY: HE 6 GHz Band Capability element (from 2838 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION). 2839 * 2840 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_DISCOVERY: Optional parameter to configure FILS 2841 * discovery. It is a nested attribute, see 2842 * &enum nl80211_fils_discovery_attributes. Userspace should pass an empty 2843 * nested attribute to disable this feature and delete the templates. 2844 * 2845 * @NL80211_ATTR_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: Optional parameter to configure 2846 * unsolicited broadcast probe response. It is a nested attribute, see 2847 * &enum nl80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp_attributes. Userspace should pass an empty 2848 * nested attribute to disable this feature and delete the templates. 2849 * 2850 * @NL80211_ATTR_S1G_CAPABILITY: S1G Capability information element (from 2851 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION) 2852 * @NL80211_ATTR_S1G_CAPABILITY_MASK: S1G Capability Information element 2853 * override mask. Used with NL80211_ATTR_S1G_CAPABILITY in 2854 * NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE or NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. 2855 * 2856 * @NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PWE: Indicates the mechanism(s) allowed for SAE PWE 2857 * derivation in WPA3-Personal networks which are using SAE authentication. 2858 * This is a u8 attribute that encapsulates one of the values from 2859 * &enum nl80211_sae_pwe_mechanism. 2860 * 2861 * @NL80211_ATTR_SAR_SPEC: SAR power limitation specification when 2862 * used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_SAR_SPECS. The message contains fields 2863 * of %nl80211_sar_attrs which specifies the sar type and related 2864 * sar specs. Sar specs contains array of %nl80211_sar_specs_attrs. 2865 * 2866 * @NL80211_ATTR_RECONNECT_REQUESTED: flag attribute, used with deauth and 2867 * disassoc events to indicate that an immediate reconnect to the AP 2868 * is desired. 2869 * 2870 * @NL80211_ATTR_OBSS_COLOR_BITMAP: bitmap of the u64 BSS colors for the 2871 * %NL80211_CMD_OBSS_COLOR_COLLISION event. 2872 * 2873 * @NL80211_ATTR_COLOR_CHANGE_COUNT: u8 attribute specifying the number of TBTT's 2874 * until the color switch event. 2875 * @NL80211_ATTR_COLOR_CHANGE_COLOR: u8 attribute specifying the color that we are 2876 * switching to 2877 * @NL80211_ATTR_COLOR_CHANGE_ELEMS: Nested set of attributes containing the IE 2878 * information for the time while performing a color switch. 2879 * 2880 * @NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_CONFIG: Nested attribute for multiple BSSID 2881 * advertisements (MBSSID) parameters in AP mode. 2882 * Kernel uses this attribute to indicate the driver's support for MBSSID 2883 * and enhanced multi-BSSID advertisements (EMA AP) to the userspace. 2884 * Userspace should use this attribute to configure per interface MBSSID 2885 * parameters. 2886 * See &enum nl80211_mbssid_config_attributes for details. 2887 * 2888 * @NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_ELEMS: Nested parameter to pass multiple BSSID elements. 2889 * Mandatory parameter for the transmitting interface to enable MBSSID. 2890 * Optional for the non-transmitting interfaces. 2891 * 2892 * @NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_BACKGROUND: Configure dedicated offchannel chain 2893 * available for radar/CAC detection on some hw. This chain can't be used 2894 * to transmit or receive frames and it is bounded to a running wdev. 2895 * Background radar/CAC detection allows to avoid the CAC downtime 2896 * switching on a different channel during CAC detection on the selected 2897 * radar channel. 2898 * 2899 * @NL80211_ATTR_AP_SETTINGS_FLAGS: u32 attribute contains ap settings flags, 2900 * enumerated in &enum nl80211_ap_settings_flags. This attribute shall be 2901 * used with %NL80211_CMD_START_AP request. 2902 * 2903 * @NL80211_ATTR_EHT_CAPABILITY: EHT Capability information element (from 2904 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION). Can be set 2905 * only if %NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME is set. 2906 * 2907 * @NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID: A (u8) link ID for use with MLO, to be used with 2908 * various commands that need a link ID to operate. 2909 * @NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINKS: A nested array of links, each containing some 2910 * per-link information and a link ID. 2911 * @NL80211_ATTR_MLD_ADDR: An MLD address, used with various commands such as 2912 * authenticate/associate. 2913 * 2914 * @NL80211_ATTR_MLO_SUPPORT: Flag attribute to indicate user space supports MLO 2915 * connection. Used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. If this attribute is not 2916 * included in NL80211_CMD_CONNECT drivers must not perform MLO connection. 2917 * 2918 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_AKM_SUITES: U16 attribute. Indicates maximum number of 2919 * AKM suites allowed for %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT, %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and 2920 * %NL80211_CMD_START_AP in %NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY response. If this 2921 * attribute is not present userspace shall consider maximum number of AKM 2922 * suites allowed as %NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES which is the legacy maximum 2923 * number prior to the introduction of this attribute. 2924 * 2925 * @NL80211_ATTR_EML_CAPABILITY: EML Capability information (u16) 2926 * @NL80211_ATTR_MLD_CAPA_AND_OPS: MLD Capabilities and Operations (u16) 2927 * 2928 * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_HW_TIMESTAMP: Hardware timestamp for TX operation in 2929 * nanoseconds (u64). This is the device clock timestamp so it will 2930 * probably reset when the device is stopped or the firmware is reset. 2931 * When used with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS, indicates the frame TX 2932 * timestamp. When used with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME RX notification, indicates 2933 * the ack TX timestamp. 2934 * @NL80211_ATTR_RX_HW_TIMESTAMP: Hardware timestamp for RX operation in 2935 * nanoseconds (u64). This is the device clock timestamp so it will 2936 * probably reset when the device is stopped or the firmware is reset. 2937 * When used with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS, indicates the ack RX 2938 * timestamp. When used with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME RX notification, indicates 2939 * the incoming frame RX timestamp. 2940 * @NL80211_ATTR_TD_BITMAP: Transition Disable bitmap, for subsequent 2941 * (re)associations. 2942 * 2943 * @NL80211_ATTR_PUNCT_BITMAP: (u32) Preamble puncturing bitmap, lowest 2944 * bit corresponds to the lowest 20 MHz channel. Each bit set to 1 2945 * indicates that the sub-channel is punctured. Higher 16 bits are 2946 * reserved. 2947 * 2948 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_HW_TIMESTAMP_PEERS: Maximum number of peers that HW 2949 * timestamping can be enabled for concurrently (u16), a wiphy attribute. 2950 * A value of 0xffff indicates setting for all peers (i.e. not specifying 2951 * an address with %NL80211_CMD_SET_HW_TIMESTAMP) is supported. 2952 * @NL80211_ATTR_HW_TIMESTAMP_ENABLED: Indicates whether HW timestamping should 2953 * be enabled or not (flag attribute). 2954 * 2955 * @NL80211_ATTR_EMA_RNR_ELEMS: Optional nested attribute for 2956 * reduced neighbor report (RNR) elements. This attribute can be used 2957 * only when NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_EMA is enabled. 2958 * Userspace is responsible for splitting the RNR into multiple 2959 * elements such that each element excludes the non-transmitting 2960 * profiles already included in the MBSSID element 2961 * (%NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_ELEMS) at the same index. Each EMA beacon 2962 * will be generated by adding MBSSID and RNR elements at the same 2963 * index. If the userspace includes more RNR elements than number of 2964 * MBSSID elements then these will be added in every EMA beacon. 2965 * 2966 * @NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_DISABLED: Unused. It was used to indicate that a link 2967 * is disabled during association. However, the AP will send the 2968 * information by including a TTLM in the association response. 2969 * 2970 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_DUMP_INCLUDE_USE_DATA: Include BSS usage data, i.e. 2971 * include BSSes that can only be used in restricted scenarios and/or 2972 * cannot be used at all. 2973 * 2974 * @NL80211_ATTR_MLO_TTLM_DLINK: Binary attribute specifying the downlink TID to 2975 * link mapping. The length is 8 * sizeof(u16). For each TID the link 2976 * mapping is as defined in section 9.4.2.314 (TID-To-Link Mapping element) 2977 * in Draft P802.11be_D4.0. 2978 * @NL80211_ATTR_MLO_TTLM_ULINK: Binary attribute specifying the uplink TID to 2979 * link mapping. The length is 8 * sizeof(u16). For each TID the link 2980 * mapping is as defined in section 9.4.2.314 (TID-To-Link Mapping element) 2981 * in Draft P802.11be_D4.0. 2982 * 2983 * @NL80211_ATTR_ASSOC_SPP_AMSDU: flag attribute used with 2984 * %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE indicating the SPP A-MSDUs 2985 * are used on this connection 2986 * 2987 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RADIOS: Nested attribute describing physical radios 2988 * belonging to this wiphy. See &enum nl80211_wiphy_radio_attrs. 2989 * 2990 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS: Nested attribute listing the 2991 * supported interface combinations for all radios combined. In each 2992 * nested item, it contains attributes defined in 2993 * &enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs. 2994 * 2995 * @NL80211_ATTR_VIF_RADIO_MASK: Bitmask of allowed radios (u32). 2996 * A value of 0 means all radios. 2997 * 2998 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_SELECTORS: supported BSS Membership Selectors, array 2999 * of supported selectors as defined by IEEE Std 802.11-2020 9.4.2.3 but 3000 * without the length restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_SELECTORS). 3001 * This can be used to provide a list of selectors that are implemented 3002 * by the supplicant. If not given, support for SAE_H2E is assumed. 3003 * 3004 * @NL80211_ATTR_MLO_RECONF_REM_LINKS: (u16) A bitmask of the links requested 3005 * to be removed from the MLO association. 3006 * 3007 * @NL80211_ATTR_EPCS: Flag attribute indicating that EPCS is enabled for a 3008 * station interface. 3009 * 3010 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_MLD_CAPA_AND_OPS: Extended MLD capabilities and operations. 3011 * For association and link reconfiguration, indicates extra capabilities 3012 * that userspace implements, currently only "BTM MLD Recommendation For 3013 * Multiple APs Support". 3014 * For wiphy information, additional flags that drivers will set, but 3015 * this is informational only for userspace (it's not expected to set 3016 * these.) 3017 * 3018 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RADIO_INDEX: (int) Integer attribute denoting the index 3019 * of the radio in interest. Internally a value of -1 is used to 3020 * indicate that the radio id is not given in user-space. This means 3021 * that all the attributes are applicable to all the radios. If there is 3022 * a radio index provided in user-space, the attributes will be 3023 * applicable to that specific radio only. If the radio id is greater 3024 * thank the number of radios, error denoting invalid value is returned. 3025 * 3026 * @NL80211_ATTR_S1G_LONG_BEACON_PERIOD: (u8) Integer attribute that represents 3027 * the number of beacon intervals between each long beacon transmission 3028 * for an S1G BSS with short beaconing enabled. This is a required 3029 * attribute for initialising an S1G short beaconing BSS. When updating 3030 * the short beacon data, this is not required. It has a minimum value of 3031 * 2 (i.e 2 beacon intervals). 3032 * 3033 * @NL80211_ATTR_S1G_SHORT_BEACON: Nested attribute containing the short beacon 3034 * head and tail used to set or update the short beacon templates. When 3035 * bringing up a new interface, %NL80211_ATTR_S1G_LONG_BEACON_PERIOD is 3036 * required alongside this attribute. Refer to 3037 * @enum nl80211_s1g_short_beacon_attrs for the attribute definitions. 3038 * 3039 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_PARAM: nested attribute used with %NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY 3040 * which indicates which BSS parameters can be modified. The attribute can 3041 * also be used as flag attribute by user-space in %NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS to 3042 * indicate that it wants strict checking on the BSS parameters to be 3043 * modified. 3044 * 3045 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_CONFIG: Nested attribute for 3046 * extended NAN cluster configuration. This is used with 3047 * %NL80211_CMD_START_NAN and %NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG. 3048 * See &enum nl80211_nan_conf_attributes for details. 3049 * This attribute is optional. 3050 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_NEW_CLUSTER: Flag attribute indicating that a new 3051 * NAN cluster has been created. This is used with 3052 * %NL80211_CMD_NAN_CLUSTER_JOINED 3053 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_CAPABILITIES: Nested attribute for NAN capabilities. 3054 * This is used with %NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY to indicate the NAN 3055 * capabilities supported by the driver. See &enum nl80211_nan_capabilities 3056 * for details. 3057 * 3058 * @NL80211_ATTR_S1G_PRIMARY_2MHZ: flag attribute indicating that the S1G 3059 * primary channel is 2 MHz wide, and the control channel designates 3060 * the 1 MHz primary subchannel within that 2 MHz primary. 3061 * 3062 * @NL80211_ATTR_EPP_PEER: A flag attribute to indicate if the peer is an EPP 3063 * STA. Used with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_STA and %NL80211_CMD_ADD_LINK_STA 3064 * 3065 * @NL80211_ATTR_UHR_CAPABILITY: UHR Capability information element (from 3066 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION). Can be set 3067 * only if HE/EHT are also available. 3068 * @NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_UHR: Force UHR capable interfaces to disable 3069 * this feature during association. This is a flag attribute. 3070 * Currently only supported in mac80211 drivers. 3071 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_CHANNEL: This is a nested attribute. There can be multiple 3072 * attributes of this type, each one represents a channel definition and 3073 * consists of top-level attributes like %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ. 3074 * When used with %NL80211_CMD_NAN_SET_LOCAL_SCHED, it specifies 3075 * the channel definitions on which the radio needs to operate during 3076 * specific time slots. All of the channel definitions should be mutually 3077 * incompatible. With this command, %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_CHANNEL_ENTRY and 3078 * %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_RX_NSS are mandatory. 3079 * When used with %NL80211_CMD_NAN_SET_PEER_SCHED, it configures the 3080 * peer NAN channels. In that case, the channel definitions can be 3081 * compatible to each other, or even identical just with different RX NSS. 3082 * With this command, %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_CHANNEL_ENTRY and 3083 * %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_RX_NSS are mandatory. 3084 * The number of channels should fit the current configuration of channels 3085 * and the possible interface combinations. 3086 * If an existing NAN channel is changed but the chandef isn't, the 3087 * channel entry must also remain unchanged. 3088 * When used with %NL80211_CMD_NAN_CHANNEL_EVAC, this identifies the 3089 * channels that were evacuated. 3090 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_CHANNEL_ENTRY: a byte array of 6 bytes. contains the 3091 * Channel Entry as defined in Wi-Fi Aware (TM) 4.0 specification Table 3092 * 100 (Channel Entry format for the NAN Availability attribute). 3093 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_RX_NSS: (u8) RX NSS used for a NAN channel. This is 3094 * used with %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_CHANNEL when configuring NAN channels with 3095 * %NL80211_CMD_NAN_SET_LOCAL_SCHED or %NL80211_CMD_NAN_SET_PEER_SCHED. 3096 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_TIME_SLOTS: an array of u8 values and 32 cells. each value 3097 * maps a time slot to the chandef on which the radio should operate on in 3098 * that time. %NL80211_NAN_SCHED_NOT_AVAIL_SLOT indicates unscheduled. 3099 * The chandef is represented using its index, where the index is the 3100 * sequential number of the %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_CHANNEL attribute within all 3101 * the attributes of this type. 3102 * Each slots spans over 16TUs, hence the entire schedule spans over 3103 * 512TUs. Other slot durations and periods are currently not supported. 3104 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_AVAIL_BLOB: (Binary) The NAN Availability attribute blob, 3105 * including the attribute header, as defined in Wi-Fi Aware (TM) 4.0 3106 * specification Table 93 (NAN Availability attribute format). Required with 3107 * %NL80211_CMD_NAN_SET_LOCAL_SCHED to provide the raw NAN Availability 3108 * attribute. Used by the device to publish Schedule Update NAFs. 3109 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_SCHED_DEFERRED: Flag attribute used with 3110 * %NL80211_CMD_NAN_SET_LOCAL_SCHED. When present, the command is a 3111 * request from the device to perform an announced schedule update. This 3112 * means that it needs to send the updated NAN availability to the peers, 3113 * and do the actual switch on the right time (i.e. at the end of the slot 3114 * after the slot in which the updated NAN Availability was sent). Since 3115 * the slots management is done in the device, the update to the peers 3116 * needs to be sent by the device, so it knows the actual switch time. 3117 * If the flag is not set, the schedule should be applied immediately. 3118 * When this flag is set, the total number of NAN channels from both the 3119 * old and new schedules must not exceed the allowed number of local NAN 3120 * channels, because with deferred scheduling the old channels cannot be 3121 * removed before adding the new ones to free up space. 3122 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_SCHED_UPDATE_SUCCESS: flag attribute used with 3123 * %NL80211_CMD_NAN_SCHED_UPDATE_DONE to indicate that the deferred 3124 * schedule update completed successfully. If this flag is not present, 3125 * the update failed. 3126 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_NMI_MAC: The address of the NMI station to which this NDI 3127 * station belongs. Used with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION when adding an NDI 3128 * station. 3129 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_ULW: (Binary) The initial ULW(s) as published by the 3130 * peer, as defined in the Wi-Fi Aware (TM) 4.0 specification Table 109 3131 * (Unaligned Schedule attribute format). Used to configure the device 3132 * with the initial ULW(s) of a peer, before the device starts tracking it. 3133 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_COMMITTED_DW: (u16) The committed DW as published by the 3134 * peer, as defined in the Wi-Fi Aware (TM) 4.0 specification Table 80 3135 * (Committed DW Information field format). 3136 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_SEQ_ID: (u8) The sequence ID of the peer schedule that 3137 * %NL80211_CMD_NAN_SET_PEER_SCHED defines. The device follows the 3138 * sequence ID in the frames to identify newer schedules. Once a schedule 3139 * with a higher sequence ID is received, the device may stop communicating 3140 * with that peer until a new peer schedule with a matching sequence ID is 3141 * received. 3142 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MAX_CHAN_SWITCH_TIME: (u16) The maximum channel switch 3143 * time, in microseconds. 3144 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_PEER_MAPS: Nested array of peer schedule maps. 3145 * Used with %NL80211_CMD_NAN_SET_PEER_SCHED. Contains up to 2 entries, 3146 * each containing nested attributes from &enum nl80211_nan_peer_map_attrs. 3147 * 3148 * @NL80211_ATTR_INCUMBENT_SIGNAL_INTERFERENCE_BITMAP: u32 attribute specifying 3149 * the signal interference bitmap detected on the operating bandwidth for 3150 * %NL80211_CMD_INCUMBENT_SIGNAL_DETECT. Each bit represents a 20 MHz 3151 * segment, lowest bit corresponds to the lowest 20 MHz segment, in the 3152 * operating bandwidth where the interference is detected. Punctured 3153 * sub-channels are included in the bitmap structure; however, since 3154 * interference detection is not performed on these sub-channels, their 3155 * corresponding bits are consistently set to zero. 3156 * 3157 * @NL80211_ATTR_UHR_OPERATION: Full UHR Operation element, as it appears in 3158 * association response etc., since it's abridged in the beacon. Used 3159 * for START_AP etc. 3160 * 3161 * @NL80211_ATTR_ASSOC_ENCRYPTED: Flag attribute, used only with the 3162 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT event in SME-in-driver mode. The driver should 3163 * set this flag to indicate that both the (Re)Association Request frame 3164 * and the corresponding (Re)Association Response frame are transmitted 3165 * encrypted over the air. Enhanced Privacy Protection (EPP), as defined 3166 * in IEEE P802.11bi/D4.0, mandates this encryption. 3167 * 3168 * @NL80211_ATTR_NPCA_PRIMARY_FREQ: NPCA primary channel (u32) 3169 * @NL80211_ATTR_NPCA_PUNCT_BITMAP: NPCA puncturing bitmap (u32) 3170 * 3171 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_DUMP_LINK_STATS: Request flag for %NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION 3172 * (dump mode only). When set on an MLD station, the dump produces two 3173 * %NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION messages per station per dump call: 3174 * 3175 * 1. An aggregated-stats message whose top-level %NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO 3176 * contains MLO-combined statistics (same content as a dump without 3177 * this flag). 3178 * 3179 * 2. For each active link, a per-link message containing 3180 * %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINKS with a single link entry. Each entry holds 3181 * %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID, the link-specific %NL80211_ATTR_MAC, 3182 * and %NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO with per-link statistics (see 3183 * &enum nl80211_sta_info). 3184 * 3185 * The aggregated message always precedes the per-link messages for the 3186 * same station within a dump sequence. 3187 * 3188 * @NUM_NL80211_ATTR: total number of nl80211_attrs available 3189 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number currently defined 3190 * @__NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use 3191 */ 3192 enum nl80211_attrs { 3193 /* don't change the order or add anything between, this is ABI! */ 3194 NL80211_ATTR_UNSPEC, 3195 3196 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY, 3197 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME, 3198 3199 NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX, 3200 NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME, 3201 NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE, 3202 3203 NL80211_ATTR_MAC, 3204 3205 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA, 3206 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX, 3207 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER, 3208 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ, 3209 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT, 3210 3211 NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL, 3212 NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD, 3213 NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD, 3214 NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL, 3215 3216 NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID, 3217 NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS, 3218 NL80211_ATTR_STA_LISTEN_INTERVAL, 3219 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_RATES, 3220 NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN, 3221 NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO, 3222 3223 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_BANDS, 3224 3225 NL80211_ATTR_MNTR_FLAGS, 3226 3227 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_ID, 3228 NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_ACTION, 3229 NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP, 3230 NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO, 3231 3232 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_CTS_PROT, 3233 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_PREAMBLE, 3234 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME, 3235 3236 NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY, 3237 3238 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES, 3239 3240 NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2, 3241 NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULES, 3242 3243 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG, 3244 3245 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES, 3246 3247 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS, 3248 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ, 3249 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE, 3250 3251 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT, 3252 3253 NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE, 3254 NL80211_ATTR_IE, 3255 3256 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCAN_SSIDS, 3257 3258 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES, 3259 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS, 3260 NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION, /* replaces old SCAN_GENERATION */ 3261 NL80211_ATTR_BSS, 3262 3263 NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR, 3264 NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE, 3265 3266 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_COMMANDS, 3267 3268 NL80211_ATTR_FRAME, 3269 NL80211_ATTR_SSID, 3270 NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE, 3271 NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE, 3272 3273 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE, 3274 3275 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_IE_LEN, 3276 NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES, 3277 3278 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE, 3279 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER, 3280 3281 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_FIXED, 3282 3283 3284 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT, 3285 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG, 3286 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD, 3287 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD, 3288 3289 NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT, 3290 3291 NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP, 3292 3293 NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2, 3294 3295 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT, 3296 3297 NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA, 3298 3299 NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY, 3300 3301 NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP, 3302 NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE, 3303 3304 NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE, 3305 NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP, 3306 NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS, 3307 NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES, 3308 3309 NL80211_ATTR_REQ_IE, 3310 NL80211_ATTR_RESP_IE, 3311 3312 NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID, 3313 3314 NL80211_ATTR_KEY, 3315 NL80211_ATTR_KEYS, 3316 3317 NL80211_ATTR_PID, 3318 3319 NL80211_ATTR_4ADDR, 3320 3321 NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO, 3322 3323 NL80211_ATTR_PMKID, 3324 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_PMKIDS, 3325 3326 NL80211_ATTR_DURATION, 3327 3328 NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE, 3329 3330 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_COVERAGE_CLASS, 3331 3332 NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES, 3333 3334 NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_MATCH, 3335 3336 NL80211_ATTR_ACK, 3337 3338 NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE, 3339 3340 NL80211_ATTR_CQM, 3341 3342 NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_STATE_CHANGE, 3343 3344 NL80211_ATTR_AP_ISOLATE, 3345 3346 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING, 3347 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_LEVEL, 3348 3349 NL80211_ATTR_TX_FRAME_TYPES, 3350 NL80211_ATTR_RX_FRAME_TYPES, 3351 NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE, 3352 3353 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE, 3354 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT, 3355 3356 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_IBSS_RSN, 3357 3358 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX, 3359 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_RX, 3360 3361 NL80211_ATTR_MCAST_RATE, 3362 3363 NL80211_ATTR_OFFCHANNEL_TX_OK, 3364 3365 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_HT_OPMODE, 3366 3367 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES, 3368 3369 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_DURATION, 3370 3371 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_SETUP, 3372 3373 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_TX, 3374 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_RX, 3375 3376 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_MESH_AUTH, 3377 NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_STATE, 3378 3379 NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS, 3380 NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED, 3381 3382 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL, 3383 3384 NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS, 3385 NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES, 3386 3387 NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA, 3388 3389 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_SSIDS, 3390 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCHED_SCAN_IE_LEN, 3391 3392 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SUPP_RATES, 3393 3394 NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID, 3395 3396 NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP, 3397 NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP, 3398 3399 NL80211_ATTR_STA_WME, 3400 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_AP_UAPSD, 3401 3402 NL80211_ATTR_ROAM_SUPPORT, 3403 3404 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH, 3405 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_MATCH_SETS, 3406 3407 NL80211_ATTR_PMKSA_CANDIDATE, 3408 3409 NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE, 3410 3411 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION, 3412 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_DIALOG_TOKEN, 3413 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION, 3414 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_SUPPORT, 3415 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP, 3416 3417 NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME, 3418 3419 NL80211_ATTR_DONT_WAIT_FOR_ACK, 3420 3421 NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS, 3422 3423 NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD, 3424 3425 NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP, 3426 3427 NL80211_ATTR_DFS_REGION, 3428 3429 NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HT, 3430 NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY_MASK, 3431 3432 NL80211_ATTR_NOACK_MAP, 3433 3434 NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT, 3435 3436 NL80211_ATTR_RX_SIGNAL_DBM, 3437 3438 NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD, 3439 3440 NL80211_ATTR_WDEV, 3441 3442 NL80211_ATTR_USER_REG_HINT_TYPE, 3443 3444 NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON, 3445 3446 NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA, 3447 3448 NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY, 3449 3450 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FLAGS, 3451 3452 NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH, 3453 NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1, 3454 NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2, 3455 3456 NL80211_ATTR_P2P_CTWINDOW, 3457 NL80211_ATTR_P2P_OPPPS, 3458 3459 NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_MESH_POWER_MODE, 3460 3461 NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY, 3462 3463 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS, 3464 3465 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ACL_MAX, 3466 3467 NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT, 3468 3469 NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA, 3470 NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK, 3471 3472 NL80211_ATTR_STA_CAPABILITY, 3473 NL80211_ATTR_STA_EXT_CAPABILITY, 3474 3475 NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES, 3476 NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP, 3477 3478 NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_VHT, 3479 NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY_MASK, 3480 3481 NL80211_ATTR_MDID, 3482 NL80211_ATTR_IE_RIC, 3483 3484 NL80211_ATTR_CRIT_PROT_ID, 3485 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CRIT_PROT_DURATION, 3486 3487 NL80211_ATTR_PEER_AID, 3488 3489 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE, 3490 3491 NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT, 3492 NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX, 3493 NL80211_ATTR_CSA_IES, 3494 NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_BEACON, 3495 NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_PRESP, 3496 3497 NL80211_ATTR_RXMGMT_FLAGS, 3498 3499 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_CHANNELS, 3500 3501 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_OPER_CLASSES, 3502 3503 NL80211_ATTR_HANDLE_DFS, 3504 3505 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_5_MHZ, 3506 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_10_MHZ, 3507 3508 NL80211_ATTR_OPMODE_NOTIF, 3509 3510 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID, 3511 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD, 3512 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA, 3513 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_EVENTS, 3514 3515 NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP, 3516 3517 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT, 3518 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT, 3519 3520 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_AP_ASSOC_STA, 3521 3522 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_PEER_CAPABILITY, 3523 3524 NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER, 3525 3526 NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX, 3527 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS, 3528 3529 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_INITIATOR, 3530 3531 NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM, 3532 3533 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK, 3534 3535 NL80211_ATTR_TSID, 3536 NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO, 3537 NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME, 3538 3539 NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE, 3540 3541 NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS, 3542 3543 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK, 3544 3545 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG, 3546 3547 NL80211_ATTR_EXT_FEATURES, 3548 3549 NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_RADIO_STATS, 3550 3551 NL80211_ATTR_NETNS_FD, 3552 3553 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY, 3554 3555 NL80211_ATTR_REG_INDOOR, 3556 3557 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS, 3558 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL, 3559 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS, 3560 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS, 3561 3562 NL80211_ATTR_PBSS, 3563 3564 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT, 3565 3566 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORT_P2P_PS, 3567 3568 NL80211_ATTR_PAD, 3569 3570 NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_EXT_CAPA, 3571 3572 NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA, 3573 NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR, 3574 3575 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF, 3576 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF_BSSID, 3577 NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION, 3578 NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY, 3579 3580 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PEER_AID, 3581 3582 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF, 3583 NL80211_ATTR_BANDS, 3584 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC, 3585 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH, 3586 3587 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK, 3588 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES, 3589 3590 NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED, 3591 3592 NL80211_ATTR_BSSID, 3593 3594 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI, 3595 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RSSI_ADJUST, 3596 3597 NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT_REASON, 3598 3599 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME, 3600 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM, 3601 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM, 3602 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK, 3603 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID, 3604 3605 NL80211_ATTR_PMK, 3606 3607 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI, 3608 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MAX_REQS, 3609 3610 NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS, 3611 NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME, 3612 NL80211_ATTR_PORT_AUTHORIZED, 3613 3614 NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ACTION, 3615 NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT, 3616 3617 NL80211_ATTR_NSS, 3618 NL80211_ATTR_ACK_SIGNAL, 3619 3620 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211, 3621 3622 NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_STATS, 3623 NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_LIMIT, 3624 NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT, 3625 NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_QUANTUM, 3626 3627 NL80211_ATTR_HE_CAPABILITY, 3628 3629 NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER, 3630 3631 NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS, 3632 3633 NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT, 3634 3635 NL80211_ATTR_PEER_MEASUREMENTS, 3636 3637 NL80211_ATTR_AIRTIME_WEIGHT, 3638 NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER_SETTING, 3639 NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER, 3640 3641 NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PASSWORD, 3642 3643 NL80211_ATTR_TWT_RESPONDER, 3644 3645 NL80211_ATTR_HE_OBSS_PD, 3646 3647 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_CHANNELS, 3648 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_BW_CONFIG, 3649 3650 NL80211_ATTR_VLAN_ID, 3651 3652 NL80211_ATTR_HE_BSS_COLOR, 3653 3654 NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_AKM_SUITES, 3655 3656 NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG, 3657 3658 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH, 3659 3660 NL80211_ATTR_PMK_LIFETIME, 3661 NL80211_ATTR_PMK_REAUTH_THRESHOLD, 3662 3663 NL80211_ATTR_RECEIVE_MULTICAST, 3664 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET, 3665 NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1_OFFSET, 3666 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ, 3667 3668 NL80211_ATTR_HE_6GHZ_CAPABILITY, 3669 3670 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_DISCOVERY, 3671 3672 NL80211_ATTR_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP, 3673 3674 NL80211_ATTR_S1G_CAPABILITY, 3675 NL80211_ATTR_S1G_CAPABILITY_MASK, 3676 3677 NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PWE, 3678 3679 NL80211_ATTR_RECONNECT_REQUESTED, 3680 3681 NL80211_ATTR_SAR_SPEC, 3682 3683 NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HE, 3684 3685 NL80211_ATTR_OBSS_COLOR_BITMAP, 3686 3687 NL80211_ATTR_COLOR_CHANGE_COUNT, 3688 NL80211_ATTR_COLOR_CHANGE_COLOR, 3689 NL80211_ATTR_COLOR_CHANGE_ELEMS, 3690 3691 NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_CONFIG, 3692 NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_ELEMS, 3693 3694 NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_BACKGROUND, 3695 3696 NL80211_ATTR_AP_SETTINGS_FLAGS, 3697 3698 NL80211_ATTR_EHT_CAPABILITY, 3699 3700 NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_EHT, 3701 3702 NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINKS, 3703 NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID, 3704 NL80211_ATTR_MLD_ADDR, 3705 3706 NL80211_ATTR_MLO_SUPPORT, 3707 3708 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_AKM_SUITES, 3709 3710 NL80211_ATTR_EML_CAPABILITY, 3711 NL80211_ATTR_MLD_CAPA_AND_OPS, 3712 3713 NL80211_ATTR_TX_HW_TIMESTAMP, 3714 NL80211_ATTR_RX_HW_TIMESTAMP, 3715 NL80211_ATTR_TD_BITMAP, 3716 3717 NL80211_ATTR_PUNCT_BITMAP, 3718 3719 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_HW_TIMESTAMP_PEERS, 3720 NL80211_ATTR_HW_TIMESTAMP_ENABLED, 3721 3722 NL80211_ATTR_EMA_RNR_ELEMS, 3723 3724 NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_DISABLED, 3725 3726 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_DUMP_INCLUDE_USE_DATA, 3727 3728 NL80211_ATTR_MLO_TTLM_DLINK, 3729 NL80211_ATTR_MLO_TTLM_ULINK, 3730 3731 NL80211_ATTR_ASSOC_SPP_AMSDU, 3732 3733 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RADIOS, 3734 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS, 3735 3736 NL80211_ATTR_VIF_RADIO_MASK, 3737 3738 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_SELECTORS, 3739 3740 NL80211_ATTR_MLO_RECONF_REM_LINKS, 3741 NL80211_ATTR_EPCS, 3742 3743 NL80211_ATTR_EXT_MLD_CAPA_AND_OPS, 3744 3745 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RADIO_INDEX, 3746 3747 NL80211_ATTR_S1G_LONG_BEACON_PERIOD, 3748 NL80211_ATTR_S1G_SHORT_BEACON, 3749 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_PARAM, 3750 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_CONFIG, 3751 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_NEW_CLUSTER, 3752 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_CAPABILITIES, 3753 3754 NL80211_ATTR_S1G_PRIMARY_2MHZ, 3755 3756 NL80211_ATTR_EPP_PEER, 3757 3758 NL80211_ATTR_UHR_CAPABILITY, 3759 NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_UHR, 3760 3761 NL80211_ATTR_INCUMBENT_SIGNAL_INTERFERENCE_BITMAP, 3762 3763 NL80211_ATTR_UHR_OPERATION, 3764 3765 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_CHANNEL, 3766 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_CHANNEL_ENTRY, 3767 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_TIME_SLOTS, 3768 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_RX_NSS, 3769 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_AVAIL_BLOB, 3770 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_SCHED_DEFERRED, 3771 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_SCHED_UPDATE_SUCCESS, 3772 3773 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_NMI_MAC, 3774 3775 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_ULW, 3776 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_COMMITTED_DW, 3777 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_SEQ_ID, 3778 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MAX_CHAN_SWITCH_TIME, 3779 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_PEER_MAPS, 3780 3781 NL80211_ATTR_ASSOC_ENCRYPTED, 3782 3783 NL80211_ATTR_NPCA_PRIMARY_FREQ, 3784 NL80211_ATTR_NPCA_PUNCT_BITMAP, 3785 3786 NL80211_ATTR_STA_DUMP_LINK_STATS, 3787 3788 /* add attributes here, update the policy in nl80211.c */ 3789 3790 __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 3791 NUM_NL80211_ATTR = __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 3792 NL80211_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 3793 }; 3794 3795 /* source-level API compatibility */ 3796 #define NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_GENERATION NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION 3797 #define NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG 3798 #define NL80211_ATTR_IFACE_SOCKET_OWNER NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER 3799 #define NL80211_ATTR_SAE_DATA NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA 3800 #define NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_BEACON NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_BEACON 3801 #define NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_PRESP NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_PRESP 3802 #define NL80211_ATTR_ASSOC_MLD_EXT_CAPA_OPS NL80211_ATTR_EXT_MLD_CAPA_AND_OPS 3803 3804 /* 3805 * Allow user space programs to use #ifdef on new attributes by defining them 3806 * here 3807 */ 3808 #define NL80211_CMD_CONNECT NL80211_CMD_CONNECT 3809 #define NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY 3810 #define NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES 3811 #define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS 3812 #define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ 3813 #define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE 3814 #define NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE 3815 #define NL80211_ATTR_IE NL80211_ATTR_IE 3816 #define NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR 3817 #define NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE 3818 #define NL80211_ATTR_FRAME NL80211_ATTR_FRAME 3819 #define NL80211_ATTR_SSID NL80211_ATTR_SSID 3820 #define NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE 3821 #define NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE 3822 #define NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE 3823 #define NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP 3824 #define NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS 3825 #define NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES 3826 #define NL80211_ATTR_KEY NL80211_ATTR_KEY 3827 #define NL80211_ATTR_KEYS NL80211_ATTR_KEYS 3828 #define NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS 3829 3830 #define NL80211_WIPHY_NAME_MAXLEN 64 3831 3832 #define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES 32 3833 #define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_SELECTORS 128 3834 #define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_HT_RATES 77 3835 #define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_REG_RULES 128 3836 #define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_ENCR_KEY 0 3837 #define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_TX_MIC_KEY 16 3838 #define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_RX_MIC_KEY 24 3839 #define NL80211_HT_CAPABILITY_LEN 26 3840 #define NL80211_VHT_CAPABILITY_LEN 12 3841 #define NL80211_HE_MIN_CAPABILITY_LEN 16 3842 #define NL80211_HE_MAX_CAPABILITY_LEN 54 3843 #define NL80211_MAX_NR_CIPHER_SUITES 5 3844 3845 /* 3846 * NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES is obsolete when %NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_AKM_SUITES 3847 * present in %NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY response. 3848 */ 3849 #define NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES 2 3850 #define NL80211_EHT_MIN_CAPABILITY_LEN 13 3851 #define NL80211_EHT_MAX_CAPABILITY_LEN 51 3852 3853 #define NL80211_MIN_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_TIME 10 3854 3855 /* default RSSI threshold for scan results if none specified. */ 3856 #define NL80211_SCAN_RSSI_THOLD_OFF -300 3857 3858 #define NL80211_CQM_TXE_MAX_INTVL 1800 3859 3860 /** 3861 * enum nl80211_iftype - (virtual) interface types 3862 * 3863 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_UNSPECIFIED: unspecified type, driver decides 3864 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_ADHOC: independent BSS member 3865 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION: managed BSS member 3866 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AP: access point 3867 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN: VLAN interface for access points; VLAN interfaces 3868 * are a bit special in that they must always be tied to a pre-existing 3869 * AP type interface. 3870 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_WDS: wireless distribution interface 3871 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MONITOR: monitor interface receiving all frames 3872 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MESH_POINT: mesh point 3873 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT: P2P client 3874 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO: P2P group owner 3875 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_DEVICE: P2P device interface type, this is not a netdev 3876 * and therefore can't be created in the normal ways, use the 3877 * %NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE and %NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE 3878 * commands to create and destroy one 3879 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_OCB: Outside Context of a BSS 3880 * This mode corresponds to the MIB variable dot11OCBActivated=true 3881 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_NAN: NAN device interface type (not a netdev) 3882 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_NAN_DATA: NAN data interface type (netdev); NAN data 3883 * interfaces can only be brought up (IFF_UP) when a NAN interface 3884 * already exists and NAN has been started (using %NL80211_CMD_START_NAN). 3885 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_PD: PD device interface type (not a netdev) 3886 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MAX: highest interface type number currently defined 3887 * @NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES: number of defined interface types 3888 * 3889 * These values are used with the %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE 3890 * to set the type of an interface. 3891 * 3892 */ 3893 enum nl80211_iftype { 3894 NL80211_IFTYPE_UNSPECIFIED, 3895 NL80211_IFTYPE_ADHOC, 3896 NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION, 3897 NL80211_IFTYPE_AP, 3898 NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN, 3899 NL80211_IFTYPE_WDS, 3900 NL80211_IFTYPE_MONITOR, 3901 NL80211_IFTYPE_MESH_POINT, 3902 NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT, 3903 NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO, 3904 NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_DEVICE, 3905 NL80211_IFTYPE_OCB, 3906 NL80211_IFTYPE_NAN, 3907 NL80211_IFTYPE_NAN_DATA, 3908 NL80211_IFTYPE_PD, 3909 3910 /* keep last */ 3911 NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES, 3912 NL80211_IFTYPE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES - 1 3913 }; 3914 3915 /** 3916 * enum nl80211_sta_flags - station flags 3917 * 3918 * Station flags. When a station is added to an AP interface, it is 3919 * assumed to be already associated (and hence authenticated.) 3920 * 3921 * @__NL80211_STA_FLAG_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3922 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED: station is authorized (802.1X) 3923 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_SHORT_PREAMBLE: station is capable of receiving frames 3924 * with short barker preamble 3925 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME: station is WME/QoS capable 3926 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_MFP: station uses management frame protection 3927 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHENTICATED: station is authenticated 3928 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER: station is a TDLS peer -- this flag should 3929 * only be used in managed mode (even in the flags mask). Note that the 3930 * flag can't be changed, it is only valid while adding a station, and 3931 * attempts to change it will silently be ignored (rather than rejected 3932 * as errors.) 3933 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_ASSOCIATED: station is associated; used with drivers 3934 * that support %NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE to transition a 3935 * previously added station into associated state 3936 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_SPP_AMSDU: station supports SPP A-MSDUs 3937 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX: highest station flag number currently defined 3938 * @__NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST: internal use 3939 */ 3940 enum nl80211_sta_flags { 3941 __NL80211_STA_FLAG_INVALID, 3942 NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED, 3943 NL80211_STA_FLAG_SHORT_PREAMBLE, 3944 NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME, 3945 NL80211_STA_FLAG_MFP, 3946 NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHENTICATED, 3947 NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER, 3948 NL80211_STA_FLAG_ASSOCIATED, 3949 NL80211_STA_FLAG_SPP_AMSDU, 3950 3951 /* keep last */ 3952 __NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST, 3953 NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX = __NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST - 1 3954 }; 3955 3956 /** 3957 * enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status - station support of P2P PS 3958 * 3959 * @NL80211_P2P_PS_UNSUPPORTED: station doesn't support P2P PS mechanism 3960 * @NL80211_P2P_PS_SUPPORTED: station supports P2P PS mechanism 3961 * @NUM_NL80211_P2P_PS_STATUS: number of values 3962 */ 3963 enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status { 3964 NL80211_P2P_PS_UNSUPPORTED = 0, 3965 NL80211_P2P_PS_SUPPORTED, 3966 3967 NUM_NL80211_P2P_PS_STATUS, 3968 }; 3969 3970 #define NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX_OLD_API NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER 3971 3972 /** 3973 * struct nl80211_sta_flag_update - station flags mask/set 3974 * @mask: mask of station flags to set 3975 * @set: which values to set them to 3976 * 3977 * Both mask and set contain bits as per &enum nl80211_sta_flags. 3978 */ 3979 struct nl80211_sta_flag_update { 3980 __u32 mask; 3981 __u32 set; 3982 } __attribute__((packed)); 3983 3984 /** 3985 * enum nl80211_he_gi - HE guard interval 3986 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_0_8: 0.8 usec 3987 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_1_6: 1.6 usec 3988 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_3_2: 3.2 usec 3989 */ 3990 enum nl80211_he_gi { 3991 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_0_8, 3992 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_1_6, 3993 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_3_2, 3994 }; 3995 3996 /** 3997 * enum nl80211_he_ltf - HE long training field 3998 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_1XLTF: 3.2 usec 3999 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_2XLTF: 6.4 usec 4000 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_4XLTF: 12.8 usec 4001 */ 4002 enum nl80211_he_ltf { 4003 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_1XLTF, 4004 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_2XLTF, 4005 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_4XLTF, 4006 }; 4007 4008 /** 4009 * enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc - HE RU allocation values 4010 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_26: 26-tone RU allocation 4011 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_52: 52-tone RU allocation 4012 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_106: 106-tone RU allocation 4013 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_242: 242-tone RU allocation 4014 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_484: 484-tone RU allocation 4015 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_996: 996-tone RU allocation 4016 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_2x996: 2x996-tone RU allocation 4017 */ 4018 enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc { 4019 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_26, 4020 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_52, 4021 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_106, 4022 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_242, 4023 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_484, 4024 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_996, 4025 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_2x996, 4026 }; 4027 4028 /** 4029 * enum nl80211_eht_gi - EHT guard interval 4030 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI_0_8: 0.8 usec 4031 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI_1_6: 1.6 usec 4032 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI_3_2: 3.2 usec 4033 */ 4034 enum nl80211_eht_gi { 4035 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI_0_8, 4036 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI_1_6, 4037 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI_3_2, 4038 }; 4039 4040 /** 4041 * enum nl80211_eht_ltf - EHT long training field 4042 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_1XLTF: 3.2 usec 4043 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_2XLTF: 6.4 usec 4044 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_4XLTF: 12.8 usec 4045 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_6XLTF: 19.2 usec 4046 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_8XLTF: 25.6 usec 4047 */ 4048 enum nl80211_eht_ltf { 4049 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_1XLTF, 4050 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_2XLTF, 4051 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_4XLTF, 4052 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_6XLTF, 4053 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_8XLTF, 4054 }; 4055 4056 /** 4057 * enum nl80211_eht_ru_alloc - EHT RU allocation values 4058 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_26: 26-tone RU allocation 4059 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_52: 52-tone RU allocation 4060 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_52P26: 52+26-tone RU allocation 4061 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_106: 106-tone RU allocation 4062 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_106P26: 106+26 tone RU allocation 4063 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_242: 242-tone RU allocation 4064 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_484: 484-tone RU allocation 4065 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_484P242: 484+242 tone RU allocation 4066 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_996: 996-tone RU allocation 4067 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_996P484: 996+484 tone RU allocation 4068 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_996P484P242: 996+484+242 tone RU allocation 4069 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_2x996: 2x996-tone RU allocation 4070 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_2x996P484: 2x996+484 tone RU allocation 4071 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_3x996: 3x996-tone RU allocation 4072 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_3x996P484: 3x996+484 tone RU allocation 4073 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_4x996: 4x996-tone RU allocation 4074 */ 4075 enum nl80211_eht_ru_alloc { 4076 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_26, 4077 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_52, 4078 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_52P26, 4079 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_106, 4080 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_106P26, 4081 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_242, 4082 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_484, 4083 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_484P242, 4084 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_996, 4085 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_996P484, 4086 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_996P484P242, 4087 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_2x996, 4088 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_2x996P484, 4089 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_3x996, 4090 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_3x996P484, 4091 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_4x996, 4092 }; 4093 4094 /** 4095 * enum nl80211_rate_info - bitrate information 4096 * 4097 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_STA_INFO_TXRATE 4098 * when getting information about the bitrate of a station. 4099 * There are 2 attributes for bitrate, a legacy one that represents 4100 * a 16-bit value, and new one that represents a 32-bit value. 4101 * If the rate value fits into 16 bit, both attributes are reported 4102 * with the same value. If the rate is too high to fit into 16 bits 4103 * (>6.5535Gbps) only 32-bit attribute is included. 4104 * User space tools encouraged to use the 32-bit attribute and fall 4105 * back to the 16-bit one for compatibility with older kernels. 4106 * 4107 * @__NL80211_RATE_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 4108 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE: total bitrate (u16, 100kbit/s) 4109 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_MCS: mcs index for 802.11n (u8) 4110 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_40_MHZ_WIDTH: 40 MHz dualchannel bitrate 4111 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_SHORT_GI: 400ns guard interval 4112 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE32: total bitrate (u32, 100kbit/s) 4113 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_MAX: highest rate_info number currently defined 4114 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_MCS: MCS index for VHT (u8) 4115 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_NSS: number of streams in VHT (u8) 4116 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_80_MHZ_WIDTH: 80 MHz VHT rate 4117 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_80P80_MHZ_WIDTH: unused - 80+80 is treated the 4118 * same as 160 for purposes of the bitrates 4119 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_160_MHZ_WIDTH: 160 MHz VHT rate 4120 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_10_MHZ_WIDTH: 10 MHz width - note that this is 4121 * a legacy rate and will be reported as the actual bitrate, i.e. 4122 * half the base (20 MHz) rate 4123 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_5_MHZ_WIDTH: 5 MHz width - note that this is 4124 * a legacy rate and will be reported as the actual bitrate, i.e. 4125 * a quarter of the base (20 MHz) rate 4126 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_MCS: HE MCS index (u8, 0-11) 4127 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_NSS: HE NSS value (u8, 1-8) 4128 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI: HE guard interval identifier 4129 * (u8, see &enum nl80211_he_gi) 4130 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_DCM: HE DCM value (u8, 0/1) 4131 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC: HE RU allocation, if not present then 4132 * non-OFDMA was used (u8, see &enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc) 4133 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_320_MHZ_WIDTH: 320 MHz bitrate 4134 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_MCS: EHT MCS index (u8, 0-15) 4135 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_NSS: EHT NSS value (u8, 1-8) 4136 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI: EHT guard interval identifier 4137 * (u8, see &enum nl80211_eht_gi) 4138 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC: EHT RU allocation, if not present then 4139 * non-OFDMA was used (u8, see &enum nl80211_eht_ru_alloc) 4140 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_S1G_MCS: S1G MCS index (u8, 0-10) 4141 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_S1G_NSS: S1G NSS value (u8, 1-4) 4142 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_1_MHZ_WIDTH: 1 MHz S1G rate 4143 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_2_MHZ_WIDTH: 2 MHz S1G rate 4144 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_4_MHZ_WIDTH: 4 MHz S1G rate 4145 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_8_MHZ_WIDTH: 8 MHz S1G rate 4146 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_16_MHZ_WIDTH: 16 MHz S1G rate 4147 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_UHR_MCS: UHR MCS index (u8, 0-15, 17, 19, 20, 23) 4148 * Note that the other EHT attributes (such as @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_NSS) 4149 * are used in conjunction with this where applicable 4150 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_UHR_ELR: UHR ELR flag, which restricts NSS to 1, 4151 * MCS to 0 or 1, and GI to %NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI_1_6. 4152 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_UHR_IM: UHR Interference Mitigation flag 4153 * @__NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use 4154 */ 4155 enum nl80211_rate_info { 4156 __NL80211_RATE_INFO_INVALID, 4157 NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE, 4158 NL80211_RATE_INFO_MCS, 4159 NL80211_RATE_INFO_40_MHZ_WIDTH, 4160 NL80211_RATE_INFO_SHORT_GI, 4161 NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE32, 4162 NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_MCS, 4163 NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_NSS, 4164 NL80211_RATE_INFO_80_MHZ_WIDTH, 4165 NL80211_RATE_INFO_80P80_MHZ_WIDTH, 4166 NL80211_RATE_INFO_160_MHZ_WIDTH, 4167 NL80211_RATE_INFO_10_MHZ_WIDTH, 4168 NL80211_RATE_INFO_5_MHZ_WIDTH, 4169 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_MCS, 4170 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_NSS, 4171 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI, 4172 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_DCM, 4173 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC, 4174 NL80211_RATE_INFO_320_MHZ_WIDTH, 4175 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_MCS, 4176 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_NSS, 4177 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI, 4178 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC, 4179 NL80211_RATE_INFO_S1G_MCS, 4180 NL80211_RATE_INFO_S1G_NSS, 4181 NL80211_RATE_INFO_1_MHZ_WIDTH, 4182 NL80211_RATE_INFO_2_MHZ_WIDTH, 4183 NL80211_RATE_INFO_4_MHZ_WIDTH, 4184 NL80211_RATE_INFO_8_MHZ_WIDTH, 4185 NL80211_RATE_INFO_16_MHZ_WIDTH, 4186 NL80211_RATE_INFO_UHR_MCS, 4187 NL80211_RATE_INFO_UHR_ELR, 4188 NL80211_RATE_INFO_UHR_IM, 4189 4190 /* keep last */ 4191 __NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST, 4192 NL80211_RATE_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1 4193 }; 4194 4195 /** 4196 * enum nl80211_sta_bss_param - BSS information collected by STA 4197 * 4198 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM 4199 * when getting information about the bitrate of a station. 4200 * 4201 * @__NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 4202 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled (flag) 4203 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_PREAMBLE: whether short preamble is enabled 4204 * (flag) 4205 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_SLOT_TIME: whether short slot time is enabled 4206 * (flag) 4207 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_DTIM_PERIOD: DTIM period for beaconing (u8) 4208 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_BEACON_INTERVAL: Beacon interval (u16) 4209 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_MAX: highest sta_bss_param number currently defined 4210 * @__NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST: internal use 4211 */ 4212 enum nl80211_sta_bss_param { 4213 __NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_INVALID, 4214 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_CTS_PROT, 4215 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_PREAMBLE, 4216 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_SLOT_TIME, 4217 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_DTIM_PERIOD, 4218 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_BEACON_INTERVAL, 4219 4220 /* keep last */ 4221 __NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST, 4222 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_MAX = __NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST - 1 4223 }; 4224 4225 /** 4226 * enum nl80211_sta_info - station information 4227 * 4228 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO 4229 * when getting information about a station. 4230 * 4231 * @__NL80211_STA_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 4232 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_INACTIVE_TIME: time since last activity (u32, msecs) 4233 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES: total received bytes (MPDU length) 4234 * (u32, from this station) 4235 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES: total transmitted bytes (MPDU length) 4236 * (u32, to this station) 4237 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES64: total received bytes (MPDU length) 4238 * (u64, from this station) 4239 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES64: total transmitted bytes (MPDU length) 4240 * (u64, to this station) 4241 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL: signal strength of last received PPDU (u8, dBm) 4242 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE: current unicast tx rate, nested attribute 4243 * containing info as possible, see &enum nl80211_rate_info 4244 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_PACKETS: total received packet (MSDUs and MMPDUs) 4245 * (u32, from this station) 4246 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_PACKETS: total transmitted packets (MSDUs and MMPDUs) 4247 * (u32, to this station) 4248 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_RETRIES: total retries (MPDUs) (u32, to this station) 4249 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_FAILED: total failed packets (MPDUs) 4250 * (u32, to this station) 4251 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL_AVG: signal strength average (u8, dBm) 4252 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_LLID: the station's mesh LLID 4253 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PLID: the station's mesh PLID 4254 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PLINK_STATE: peer link state for the station 4255 * (see %enum nl80211_plink_state) 4256 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BITRATE: last unicast data frame rx rate, nested 4257 * attribute, like NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE. 4258 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM: current station's view of BSS, nested attribute 4259 * containing info as possible, see &enum nl80211_sta_bss_param 4260 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TIME: time since the station is last connected 4261 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_STA_FLAGS: Contains a struct nl80211_sta_flag_update. 4262 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_LOSS: count of times beacon loss was detected (u32) 4263 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_T_OFFSET: timing offset with respect to this STA (s64) 4264 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_LOCAL_PM: local mesh STA link-specific power mode 4265 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PEER_PM: peer mesh STA link-specific power mode 4266 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_NONPEER_PM: neighbor mesh STA power save mode towards 4267 * non-peer STA 4268 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL: per-chain signal strength of last PPDU 4269 * Contains a nested array of signal strength attributes (u8, dBm) 4270 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL_AVG: per-chain signal strength average 4271 * Same format as NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL. 4272 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_EXPECTED_THROUGHPUT: expected throughput considering also 4273 * the 802.11 header (u32, kbps) 4274 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DROP_MISC: RX packets dropped for unspecified reasons 4275 * (u64) 4276 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_RX: number of beacons received from this peer (u64) 4277 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_SIGNAL_AVG: signal strength average 4278 * for beacons only (u8, dBm) 4279 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TID_STATS: per-TID statistics (see &enum nl80211_tid_stats) 4280 * This is a nested attribute where each the inner attribute number is the 4281 * TID+1 and the special TID 16 (i.e. value 17) is used for non-QoS frames; 4282 * each one of those is again nested with &enum nl80211_tid_stats 4283 * attributes carrying the actual values. 4284 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DURATION: aggregate PPDU duration for all frames 4285 * received from the station (u64, usec) 4286 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment 4287 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL: signal strength of the last ACK frame(u8, dBm) 4288 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG: avg signal strength of ACK frames (s8, dBm) 4289 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_MPDUS: total number of received packets (MPDUs) 4290 * (u32, from this station) 4291 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_FCS_ERROR_COUNT: total number of packets (MPDUs) received 4292 * with an FCS error (u32, from this station). This count may not include 4293 * some packets with an FCS error due to TA corruption. Hence this counter 4294 * might not be fully accurate. 4295 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TO_GATE: set to true if STA has a path to a 4296 * mesh gate (u8, 0 or 1) 4297 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_DURATION: aggregate PPDU duration for all frames 4298 * sent to the station (u64, usec) 4299 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_WEIGHT: current airtime weight for station (u16) 4300 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_LINK_METRIC: airtime link metric for mesh station 4301 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_ASSOC_AT_BOOTTIME: Timestamp (CLOCK_BOOTTIME, nanoseconds) 4302 * of STA's association 4303 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TO_AS: set to true if STA has a path to a 4304 * authentication server (u8, 0 or 1) 4305 * @__NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal 4306 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_MAX: highest possible station info attribute 4307 */ 4308 enum nl80211_sta_info { 4309 __NL80211_STA_INFO_INVALID, 4310 NL80211_STA_INFO_INACTIVE_TIME, 4311 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES, 4312 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES, 4313 NL80211_STA_INFO_LLID, 4314 NL80211_STA_INFO_PLID, 4315 NL80211_STA_INFO_PLINK_STATE, 4316 NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL, 4317 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE, 4318 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_PACKETS, 4319 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_PACKETS, 4320 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_RETRIES, 4321 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_FAILED, 4322 NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL_AVG, 4323 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BITRATE, 4324 NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM, 4325 NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TIME, 4326 NL80211_STA_INFO_STA_FLAGS, 4327 NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_LOSS, 4328 NL80211_STA_INFO_T_OFFSET, 4329 NL80211_STA_INFO_LOCAL_PM, 4330 NL80211_STA_INFO_PEER_PM, 4331 NL80211_STA_INFO_NONPEER_PM, 4332 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES64, 4333 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES64, 4334 NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL, 4335 NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL_AVG, 4336 NL80211_STA_INFO_EXPECTED_THROUGHPUT, 4337 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DROP_MISC, 4338 NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_RX, 4339 NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_SIGNAL_AVG, 4340 NL80211_STA_INFO_TID_STATS, 4341 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DURATION, 4342 NL80211_STA_INFO_PAD, 4343 NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL, 4344 NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG, 4345 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_MPDUS, 4346 NL80211_STA_INFO_FCS_ERROR_COUNT, 4347 NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TO_GATE, 4348 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_DURATION, 4349 NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_WEIGHT, 4350 NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_LINK_METRIC, 4351 NL80211_STA_INFO_ASSOC_AT_BOOTTIME, 4352 NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TO_AS, 4353 4354 /* keep last */ 4355 __NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST, 4356 NL80211_STA_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1 4357 }; 4358 4359 /* we renamed this - stay compatible */ 4360 #define NL80211_STA_INFO_DATA_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG 4361 4362 4363 /** 4364 * enum nl80211_tid_stats - per TID statistics attributes 4365 * @__NL80211_TID_STATS_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 4366 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_RX_MSDU: number of MSDUs received (u64) 4367 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU: number of MSDUs transmitted (or 4368 * attempted to transmit; u64) 4369 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_RETRIES: number of retries for 4370 * transmitted MSDUs (not counting the first attempt; u64) 4371 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_FAILED: number of failed transmitted 4372 * MSDUs (u64) 4373 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment 4374 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TXQ_STATS: TXQ stats (nested attribute) 4375 * @NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS: number of attributes here 4376 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_MAX: highest numbered attribute here 4377 */ 4378 enum nl80211_tid_stats { 4379 __NL80211_TID_STATS_INVALID, 4380 NL80211_TID_STATS_RX_MSDU, 4381 NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU, 4382 NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_RETRIES, 4383 NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_FAILED, 4384 NL80211_TID_STATS_PAD, 4385 NL80211_TID_STATS_TXQ_STATS, 4386 4387 /* keep last */ 4388 NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS, 4389 NL80211_TID_STATS_MAX = NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS - 1 4390 }; 4391 4392 /** 4393 * enum nl80211_txq_stats - per TXQ statistics attributes 4394 * @__NL80211_TXQ_STATS_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 4395 * @NUM_NL80211_TXQ_STATS: number of attributes here 4396 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_BYTES: number of bytes currently backlogged 4397 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_PACKETS: number of packets currently 4398 * backlogged 4399 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_FLOWS: total number of new flows seen 4400 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_DROPS: total number of packet drops 4401 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_ECN_MARKS: total number of packet ECN marks 4402 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERLIMIT: number of drops due to queue space overflow 4403 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERMEMORY: number of drops due to memory limit overflow 4404 * (only for per-phy stats) 4405 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_COLLISIONS: number of hash collisions 4406 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_BYTES: total number of bytes dequeued from TXQ 4407 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_PACKETS: total number of packets dequeued from TXQ 4408 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX_FLOWS: number of flow buckets for PHY 4409 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX: highest numbered attribute here 4410 */ 4411 enum nl80211_txq_stats { 4412 __NL80211_TXQ_STATS_INVALID, 4413 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_BYTES, 4414 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_PACKETS, 4415 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_FLOWS, 4416 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_DROPS, 4417 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_ECN_MARKS, 4418 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERLIMIT, 4419 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERMEMORY, 4420 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_COLLISIONS, 4421 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_BYTES, 4422 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_PACKETS, 4423 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX_FLOWS, 4424 4425 /* keep last */ 4426 NUM_NL80211_TXQ_STATS, 4427 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX = NUM_NL80211_TXQ_STATS - 1 4428 }; 4429 4430 /** 4431 * enum nl80211_mpath_flags - nl80211 mesh path flags 4432 * 4433 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_ACTIVE: the mesh path is active 4434 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVING: the mesh path discovery process is running 4435 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_SN_VALID: the mesh path contains a valid SN 4436 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_FIXED: the mesh path has been manually set 4437 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVED: the mesh path discovery process succeeded 4438 */ 4439 enum nl80211_mpath_flags { 4440 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_ACTIVE = 1<<0, 4441 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVING = 1<<1, 4442 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_SN_VALID = 1<<2, 4443 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_FIXED = 1<<3, 4444 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVED = 1<<4, 4445 }; 4446 4447 /** 4448 * enum nl80211_mpath_info - mesh path information 4449 * 4450 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO when getting 4451 * information about a mesh path. 4452 * 4453 * @__NL80211_MPATH_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 4454 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN: number of queued frames for this destination 4455 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_SN: destination sequence number 4456 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_METRIC: metric (cost) of this mesh path 4457 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME: expiration time for the path, in msec from now 4458 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FLAGS: mesh path flags, enumerated in 4459 * &enum nl80211_mpath_flags; 4460 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: total path discovery timeout, in msec 4461 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES: mesh path discovery retries 4462 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT: hop count to destination 4463 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE: total number of path changes to destination 4464 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_MAX: highest mesh path information attribute number 4465 * currently defined 4466 * @__NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use 4467 */ 4468 enum nl80211_mpath_info { 4469 __NL80211_MPATH_INFO_INVALID, 4470 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN, 4471 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_SN, 4472 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_METRIC, 4473 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME, 4474 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FLAGS, 4475 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT, 4476 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES, 4477 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT, 4478 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE, 4479 4480 /* keep last */ 4481 __NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST, 4482 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1 4483 }; 4484 4485 /** 4486 * enum nl80211_band_iftype_attr - Interface type data attributes 4487 * 4488 * @__NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 4489 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_IFTYPES: nested attribute containing a flag attribute 4490 * for each interface type that supports the band data 4491 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MAC: HE MAC capabilities as in HE 4492 * capabilities IE 4493 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PHY: HE PHY capabilities as in HE 4494 * capabilities IE 4495 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MCS_SET: HE supported NSS/MCS as in HE 4496 * capabilities IE 4497 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PPE: HE PPE thresholds information as 4498 * defined in HE capabilities IE 4499 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_6GHZ_CAPA: HE 6GHz band capabilities, 4500 * given for all 6 GHz band channels (binary, element content) 4501 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_VENDOR_ELEMS: vendor element capabilities that are 4502 * advertised on this band/for this iftype (binary) 4503 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_MAC: EHT MAC capabilities as in EHT 4504 * capabilities element 4505 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_PHY: EHT PHY capabilities as in EHT 4506 * capabilities element 4507 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_MCS_SET: EHT supported NSS/MCS as in EHT 4508 * capabilities element 4509 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_PPE: EHT PPE thresholds information as 4510 * defined in EHT capabilities element 4511 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_UHR_CAP_MAC: UHR MAC capabilities as in UHR 4512 * capabilities element 4513 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_UHR_CAP_PHY: UHR PHY capabilities as in UHR 4514 * capabilities element 4515 * @__NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use 4516 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_MAX: highest band attribute currently defined 4517 */ 4518 enum nl80211_band_iftype_attr { 4519 __NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_INVALID, 4520 4521 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_IFTYPES, 4522 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MAC, 4523 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PHY, 4524 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MCS_SET, 4525 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PPE, 4526 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_6GHZ_CAPA, 4527 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_VENDOR_ELEMS, 4528 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_MAC, 4529 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_PHY, 4530 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_MCS_SET, 4531 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_PPE, 4532 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_UHR_CAP_MAC, 4533 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_UHR_CAP_PHY, 4534 4535 /* keep last */ 4536 __NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 4537 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 4538 }; 4539 4540 /** 4541 * enum nl80211_band_attr - band attributes 4542 * @__NL80211_BAND_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 4543 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_FREQS: supported frequencies in this band, 4544 * an array of nested frequency attributes 4545 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_RATES: supported bitrates in this band, 4546 * an array of nested bitrate attributes 4547 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_MCS_SET: 16-byte attribute containing the MCS set as 4548 * defined in 802.11n 4549 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA: HT capabilities, as in the HT information IE 4550 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_FACTOR: A-MPDU factor, as in 11n 4551 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_DENSITY: A-MPDU density, as in 11n 4552 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_MCS_SET: 32-byte attribute containing the MCS set as 4553 * defined in 802.11ac 4554 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_CAPA: VHT capabilities, as in the HT information IE 4555 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_IFTYPE_DATA: nested array attribute, with each entry using 4556 * attributes from &enum nl80211_band_iftype_attr 4557 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_CHANNELS: bitmap that indicates the 2.16 GHz 4558 * channel(s) that are allowed to be used for EDMG transmissions. 4559 * Defined by IEEE P802.11ay/D4.0 section 9.4.2.251. 4560 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_BW_CONFIG: Channel BW Configuration subfield encodes 4561 * the allowed channel bandwidth configurations. 4562 * Defined by IEEE P802.11ay/D4.0 section 9.4.2.251, Table 13. 4563 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_S1G_MCS_NSS_SET: S1G capabilities, supported S1G-MCS and NSS 4564 * set subfield, as in the S1G information IE, 5 bytes 4565 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_S1G_CAPA: S1G capabilities information subfield as in the 4566 * S1G information IE, 10 bytes 4567 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_MAX: highest band attribute currently defined 4568 * @__NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use 4569 */ 4570 enum nl80211_band_attr { 4571 __NL80211_BAND_ATTR_INVALID, 4572 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_FREQS, 4573 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_RATES, 4574 4575 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_MCS_SET, 4576 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA, 4577 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_FACTOR, 4578 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_DENSITY, 4579 4580 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_MCS_SET, 4581 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_CAPA, 4582 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_IFTYPE_DATA, 4583 4584 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_CHANNELS, 4585 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_BW_CONFIG, 4586 4587 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_S1G_MCS_NSS_SET, 4588 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_S1G_CAPA, 4589 4590 /* keep last */ 4591 __NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 4592 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 4593 }; 4594 4595 #define NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA 4596 4597 /** 4598 * enum nl80211_nan_phy_cap_attr - NAN PHY capabilities attributes 4599 * @__NL80211_NAN_PHY_CAP_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 4600 * @NL80211_NAN_PHY_CAP_ATTR_HT_MCS_SET: 16-byte attribute containing HT MCS set 4601 * @NL80211_NAN_PHY_CAP_ATTR_HT_CAPA: HT capabilities (u16) 4602 * @NL80211_NAN_PHY_CAP_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_FACTOR: HT A-MPDU factor (u8) 4603 * @NL80211_NAN_PHY_CAP_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_DENSITY: HT A-MPDU density (u8) 4604 * @NL80211_NAN_PHY_CAP_ATTR_VHT_MCS_SET: 8-byte attribute containing VHT MCS set 4605 * @NL80211_NAN_PHY_CAP_ATTR_VHT_CAPA: VHT capabilities (u32) 4606 * @NL80211_NAN_PHY_CAP_ATTR_HE_MAC: HE MAC capabilities 4607 * @NL80211_NAN_PHY_CAP_ATTR_HE_PHY: HE PHY capabilities 4608 * @NL80211_NAN_PHY_CAP_ATTR_HE_MCS_SET: HE supported NSS/MCS combinations 4609 * @NL80211_NAN_PHY_CAP_ATTR_HE_PPE: HE PPE thresholds 4610 * @NL80211_NAN_PHY_CAP_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN PHY cap attribute number 4611 * @__NL80211_NAN_PHY_CAP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use 4612 */ 4613 enum nl80211_nan_phy_cap_attr { 4614 __NL80211_NAN_PHY_CAP_ATTR_INVALID, 4615 4616 /* HT capabilities */ 4617 NL80211_NAN_PHY_CAP_ATTR_HT_MCS_SET, 4618 NL80211_NAN_PHY_CAP_ATTR_HT_CAPA, 4619 NL80211_NAN_PHY_CAP_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_FACTOR, 4620 NL80211_NAN_PHY_CAP_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_DENSITY, 4621 4622 /* VHT capabilities */ 4623 NL80211_NAN_PHY_CAP_ATTR_VHT_MCS_SET, 4624 NL80211_NAN_PHY_CAP_ATTR_VHT_CAPA, 4625 4626 /* HE capabilities */ 4627 NL80211_NAN_PHY_CAP_ATTR_HE_MAC, 4628 NL80211_NAN_PHY_CAP_ATTR_HE_PHY, 4629 NL80211_NAN_PHY_CAP_ATTR_HE_MCS_SET, 4630 NL80211_NAN_PHY_CAP_ATTR_HE_PPE, 4631 4632 /* keep last */ 4633 __NL80211_NAN_PHY_CAP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 4634 NL80211_NAN_PHY_CAP_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_NAN_PHY_CAP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 4635 }; 4636 4637 /** 4638 * enum nl80211_wmm_rule - regulatory wmm rule 4639 * 4640 * @__NL80211_WMMR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 4641 * @NL80211_WMMR_CW_MIN: Minimum contention window slot. 4642 * @NL80211_WMMR_CW_MAX: Maximum contention window slot. 4643 * @NL80211_WMMR_AIFSN: Arbitration Inter Frame Space. 4644 * @NL80211_WMMR_TXOP: Maximum allowed tx operation time. 4645 * @NL80211_WMMR_MAX: highest possible wmm rule. 4646 * @__NL80211_WMMR_LAST: Internal use. 4647 */ 4648 enum nl80211_wmm_rule { 4649 __NL80211_WMMR_INVALID, 4650 NL80211_WMMR_CW_MIN, 4651 NL80211_WMMR_CW_MAX, 4652 NL80211_WMMR_AIFSN, 4653 NL80211_WMMR_TXOP, 4654 4655 /* keep last */ 4656 __NL80211_WMMR_LAST, 4657 NL80211_WMMR_MAX = __NL80211_WMMR_LAST - 1 4658 }; 4659 4660 /** 4661 * enum nl80211_frequency_attr - frequency attributes 4662 * @__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 4663 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_FREQ: Frequency in MHz 4664 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DISABLED: Channel is disabled in current 4665 * regulatory domain. 4666 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR: no mechanisms that initiate radiation 4667 * are permitted on this channel, this includes sending probe 4668 * requests, or modes of operation that require beaconing. 4669 * @__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IBSS: obsolete, same as _NO_IR 4670 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_RADAR: Radar detection is mandatory 4671 * on this channel in current regulatory domain. 4672 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER: Maximum transmission power in mBm 4673 * (100 * dBm). 4674 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_STATE: current state for DFS 4675 * (enum nl80211_dfs_state) 4676 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_TIME: time in milliseconds for how long 4677 * this channel is in this DFS state. 4678 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_MINUS: HT40- isn't possible with this 4679 * channel as the control channel 4680 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_PLUS: HT40+ isn't possible with this 4681 * channel as the control channel 4682 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_80MHZ: any 80 MHz channel using this channel 4683 * as the primary or any of the secondary channels isn't possible, 4684 * this includes 80+80 channels 4685 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_160MHZ: any 160 MHz (but not 80+80) channel 4686 * using this channel as the primary or any of the secondary channels 4687 * isn't possible 4688 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME: DFS CAC time in milliseconds. 4689 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY: Only indoor use is permitted on this 4690 * channel. A channel that has the INDOOR_ONLY attribute can only be 4691 * used when there is a clear assessment that the device is operating in 4692 * an indoor surroundings, i.e., it is connected to AC power (and not 4693 * through portable DC inverters) or is under the control of a master 4694 * that is acting as an AP and is connected to AC power. 4695 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT: IR operation is allowed on this 4696 * channel if it's connected concurrently to a BSS on the same channel on 4697 * the 2 GHz band or to a channel in the same UNII band (on the 5 GHz 4698 * band), and IEEE80211_CHAN_RADAR is not set. Instantiating a GO or TDLS 4699 * off-channel on a channel that has the IR_CONCURRENT attribute set can be 4700 * done when there is a clear assessment that the device is operating under 4701 * the guidance of an authorized master, i.e., setting up a GO or TDLS 4702 * off-channel while the device is also connected to an AP with DFS and 4703 * radar detection on the UNII band (it is up to user-space, i.e., 4704 * wpa_supplicant to perform the required verifications). Using this 4705 * attribute for IR is disallowed for master interfaces (IBSS, AP). 4706 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_20MHZ: 20 MHz operation is not allowed 4707 * on this channel in current regulatory domain. 4708 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_10MHZ: 10 MHz operation is not allowed 4709 * on this channel in current regulatory domain. 4710 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_WMM: this channel has wmm limitations. 4711 * This is a nested attribute that contains the wmm limitation per AC. 4712 * (see &enum nl80211_wmm_rule) 4713 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HE: HE operation is not allowed on this channel 4714 * in current regulatory domain. 4715 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_OFFSET: frequency offset in KHz 4716 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_1MHZ: 1 MHz operation is allowed 4717 * on this channel in current regulatory domain. 4718 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_2MHZ: 2 MHz operation is allowed 4719 * on this channel in current regulatory domain. 4720 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_4MHZ: 4 MHz operation is allowed 4721 * on this channel in current regulatory domain. 4722 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_8MHZ: 8 MHz operation is allowed 4723 * on this channel in current regulatory domain. 4724 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_16MHZ: 16 MHz operation is allowed 4725 * on this channel in current regulatory domain. 4726 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_320MHZ: any 320 MHz channel using this channel 4727 * as the primary or any of the secondary channels isn't possible 4728 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_EHT: EHT operation is not allowed on this channel 4729 * in current regulatory domain. 4730 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_PSD: Power spectral density (in dBm) that 4731 * is allowed on this channel in current regulatory domain. 4732 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_CONCURRENT: Operation on this channel is 4733 * allowed for peer-to-peer or adhoc communication under the control 4734 * of a DFS master which operates on the same channel (FCC-594280 D01 4735 * Section B.3). Should be used together with %NL80211_RRF_DFS only. 4736 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_6GHZ_VLP_CLIENT: Client connection to VLP AP 4737 * not allowed using this channel 4738 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_6GHZ_AFC_CLIENT: Client connection to AFC AP 4739 * not allowed using this channel 4740 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_CAN_MONITOR: This channel can be used in monitor 4741 * mode despite other (regulatory) restrictions, even if the channel is 4742 * otherwise completely disabled. 4743 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_ALLOW_6GHZ_VLP_AP: This channel can be used for a 4744 * very low power (VLP) AP, despite being NO_IR. 4745 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_ALLOW_20MHZ_ACTIVITY: This channel can be active in 4746 * 20 MHz bandwidth, despite being NO_IR. 4747 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_4MHZ: 4 MHz operation is not allowed on this 4748 * channel in current regulatory domain. 4749 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_8MHZ: 8 MHz operation is not allowed on this 4750 * channel in current regulatory domain. 4751 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_16MHZ: 16 MHz operation is not allowed on this 4752 * channel in current regulatory domain. 4753 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_S1G_NO_PRIMARY: Channel is not permitted for use 4754 * as a primary channel. Does not prevent the channel from existing 4755 * as a non-primary subchannel. Only applicable to S1G channels. 4756 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_UHR: UHR operation is not allowed on this channel 4757 * in current regulatory domain. 4758 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_CAC_START_TIME: Channel Availability Check (CAC) 4759 * start time (CLOCK_BOOTTIME, nanoseconds). Only present when CAC is 4760 * currently in progress on this channel. 4761 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment 4762 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX: highest frequency attribute number 4763 * currently defined 4764 * @__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use 4765 * 4766 * See https://apps.fcc.gov/eas/comments/GetPublishedDocument.html?id=327&tn=528122 4767 * for more information on the FCC description of the relaxations allowed 4768 * by NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY and 4769 * NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT. 4770 */ 4771 enum nl80211_frequency_attr { 4772 __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INVALID, 4773 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_FREQ, 4774 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DISABLED, 4775 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR, 4776 __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IBSS, 4777 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_RADAR, 4778 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER, 4779 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_STATE, 4780 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_TIME, 4781 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_MINUS, 4782 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_PLUS, 4783 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_80MHZ, 4784 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_160MHZ, 4785 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME, 4786 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY, 4787 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT, 4788 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_20MHZ, 4789 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_10MHZ, 4790 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_WMM, 4791 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HE, 4792 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_OFFSET, 4793 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_1MHZ, 4794 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_2MHZ, 4795 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_4MHZ, 4796 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_8MHZ, 4797 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_16MHZ, 4798 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_320MHZ, 4799 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_EHT, 4800 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_PSD, 4801 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_CONCURRENT, 4802 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_6GHZ_VLP_CLIENT, 4803 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_6GHZ_AFC_CLIENT, 4804 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_CAN_MONITOR, 4805 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_ALLOW_6GHZ_VLP_AP, 4806 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_ALLOW_20MHZ_ACTIVITY, 4807 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_4MHZ, 4808 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_8MHZ, 4809 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_16MHZ, 4810 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_S1G_NO_PRIMARY, 4811 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_UHR, 4812 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_CAC_START_TIME, 4813 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_PAD, 4814 4815 /* keep last */ 4816 __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 4817 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 4818 }; 4819 4820 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER 4821 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_PASSIVE_SCAN NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR 4822 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IBSS NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR 4823 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR 4824 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_GO_CONCURRENT \ 4825 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT 4826 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_UHB_VLP_CLIENT \ 4827 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_6GHZ_VLP_CLIENT 4828 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_UHB_AFC_CLIENT \ 4829 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_6GHZ_AFC_CLIENT 4830 4831 /** 4832 * enum nl80211_bitrate_attr - bitrate attributes 4833 * @__NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 4834 * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_RATE: Bitrate in units of 100 kbps 4835 * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_2GHZ_SHORTPREAMBLE: Short preamble supported 4836 * in 2.4 GHz band. 4837 * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_MAX: highest bitrate attribute number 4838 * currently defined 4839 * @__NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use 4840 */ 4841 enum nl80211_bitrate_attr { 4842 __NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_INVALID, 4843 NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_RATE, 4844 NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_2GHZ_SHORTPREAMBLE, 4845 4846 /* keep last */ 4847 __NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 4848 NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 4849 }; 4850 4851 /** 4852 * enum nl80211_reg_initiator - Indicates the initiator of a reg domain request 4853 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_CORE: Core queried CRDA for a dynamic world 4854 * regulatory domain. 4855 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_USER: User asked the wireless core to set the 4856 * regulatory domain. 4857 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER: a wireless drivers has hinted to the 4858 * wireless core it thinks its knows the regulatory domain we should be in. 4859 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE: the wireless core has received an 4860 * 802.11 country information element with regulatory information it 4861 * thinks we should consider. cfg80211 only processes the country 4862 * code from the IE, and relies on the regulatory domain information 4863 * structure passed by userspace (CRDA) from our wireless-regdb. 4864 * If a channel is enabled but the country code indicates it should 4865 * be disabled we disable the channel and re-enable it upon disassociation. 4866 */ 4867 enum nl80211_reg_initiator { 4868 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_CORE, 4869 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_USER, 4870 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER, 4871 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE, 4872 }; 4873 4874 /** 4875 * enum nl80211_reg_type - specifies the type of regulatory domain 4876 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_COUNTRY: the regulatory domain set is one that pertains 4877 * to a specific country. When this is set you can count on the 4878 * ISO / IEC 3166 alpha2 country code being valid. 4879 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_WORLD: the regulatory set domain is the world regulatory 4880 * domain. 4881 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_CUSTOM_WORLD: the regulatory domain set is a custom 4882 * driver specific world regulatory domain. These do not apply system-wide 4883 * and are only applicable to the individual devices which have requested 4884 * them to be applied. 4885 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_INTERSECTION: the regulatory domain set is the product 4886 * of an intersection between two regulatory domains -- the previously 4887 * set regulatory domain on the system and the last accepted regulatory 4888 * domain request to be processed. 4889 */ 4890 enum nl80211_reg_type { 4891 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_COUNTRY, 4892 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_WORLD, 4893 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_CUSTOM_WORLD, 4894 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_INTERSECTION, 4895 }; 4896 4897 /** 4898 * enum nl80211_reg_rule_attr - regulatory rule attributes 4899 * @__NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 4900 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS: a set of flags which specify additional 4901 * considerations for a given frequency range. These are the 4902 * &enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags. 4903 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_START: starting frequencry for the regulatory 4904 * rule in KHz. This is not a center of frequency but an actual regulatory 4905 * band edge. 4906 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_END: ending frequency for the regulatory rule 4907 * in KHz. This is not a center a frequency but an actual regulatory 4908 * band edge. 4909 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW: maximum allowed bandwidth for this 4910 * frequency range, in KHz. 4911 * @NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_ANT_GAIN: the maximum allowed antenna gain 4912 * for a given frequency range. The value is in mBi (100 * dBi). 4913 * If you don't have one then don't send this. 4914 * @NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_EIRP: the maximum allowed EIRP for 4915 * a given frequency range. The value is in mBm (100 * dBm). 4916 * @NL80211_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME: DFS CAC time in milliseconds. 4917 * If not present or 0 default CAC time will be used. 4918 * @NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_PSD: power spectral density (in dBm). 4919 * This could be negative. 4920 * @NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_MAX: highest regulatory rule attribute number 4921 * currently defined 4922 * @__NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use 4923 */ 4924 enum nl80211_reg_rule_attr { 4925 __NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_INVALID, 4926 NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS, 4927 4928 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_START, 4929 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_END, 4930 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW, 4931 4932 NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_ANT_GAIN, 4933 NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_EIRP, 4934 4935 NL80211_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME, 4936 4937 NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_PSD, 4938 4939 /* keep last */ 4940 __NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 4941 NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 4942 }; 4943 4944 /** 4945 * enum nl80211_sched_scan_match_attr - scheduled scan match attributes 4946 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 4947 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID: SSID to be used for matching, 4948 * only report BSS with matching SSID. 4949 * (This cannot be used together with BSSID.) 4950 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI: RSSI threshold (in dBm) for reporting a 4951 * BSS in scan results. Filtering is turned off if not specified. Note that 4952 * if this attribute is in a match set of its own, then it is treated as 4953 * the default value for all matchsets with an SSID, rather than being a 4954 * matchset of its own without an RSSI filter. This is due to problems with 4955 * how this API was implemented in the past. Also, due to the same problem, 4956 * the only way to create a matchset with only an RSSI filter (with this 4957 * attribute) is if there's only a single matchset with the RSSI attribute. 4958 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RELATIVE_RSSI: Flag indicating whether 4959 * %NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI to be used as absolute RSSI or 4960 * relative to current bss's RSSI. 4961 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for 4962 * BSS-es in the specified band is to be adjusted before doing 4963 * RSSI-based BSS selection. The attribute value is a packed structure 4964 * value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust. 4965 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_BSSID: BSSID to be used for matching 4966 * (this cannot be used together with SSID). 4967 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_PER_BAND_RSSI: Obsolete 4968 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX: highest scheduled scan filter 4969 * attribute number currently defined 4970 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use 4971 */ 4972 enum nl80211_sched_scan_match_attr { 4973 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_INVALID, 4974 4975 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID, 4976 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI, 4977 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RELATIVE_RSSI, 4978 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST, 4979 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_BSSID, 4980 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_PER_BAND_RSSI, /* obsolete */ 4981 4982 /* keep last */ 4983 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 4984 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX = 4985 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 4986 }; 4987 4988 /* only for backward compatibility */ 4989 #define NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_SSID NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID 4990 4991 /** 4992 * enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags - regulatory rule flags 4993 * 4994 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_OFDM: OFDM modulation not allowed 4995 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_CCK: CCK modulation not allowed 4996 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_INDOOR: indoor operation not allowed 4997 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_OUTDOOR: outdoor operation not allowed 4998 * @NL80211_RRF_DFS: DFS support is required to be used 4999 * @NL80211_RRF_PTP_ONLY: this is only for Point To Point links 5000 * @NL80211_RRF_PTMP_ONLY: this is only for Point To Multi Point links 5001 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_IR: no mechanisms that initiate radiation are allowed, 5002 * this includes probe requests or modes of operation that require 5003 * beaconing. 5004 * @__NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS: obsolete, same as NO_IR 5005 * @NL80211_RRF_AUTO_BW: maximum available bandwidth should be calculated 5006 * base on contiguous rules and wider channels will be allowed to cross 5007 * multiple contiguous/overlapping frequency ranges. 5008 * @NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT: See %NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT 5009 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS: channels can't be used in HT40- operation 5010 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS: channels can't be used in HT40+ operation 5011 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_80MHZ: 80MHz operation not allowed 5012 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_160MHZ: 160MHz operation not allowed 5013 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_HE: HE operation not allowed 5014 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_320MHZ: 320MHz operation not allowed 5015 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_EHT: EHT operation not allowed 5016 * @NL80211_RRF_PSD: Ruleset has power spectral density value 5017 * @NL80211_RRF_DFS_CONCURRENT: Operation on this channel is allowed for 5018 * peer-to-peer or adhoc communication under the control of a DFS master 5019 * which operates on the same channel (FCC-594280 D01 Section B.3). 5020 * Should be used together with %NL80211_RRF_DFS only. 5021 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_6GHZ_VLP_CLIENT: Client connection to VLP AP not allowed 5022 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_6GHZ_AFC_CLIENT: Client connection to AFC AP not allowed 5023 * @NL80211_RRF_ALLOW_6GHZ_VLP_AP: Very low power (VLP) AP can be permitted 5024 * despite NO_IR configuration. 5025 * @NL80211_RRF_ALLOW_20MHZ_ACTIVITY: Allow activity in 20 MHz bandwidth, 5026 * despite NO_IR configuration. 5027 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_UHR: UHR operation not allowed 5028 */ 5029 enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags { 5030 NL80211_RRF_NO_OFDM = 1 << 0, 5031 NL80211_RRF_NO_CCK = 1 << 1, 5032 NL80211_RRF_NO_INDOOR = 1 << 2, 5033 NL80211_RRF_NO_OUTDOOR = 1 << 3, 5034 NL80211_RRF_DFS = 1 << 4, 5035 NL80211_RRF_PTP_ONLY = 1 << 5, 5036 NL80211_RRF_PTMP_ONLY = 1 << 6, 5037 NL80211_RRF_NO_IR = 1 << 7, 5038 __NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS = 1 << 8, 5039 NL80211_RRF_AUTO_BW = 1 << 11, 5040 NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT = 1 << 12, 5041 NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS = 1 << 13, 5042 NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS = 1 << 14, 5043 NL80211_RRF_NO_80MHZ = 1 << 15, 5044 NL80211_RRF_NO_160MHZ = 1 << 16, 5045 NL80211_RRF_NO_HE = 1 << 17, 5046 NL80211_RRF_NO_320MHZ = 1 << 18, 5047 NL80211_RRF_NO_EHT = 1 << 19, 5048 NL80211_RRF_PSD = 1 << 20, 5049 NL80211_RRF_DFS_CONCURRENT = 1 << 21, 5050 NL80211_RRF_NO_6GHZ_VLP_CLIENT = 1 << 22, 5051 NL80211_RRF_NO_6GHZ_AFC_CLIENT = 1 << 23, 5052 NL80211_RRF_ALLOW_6GHZ_VLP_AP = 1 << 24, 5053 NL80211_RRF_ALLOW_20MHZ_ACTIVITY = 1 << 25, 5054 NL80211_RRF_NO_UHR = 1 << 26, 5055 }; 5056 5057 #define NL80211_RRF_PASSIVE_SCAN NL80211_RRF_NO_IR 5058 #define NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS NL80211_RRF_NO_IR 5059 #define NL80211_RRF_NO_IR NL80211_RRF_NO_IR 5060 #define NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40 (NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS |\ 5061 NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS) 5062 #define NL80211_RRF_GO_CONCURRENT NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT 5063 #define NL80211_RRF_NO_UHB_VLP_CLIENT NL80211_RRF_NO_6GHZ_VLP_CLIENT 5064 #define NL80211_RRF_NO_UHB_AFC_CLIENT NL80211_RRF_NO_6GHZ_AFC_CLIENT 5065 5066 /* For backport compatibility with older userspace */ 5067 #define NL80211_RRF_NO_IR_ALL (NL80211_RRF_NO_IR | __NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS) 5068 5069 /** 5070 * enum nl80211_dfs_regions - regulatory DFS regions 5071 * 5072 * @NL80211_DFS_UNSET: Country has no DFS master region specified 5073 * @NL80211_DFS_FCC: Country follows DFS master rules from FCC 5074 * @NL80211_DFS_ETSI: Country follows DFS master rules from ETSI 5075 * @NL80211_DFS_JP: Country follows DFS master rules from JP/MKK/Telec 5076 */ 5077 enum nl80211_dfs_regions { 5078 NL80211_DFS_UNSET = 0, 5079 NL80211_DFS_FCC = 1, 5080 NL80211_DFS_ETSI = 2, 5081 NL80211_DFS_JP = 3, 5082 }; 5083 5084 /** 5085 * enum nl80211_user_reg_hint_type - type of user regulatory hint 5086 * 5087 * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_USER: a user sent the hint. This is always 5088 * assumed if the attribute is not set. 5089 * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_CELL_BASE: the hint comes from a cellular 5090 * base station. Device drivers that have been tested to work 5091 * properly to support this type of hint can enable these hints 5092 * by setting the NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS feature 5093 * capability on the struct wiphy. The wireless core will 5094 * ignore all cell base station hints until at least one device 5095 * present has been registered with the wireless core that 5096 * has listed NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS as a 5097 * supported feature. 5098 * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_INDOOR: a user sent an hint indicating that the 5099 * platform is operating in an indoor environment. 5100 */ 5101 enum nl80211_user_reg_hint_type { 5102 NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_USER = 0, 5103 NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_CELL_BASE = 1, 5104 NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_INDOOR = 2, 5105 }; 5106 5107 /** 5108 * enum nl80211_survey_info - survey information 5109 * 5110 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO 5111 * when getting information about a survey. 5112 * 5113 * @__NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 5114 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY: center frequency of channel 5115 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_NOISE: noise level of channel (u8, dBm) 5116 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE: channel is currently being used 5117 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME: amount of time (in ms) that the radio 5118 * was turned on (on channel or globally) 5119 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY: amount of the time the primary 5120 * channel was sensed busy (either due to activity or energy detect) 5121 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY: amount of time the extension 5122 * channel was sensed busy 5123 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX: amount of time the radio spent 5124 * receiving data (on channel or globally) 5125 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX: amount of time the radio spent 5126 * transmitting data (on channel or globally) 5127 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN: time the radio spent for scan 5128 * (on this channel or globally) 5129 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment 5130 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BSS_RX: amount of time the radio spent 5131 * receiving frames destined to the local BSS 5132 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_MAX: highest survey info attribute number 5133 * currently defined 5134 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY_OFFSET: center frequency offset in KHz 5135 * @__NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use 5136 */ 5137 enum nl80211_survey_info { 5138 __NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_INVALID, 5139 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY, 5140 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_NOISE, 5141 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE, 5142 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME, 5143 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY, 5144 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY, 5145 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX, 5146 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX, 5147 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN, 5148 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_PAD, 5149 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BSS_RX, 5150 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY_OFFSET, 5151 5152 /* keep last */ 5153 __NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST, 5154 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1 5155 }; 5156 5157 /* keep old names for compatibility */ 5158 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME 5159 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_BUSY NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY 5160 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_EXT_BUSY NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY 5161 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_RX NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX 5162 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_TX NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX 5163 5164 /** 5165 * enum nl80211_mntr_flags - monitor configuration flags 5166 * 5167 * Monitor configuration flags. 5168 * 5169 * @__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID: reserved 5170 * 5171 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL: pass frames with bad FCS 5172 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL: pass frames with bad PLCP 5173 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL: pass control frames 5174 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS: disable BSSID filtering 5175 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES: deprecated 5176 * will unconditionally be refused 5177 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE: use the configured MAC address 5178 * and ACK incoming unicast packets. 5179 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_SKIP_TX: do not pass local tx packets 5180 * 5181 * @__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST: internal use 5182 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_MAX: highest possible monitor flag 5183 */ 5184 enum nl80211_mntr_flags { 5185 __NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID, 5186 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL, 5187 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL, 5188 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL, 5189 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS, 5190 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES, 5191 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE, 5192 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_SKIP_TX, 5193 5194 /* keep last */ 5195 __NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST, 5196 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_MAX = __NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST - 1 5197 }; 5198 5199 /** 5200 * enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode - mesh power save modes 5201 * 5202 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_UNKNOWN: The mesh power mode of the mesh STA is 5203 * not known or has not been set yet. 5204 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_ACTIVE: Active mesh power mode. The mesh STA is 5205 * in Awake state all the time. 5206 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_LIGHT_SLEEP: Light sleep mode. The mesh STA will 5207 * alternate between Active and Doze states, but will wake up for 5208 * neighbor's beacons. 5209 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_DEEP_SLEEP: Deep sleep mode. The mesh STA will 5210 * alternate between Active and Doze states, but may not wake up 5211 * for neighbor's beacons. 5212 * 5213 * @__NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST: internal use 5214 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_MAX: highest possible power save level 5215 */ 5216 5217 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode { 5218 NL80211_MESH_POWER_UNKNOWN, 5219 NL80211_MESH_POWER_ACTIVE, 5220 NL80211_MESH_POWER_LIGHT_SLEEP, 5221 NL80211_MESH_POWER_DEEP_SLEEP, 5222 5223 __NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST, 5224 NL80211_MESH_POWER_MAX = __NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST - 1 5225 }; 5226 5227 /** 5228 * enum nl80211_meshconf_params - mesh configuration parameters 5229 * 5230 * Mesh configuration parameters. These can be changed while the mesh is 5231 * active. 5232 * 5233 * @__NL80211_MESHCONF_INVALID: internal use 5234 * 5235 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_RETRY_TIMEOUT: specifies the initial retry timeout in 5236 * millisecond units, used by the Peer Link Open message 5237 * 5238 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_CONFIRM_TIMEOUT: specifies the initial confirm timeout, in 5239 * millisecond units, used by the peer link management to close a peer link 5240 * 5241 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HOLDING_TIMEOUT: specifies the holding timeout, in 5242 * millisecond units 5243 * 5244 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_PEER_LINKS: maximum number of peer links allowed 5245 * on this mesh interface 5246 * 5247 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_RETRIES: specifies the maximum number of peer link 5248 * open retries that can be sent to establish a new peer link instance in a 5249 * mesh 5250 * 5251 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_TTL: specifies the value of TTL field set at a source mesh 5252 * point. 5253 * 5254 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_AUTO_OPEN_PLINKS: whether we should automatically open 5255 * peer links when we detect compatible mesh peers. Disabled if 5256 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM or @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE are 5257 * set. 5258 * 5259 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_MAX_PREQ_RETRIES: the number of action frames 5260 * containing a PREQ that an MP can send to a particular destination (path 5261 * target) 5262 * 5263 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_PATH_REFRESH_TIME: how frequently to refresh mesh paths 5264 * (in milliseconds) 5265 * 5266 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MIN_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: minimum length of time to wait 5267 * until giving up on a path discovery (in milliseconds) 5268 * 5269 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ACTIVE_PATH_TIMEOUT: The time (in TUs) for which mesh 5270 * points receiving a PREQ shall consider the forwarding information from 5271 * the root to be valid. (TU = time unit) 5272 * 5273 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PREQ_MIN_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time (in 5274 * TUs) during which an MP can send only one action frame containing a PREQ 5275 * reference element 5276 * 5277 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_NET_DIAM_TRVS_TIME: The interval of time (in TUs) 5278 * that it takes for an HWMP information element to propagate across the 5279 * mesh 5280 * 5281 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOTMODE: whether root mode is enabled or not 5282 * 5283 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_ELEMENT_TTL: specifies the value of TTL field set at a 5284 * source mesh point for path selection elements. 5285 * 5286 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_RANN_INTERVAL: The interval of time (in TUs) between 5287 * root announcements are transmitted. 5288 * 5289 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_GATE_ANNOUNCEMENTS: Advertise that this mesh station has 5290 * access to a broader network beyond the MBSS. This is done via Root 5291 * Announcement frames. 5292 * 5293 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PERR_MIN_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time (in 5294 * TUs) during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame containing a 5295 * PERR element. 5296 * 5297 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_FORWARDING: set Mesh STA as forwarding or non-forwarding 5298 * or forwarding entity (default is TRUE - forwarding entity) 5299 * 5300 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_RSSI_THRESHOLD: RSSI threshold in dBm. This specifies the 5301 * threshold for average signal strength of candidate station to establish 5302 * a peer link. 5303 * 5304 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_SYNC_OFFSET_MAX_NEIGHBOR: maximum number of neighbors 5305 * to synchronize to for 11s default synchronization method 5306 * (see 11C.12.2.2) 5307 * 5308 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HT_OPMODE: set mesh HT protection mode. 5309 * 5310 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_MAX: highest possible mesh configuration attribute 5311 * 5312 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PATH_TO_ROOT_TIMEOUT: The time (in TUs) for 5313 * which mesh STAs receiving a proactive PREQ shall consider the forwarding 5314 * information to the root mesh STA to be valid. 5315 * 5316 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOT_INTERVAL: The interval of time (in TUs) between 5317 * proactive PREQs are transmitted. 5318 * 5319 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_CONFIRMATION_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time 5320 * (in TUs) during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame 5321 * containing a PREQ element for root path confirmation. 5322 * 5323 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_POWER_MODE: Default mesh power mode for new peer links. 5324 * type &enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode (u32) 5325 * 5326 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_AWAKE_WINDOW: awake window duration (in TUs) 5327 * 5328 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_PLINK_TIMEOUT: If no tx activity is seen from a STA we've 5329 * established peering with for longer than this time (in seconds), then 5330 * remove it from the STA's list of peers. You may set this to 0 to disable 5331 * the removal of the STA. Default is 30 minutes. 5332 * 5333 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_CONNECTED_TO_GATE: If set to true then this mesh STA 5334 * will advertise that it is connected to a gate in the mesh formation 5335 * field. If left unset then the mesh formation field will only 5336 * advertise such if there is an active root mesh path. 5337 * 5338 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_NOLEARN: Try to avoid multi-hop path discovery (e.g. 5339 * PREQ/PREP for HWMP) if the destination is a direct neighbor. Note that 5340 * this might not be the optimal decision as a multi-hop route might be 5341 * better. So if using this setting you will likely also want to disable 5342 * dot11MeshForwarding and use another mesh routing protocol on top. 5343 * 5344 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_CONNECTED_TO_AS: If set to true then this mesh STA 5345 * will advertise that it is connected to a authentication server 5346 * in the mesh formation field. 5347 * 5348 * @__NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use 5349 */ 5350 enum nl80211_meshconf_params { 5351 __NL80211_MESHCONF_INVALID, 5352 NL80211_MESHCONF_RETRY_TIMEOUT, 5353 NL80211_MESHCONF_CONFIRM_TIMEOUT, 5354 NL80211_MESHCONF_HOLDING_TIMEOUT, 5355 NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_PEER_LINKS, 5356 NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_RETRIES, 5357 NL80211_MESHCONF_TTL, 5358 NL80211_MESHCONF_AUTO_OPEN_PLINKS, 5359 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_MAX_PREQ_RETRIES, 5360 NL80211_MESHCONF_PATH_REFRESH_TIME, 5361 NL80211_MESHCONF_MIN_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT, 5362 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ACTIVE_PATH_TIMEOUT, 5363 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PREQ_MIN_INTERVAL, 5364 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_NET_DIAM_TRVS_TIME, 5365 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOTMODE, 5366 NL80211_MESHCONF_ELEMENT_TTL, 5367 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_RANN_INTERVAL, 5368 NL80211_MESHCONF_GATE_ANNOUNCEMENTS, 5369 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PERR_MIN_INTERVAL, 5370 NL80211_MESHCONF_FORWARDING, 5371 NL80211_MESHCONF_RSSI_THRESHOLD, 5372 NL80211_MESHCONF_SYNC_OFFSET_MAX_NEIGHBOR, 5373 NL80211_MESHCONF_HT_OPMODE, 5374 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PATH_TO_ROOT_TIMEOUT, 5375 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOT_INTERVAL, 5376 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_CONFIRMATION_INTERVAL, 5377 NL80211_MESHCONF_POWER_MODE, 5378 NL80211_MESHCONF_AWAKE_WINDOW, 5379 NL80211_MESHCONF_PLINK_TIMEOUT, 5380 NL80211_MESHCONF_CONNECTED_TO_GATE, 5381 NL80211_MESHCONF_NOLEARN, 5382 NL80211_MESHCONF_CONNECTED_TO_AS, 5383 5384 /* keep last */ 5385 __NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 5386 NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 5387 }; 5388 5389 /** 5390 * enum nl80211_mesh_setup_params - mesh setup parameters 5391 * 5392 * Mesh setup parameters. These are used to start/join a mesh and cannot be 5393 * changed while the mesh is active. 5394 * 5395 * @__NL80211_MESH_SETUP_INVALID: Internal use 5396 * 5397 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_PATH_SEL: Enable this option to use a 5398 * vendor specific path selection algorithm or disable it to use the 5399 * default HWMP. 5400 * 5401 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_METRIC: Enable this option to use a 5402 * vendor specific path metric or disable it to use the default Airtime 5403 * metric. 5404 * 5405 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE: Information elements for this mesh, for instance, a 5406 * robust security network ie, or a vendor specific information element 5407 * that vendors will use to identify the path selection methods and 5408 * metrics in use. 5409 * 5410 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH: Enable this option if an authentication 5411 * daemon will be authenticating mesh candidates. 5412 * 5413 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE: Enable this option if an authentication 5414 * daemon will be securing peer link frames. AMPE is a secured version of 5415 * Mesh Peering Management (MPM) and is implemented with the assistance of 5416 * a userspace daemon. When this flag is set, the kernel will send peer 5417 * management frames to a userspace daemon that will implement AMPE 5418 * functionality (security capabilities selection, key confirmation, and 5419 * key management). When the flag is unset (default), the kernel can 5420 * autonomously complete (unsecured) mesh peering without the need of a 5421 * userspace daemon. 5422 * 5423 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_SYNC: Enable this option to use a 5424 * vendor specific synchronization method or disable it to use the default 5425 * neighbor offset synchronization 5426 * 5427 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM: Enable this option if userspace will 5428 * implement an MPM which handles peer allocation and state. 5429 * 5430 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_AUTH_PROTOCOL: Inform the kernel of the authentication 5431 * method (u8, as defined in IEEE 8.4.2.100.6, e.g. 0x1 for SAE). 5432 * Default is no authentication method required. 5433 * 5434 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_MAX: highest possible mesh setup attribute number 5435 * 5436 * @__NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal use 5437 */ 5438 enum nl80211_mesh_setup_params { 5439 __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_INVALID, 5440 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_PATH_SEL, 5441 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_METRIC, 5442 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE, 5443 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH, 5444 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE, 5445 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_SYNC, 5446 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM, 5447 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_AUTH_PROTOCOL, 5448 5449 /* keep last */ 5450 __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 5451 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 5452 }; 5453 5454 /** 5455 * enum nl80211_txq_attr - TX queue parameter attributes 5456 * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_INVALID: Attribute number 0 is reserved 5457 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC: AC identifier (NL80211_AC_*) 5458 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_TXOP: Maximum burst time in units of 32 usecs, 0 meaning 5459 * disabled 5460 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMIN: Minimum contention window [a value of the form 5461 * 2^n-1 in the range 1..32767] 5462 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMAX: Maximum contention window [a value of the form 5463 * 2^n-1 in the range 1..32767] 5464 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AIFS: Arbitration interframe space [0..255] 5465 * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal 5466 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_MAX: Maximum TXQ attribute number 5467 */ 5468 enum nl80211_txq_attr { 5469 __NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_INVALID, 5470 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC, 5471 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_TXOP, 5472 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMIN, 5473 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMAX, 5474 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AIFS, 5475 5476 /* keep last */ 5477 __NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 5478 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 5479 }; 5480 5481 enum nl80211_ac { 5482 NL80211_AC_VO, 5483 NL80211_AC_VI, 5484 NL80211_AC_BE, 5485 NL80211_AC_BK, 5486 NL80211_NUM_ACS 5487 }; 5488 5489 /* backward compat */ 5490 #define NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_QUEUE NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC 5491 #define NL80211_TXQ_Q_VO NL80211_AC_VO 5492 #define NL80211_TXQ_Q_VI NL80211_AC_VI 5493 #define NL80211_TXQ_Q_BE NL80211_AC_BE 5494 #define NL80211_TXQ_Q_BK NL80211_AC_BK 5495 5496 /** 5497 * enum nl80211_channel_type - channel type 5498 * @NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT: 20 MHz, non-HT channel 5499 * @NL80211_CHAN_HT20: 20 MHz HT channel 5500 * @NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS: HT40 channel, secondary channel 5501 * below the control channel 5502 * @NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS: HT40 channel, secondary channel 5503 * above the control channel 5504 */ 5505 enum nl80211_channel_type { 5506 NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT, 5507 NL80211_CHAN_HT20, 5508 NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS, 5509 NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS 5510 }; 5511 5512 /** 5513 * enum nl80211_key_mode - Key mode 5514 * 5515 * @NL80211_KEY_RX_TX: (Default) 5516 * Key can be used for Rx and Tx immediately 5517 * 5518 * The following modes can only be selected for unicast keys and when the 5519 * driver supports @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_EXT_KEY_ID: 5520 * 5521 * @NL80211_KEY_NO_TX: Only allowed in combination with @NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY: 5522 * Unicast key can only be used for Rx, Tx not allowed, yet 5523 * @NL80211_KEY_SET_TX: Only allowed in combination with @NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY: 5524 * The unicast key identified by idx and mac is cleared for Tx and becomes 5525 * the preferred Tx key for the station. 5526 */ 5527 enum nl80211_key_mode { 5528 NL80211_KEY_RX_TX, 5529 NL80211_KEY_NO_TX, 5530 NL80211_KEY_SET_TX 5531 }; 5532 5533 /** 5534 * enum nl80211_chan_width - channel width definitions 5535 * 5536 * These values are used with the %NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH 5537 * attribute. 5538 * 5539 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT: 20 MHz, non-HT channel 5540 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20: 20 MHz HT channel 5541 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40: 40 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1 5542 * attribute must be provided as well 5543 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80: 80 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1 5544 * attribute must be provided as well 5545 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80P80: 80+80 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1 5546 * and %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2 attributes must be provided as well 5547 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_160: 160 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1 5548 * attribute must be provided as well 5549 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5: 5 MHz OFDM channel 5550 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10: 10 MHz OFDM channel 5551 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_1: 1 MHz OFDM channel 5552 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_2: 2 MHz OFDM channel 5553 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_4: 4 MHz OFDM channel 5554 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_8: 8 MHz OFDM channel 5555 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_16: 16 MHz OFDM channel 5556 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_320: 320 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1 5557 * attribute must be provided as well 5558 */ 5559 enum nl80211_chan_width { 5560 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT, 5561 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20, 5562 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40, 5563 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80, 5564 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80P80, 5565 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_160, 5566 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5, 5567 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10, 5568 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_1, 5569 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_2, 5570 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_4, 5571 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_8, 5572 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_16, 5573 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_320, 5574 }; 5575 5576 /** 5577 * enum nl80211_bss_scan_width - control channel width for a BSS 5578 * 5579 * These values are used with the %NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH attribute. 5580 * 5581 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20: control channel is 20 MHz wide or compatible 5582 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_10: control channel is 10 MHz wide 5583 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_5: control channel is 5 MHz wide 5584 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_1: control channel is 1 MHz wide 5585 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_2: control channel is 2 MHz wide 5586 */ 5587 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width { 5588 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20, 5589 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_10, 5590 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_5, 5591 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_1, 5592 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_2, 5593 }; 5594 5595 /** 5596 * enum nl80211_bss_use_for - bitmap indicating possible BSS use 5597 * @NL80211_BSS_USE_FOR_NORMAL: Use this BSS for normal "connection", 5598 * including IBSS/MBSS depending on the type. 5599 * @NL80211_BSS_USE_FOR_MLD_LINK: This BSS can be used as a link in an 5600 * MLO connection. Note that for an MLO connection, all links including 5601 * the assoc link must have this flag set, and the assoc link must 5602 * additionally have %NL80211_BSS_USE_FOR_NORMAL set. 5603 */ 5604 enum nl80211_bss_use_for { 5605 NL80211_BSS_USE_FOR_NORMAL = 1 << 0, 5606 NL80211_BSS_USE_FOR_MLD_LINK = 1 << 1, 5607 }; 5608 5609 /** 5610 * enum nl80211_bss_cannot_use_reasons - reason(s) connection to a 5611 * BSS isn't possible 5612 * @NL80211_BSS_CANNOT_USE_NSTR_NONPRIMARY: NSTR nonprimary links aren't 5613 * supported by the device, and this BSS entry represents one. 5614 * @NL80211_BSS_CANNOT_USE_6GHZ_PWR_MISMATCH: STA is not supporting 5615 * the AP power type (SP, VLP, AP) that the AP uses. 5616 */ 5617 enum nl80211_bss_cannot_use_reasons { 5618 NL80211_BSS_CANNOT_USE_NSTR_NONPRIMARY = 1 << 0, 5619 NL80211_BSS_CANNOT_USE_6GHZ_PWR_MISMATCH = 1 << 1, 5620 }; 5621 5622 #define NL80211_BSS_CANNOT_USE_UHB_PWR_MISMATCH \ 5623 NL80211_BSS_CANNOT_USE_6GHZ_PWR_MISMATCH 5624 5625 /** 5626 * enum nl80211_bss - netlink attributes for a BSS 5627 * 5628 * @__NL80211_BSS_INVALID: invalid 5629 * @NL80211_BSS_BSSID: BSSID of the BSS (6 octets) 5630 * @NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY: frequency in MHz (u32) 5631 * @NL80211_BSS_TSF: TSF of the received probe response/beacon (u64) 5632 * (if @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA is present then this is known to be 5633 * from a probe response, otherwise it may be from the same beacon 5634 * that the NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF will be from) 5635 * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_INTERVAL: beacon interval of the (I)BSS (u16) 5636 * @NL80211_BSS_CAPABILITY: capability field (CPU order, u16) 5637 * @NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS: binary attribute containing the 5638 * raw information elements from the probe response/beacon (bin); 5639 * if the %NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES attribute is present and the data is 5640 * different then the IEs here are from a Probe Response frame; otherwise 5641 * they are from a Beacon frame. 5642 * However, if the driver does not indicate the source of the IEs, these 5643 * IEs may be from either frame subtype. 5644 * If present, the @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA attribute indicates that the 5645 * data here is known to be from a probe response, without any heuristics. 5646 * @NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_MBM: signal strength of probe response/beacon 5647 * in mBm (100 * dBm) (s32) 5648 * @NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_UNSPEC: signal strength of the probe response/beacon 5649 * in unspecified units, scaled to 0..100 (u8) 5650 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS: status, if this BSS is "used" 5651 * @NL80211_BSS_SEEN_MS_AGO: age of this BSS entry in ms 5652 * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES: binary attribute containing the raw information 5653 * elements from a Beacon frame (bin); not present if no Beacon frame has 5654 * yet been received 5655 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH: channel width of the control channel 5656 * (u32, enum nl80211_bss_scan_width) - No longer used! 5657 * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF: TSF of the last received beacon (u64) 5658 * (not present if no beacon frame has been received yet) 5659 * @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA: the data in @NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS and 5660 * @NL80211_BSS_TSF is known to be from a probe response (flag attribute) 5661 * @NL80211_BSS_LAST_SEEN_BOOTTIME: CLOCK_BOOTTIME timestamp when this entry 5662 * was last updated by a received frame. The value is expected to be 5663 * accurate to about 10ms. (u64, nanoseconds) 5664 * @NL80211_BSS_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment 5665 * @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF: the time at the start of reception of the first 5666 * octet of the timestamp field of the last beacon/probe received for 5667 * this BSS. The time is the TSF of the BSS specified by 5668 * @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID. (u64). 5669 * @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID: the BSS according to which @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF 5670 * is set. 5671 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAIN_SIGNAL: per-chain signal strength of last BSS update. 5672 * Contains a nested array of signal strength attributes (u8, dBm), 5673 * using the nesting index as the antenna number. 5674 * @NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY_OFFSET: frequency offset in KHz 5675 * @NL80211_BSS_MLO_LINK_ID: MLO link ID of the BSS (u8). 5676 * @NL80211_BSS_MLD_ADDR: MLD address of this BSS if connected to it. 5677 * @NL80211_BSS_USE_FOR: u32 bitmap attribute indicating what the BSS can be 5678 * used for, see &enum nl80211_bss_use_for. 5679 * @NL80211_BSS_CANNOT_USE_REASONS: Indicates the reason that this BSS cannot 5680 * be used for all or some of the possible uses by the device reporting it, 5681 * even though its presence was detected. 5682 * This is a u64 attribute containing a bitmap of values from 5683 * &enum nl80211_cannot_use_reasons, note that the attribute may be missing 5684 * if no reasons are specified. 5685 * @__NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST: internal 5686 * @NL80211_BSS_MAX: highest BSS attribute 5687 */ 5688 enum nl80211_bss { 5689 __NL80211_BSS_INVALID, 5690 NL80211_BSS_BSSID, 5691 NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY, 5692 NL80211_BSS_TSF, 5693 NL80211_BSS_BEACON_INTERVAL, 5694 NL80211_BSS_CAPABILITY, 5695 NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS, 5696 NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_MBM, 5697 NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_UNSPEC, 5698 NL80211_BSS_STATUS, 5699 NL80211_BSS_SEEN_MS_AGO, 5700 NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES, 5701 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH, 5702 NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF, 5703 NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA, 5704 NL80211_BSS_LAST_SEEN_BOOTTIME, 5705 NL80211_BSS_PAD, 5706 NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF, 5707 NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID, 5708 NL80211_BSS_CHAIN_SIGNAL, 5709 NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY_OFFSET, 5710 NL80211_BSS_MLO_LINK_ID, 5711 NL80211_BSS_MLD_ADDR, 5712 NL80211_BSS_USE_FOR, 5713 NL80211_BSS_CANNOT_USE_REASONS, 5714 5715 /* keep last */ 5716 __NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST, 5717 NL80211_BSS_MAX = __NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST - 1 5718 }; 5719 5720 /** 5721 * enum nl80211_bss_status - BSS "status" 5722 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_AUTHENTICATED: Authenticated with this BSS. 5723 * Note that this is no longer used since cfg80211 no longer 5724 * keeps track of whether or not authentication was done with 5725 * a given BSS. 5726 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_ASSOCIATED: Associated with this BSS. 5727 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_IBSS_JOINED: Joined to this IBSS. 5728 * 5729 * The BSS status is a BSS attribute in scan dumps, which 5730 * indicates the status the interface has wrt. this BSS. 5731 */ 5732 enum nl80211_bss_status { 5733 NL80211_BSS_STATUS_AUTHENTICATED, 5734 NL80211_BSS_STATUS_ASSOCIATED, 5735 NL80211_BSS_STATUS_IBSS_JOINED, 5736 }; 5737 5738 /** 5739 * enum nl80211_auth_type - AuthenticationType 5740 * 5741 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_OPEN_SYSTEM: Open System authentication 5742 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SHARED_KEY: Shared Key authentication (WEP only) 5743 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FT: Fast BSS Transition (IEEE 802.11r) 5744 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NETWORK_EAP: Network EAP (some Cisco APs and mainly LEAP) 5745 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SAE: Simultaneous authentication of equals 5746 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK: Fast Initial Link Setup shared key 5747 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK_PFS: Fast Initial Link Setup shared key with PFS 5748 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_PK: Fast Initial Link Setup public key 5749 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_EPPKE: Enhanced Privacy Protection Key Exchange 5750 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_IEEE8021X: IEEE 802.1X authentication utilizing 5751 * Authentication frames 5752 * @__NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM: internal 5753 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_MAX: maximum valid auth algorithm 5754 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_AUTOMATIC: determine automatically (if necessary by 5755 * trying multiple times); this is invalid in netlink -- leave out 5756 * the attribute for this on CONNECT commands. 5757 */ 5758 enum nl80211_auth_type { 5759 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_OPEN_SYSTEM, 5760 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SHARED_KEY, 5761 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FT, 5762 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NETWORK_EAP, 5763 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SAE, 5764 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK, 5765 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK_PFS, 5766 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_PK, 5767 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_EPPKE, 5768 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_IEEE8021X, 5769 5770 /* keep last */ 5771 __NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM, 5772 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_MAX = __NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM - 1, 5773 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_AUTOMATIC 5774 }; 5775 5776 /** 5777 * enum nl80211_key_type - Key Type 5778 * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_GROUP: Group (broadcast/multicast) key 5779 * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_PAIRWISE: Pairwise (unicast/individual) key 5780 * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_PEERKEY: PeerKey (DLS) 5781 * @NUM_NL80211_KEYTYPES: number of defined key types 5782 */ 5783 enum nl80211_key_type { 5784 NL80211_KEYTYPE_GROUP, 5785 NL80211_KEYTYPE_PAIRWISE, 5786 NL80211_KEYTYPE_PEERKEY, 5787 5788 NUM_NL80211_KEYTYPES 5789 }; 5790 5791 /** 5792 * enum nl80211_mfp - Management frame protection state 5793 * @NL80211_MFP_NO: Management frame protection not used 5794 * @NL80211_MFP_REQUIRED: Management frame protection required 5795 * @NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL: Management frame protection is optional 5796 */ 5797 enum nl80211_mfp { 5798 NL80211_MFP_NO, 5799 NL80211_MFP_REQUIRED, 5800 NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL, 5801 }; 5802 5803 enum nl80211_wpa_versions { 5804 NL80211_WPA_VERSION_1 = 1 << 0, 5805 NL80211_WPA_VERSION_2 = 1 << 1, 5806 NL80211_WPA_VERSION_3 = 1 << 2, 5807 }; 5808 5809 /** 5810 * enum nl80211_key_default_types - key default types 5811 * @__NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_INVALID: invalid 5812 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_UNICAST: key should be used as default 5813 * unicast key 5814 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_MULTICAST: key should be used as default 5815 * multicast key 5816 * @NUM_NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: number of default types 5817 */ 5818 enum nl80211_key_default_types { 5819 __NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_INVALID, 5820 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_UNICAST, 5821 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_MULTICAST, 5822 5823 NUM_NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES 5824 }; 5825 5826 /** 5827 * enum nl80211_key_attributes - key attributes 5828 * @__NL80211_KEY_INVALID: invalid 5829 * @NL80211_KEY_DATA: (temporal) key data; for TKIP this consists of 5830 * 16 bytes encryption key followed by 8 bytes each for TX and RX MIC 5831 * keys 5832 * @NL80211_KEY_IDX: key ID (u8, 0-3) 5833 * @NL80211_KEY_CIPHER: key cipher suite (u32, as defined by IEEE 802.11 5834 * section 7.3.2.25.1, e.g. 0x000FAC04) 5835 * @NL80211_KEY_SEQ: transmit key sequence number (IV/PN) for TKIP and 5836 * CCMP keys, each six bytes in little endian 5837 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT: flag indicating default key 5838 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT: flag indicating default management key 5839 * @NL80211_KEY_TYPE: the key type from enum nl80211_key_type, if not 5840 * specified the default depends on whether a MAC address was 5841 * given with the command using the key or not (u32) 5842 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: A nested attribute containing flags 5843 * attributes, specifying what a key should be set as default as. 5844 * See &enum nl80211_key_default_types. 5845 * @NL80211_KEY_MODE: the mode from enum nl80211_key_mode. 5846 * Defaults to @NL80211_KEY_RX_TX. 5847 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_BEACON: flag indicating default Beacon frame key 5848 * @NL80211_KEY_LTF_SEED: LTF key seed is used by the driver to generate 5849 * secure LTF keys used in case of peer measurement request with FTM 5850 * request type as either %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED 5851 * or %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED. Secure LTF key seeds 5852 * will help enable PHY security in peer measurement session. 5853 * The LTF key seed is installed along with the TK (Temporal Key) using 5854 * %NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY. The TK is configured using the 5855 * %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA attribute, while the LTF key seed is configured 5856 * using this attribute. Both keys must be configured before initiation 5857 * of peer measurement to ensure peer measurement session is secure. 5858 * Only valid if %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SET_KEY_LTF_SEED is set. This 5859 * attribute is restricted to pairwise keys (%NL80211_KEYTYPE_PAIRWISE). 5860 * 5861 * @__NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST: internal 5862 * @NL80211_KEY_MAX: highest key attribute 5863 */ 5864 enum nl80211_key_attributes { 5865 __NL80211_KEY_INVALID, 5866 NL80211_KEY_DATA, 5867 NL80211_KEY_IDX, 5868 NL80211_KEY_CIPHER, 5869 NL80211_KEY_SEQ, 5870 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT, 5871 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT, 5872 NL80211_KEY_TYPE, 5873 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES, 5874 NL80211_KEY_MODE, 5875 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_BEACON, 5876 NL80211_KEY_LTF_SEED, 5877 5878 /* keep last */ 5879 __NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST, 5880 NL80211_KEY_MAX = __NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST - 1 5881 }; 5882 5883 /** 5884 * enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes - TX rate set attributes 5885 * @__NL80211_TXRATE_INVALID: invalid 5886 * @NL80211_TXRATE_LEGACY: Legacy (non-MCS) rates allowed for TX rate selection 5887 * in an array of rates as defined in IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 (u8 values with 5888 * 1 = 500 kbps) but without the IE length restriction (at most 5889 * %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES in a single array). 5890 * @NL80211_TXRATE_HT: HT (MCS) rates allowed for TX rate selection 5891 * in an array of MCS numbers. 5892 * @NL80211_TXRATE_VHT: VHT rates allowed for TX rate selection, 5893 * see &struct nl80211_txrate_vht 5894 * @NL80211_TXRATE_GI: configure GI, see &enum nl80211_txrate_gi 5895 * @NL80211_TXRATE_HE: HE rates allowed for TX rate selection, 5896 * see &struct nl80211_txrate_he 5897 * @NL80211_TXRATE_HE_GI: configure HE GI, 0.8us, 1.6us and 3.2us. 5898 * @NL80211_TXRATE_HE_LTF: configure HE LTF, 1XLTF, 2XLTF and 4XLTF. 5899 * @NL80211_TXRATE_EHT: EHT rates allowed for TX rate selection, 5900 * see &struct nl80211_txrate_eht 5901 * @NL80211_TXRATE_EHT_GI: configure EHT GI, (u8, see &enum nl80211_eht_gi) 5902 * @NL80211_TXRATE_EHT_LTF: configure EHT LTF, (u8, see &enum nl80211_eht_ltf) 5903 * @__NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST: internal 5904 * @NL80211_TXRATE_MAX: highest TX rate attribute 5905 */ 5906 enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes { 5907 __NL80211_TXRATE_INVALID, 5908 NL80211_TXRATE_LEGACY, 5909 NL80211_TXRATE_HT, 5910 NL80211_TXRATE_VHT, 5911 NL80211_TXRATE_GI, 5912 NL80211_TXRATE_HE, 5913 NL80211_TXRATE_HE_GI, 5914 NL80211_TXRATE_HE_LTF, 5915 NL80211_TXRATE_EHT, 5916 NL80211_TXRATE_EHT_GI, 5917 NL80211_TXRATE_EHT_LTF, 5918 5919 /* keep last */ 5920 __NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST, 5921 NL80211_TXRATE_MAX = __NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST - 1 5922 }; 5923 5924 #define NL80211_TXRATE_MCS NL80211_TXRATE_HT 5925 #define NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX 8 5926 5927 /** 5928 * struct nl80211_txrate_vht - VHT MCS/NSS txrate bitmap 5929 * @mcs: MCS bitmap table for each NSS (array index 0 for 1 stream, etc.) 5930 */ 5931 struct nl80211_txrate_vht { 5932 __u16 mcs[NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX]; 5933 }; 5934 5935 #define NL80211_HE_NSS_MAX 8 5936 /** 5937 * struct nl80211_txrate_he - HE MCS/NSS txrate bitmap 5938 * @mcs: MCS bitmap table for each NSS (array index 0 for 1 stream, etc.) 5939 */ 5940 struct nl80211_txrate_he { 5941 __u16 mcs[NL80211_HE_NSS_MAX]; 5942 }; 5943 5944 enum nl80211_txrate_gi { 5945 NL80211_TXRATE_DEFAULT_GI, 5946 NL80211_TXRATE_FORCE_SGI, 5947 NL80211_TXRATE_FORCE_LGI, 5948 }; 5949 5950 #define NL80211_EHT_NSS_MAX 16 5951 /** 5952 * struct nl80211_txrate_eht - EHT MCS/NSS txrate bitmap 5953 * @mcs: MCS bitmap table for each NSS (array index 0 for 1 stream, etc.) 5954 */ 5955 struct nl80211_txrate_eht { 5956 __u16 mcs[NL80211_EHT_NSS_MAX]; 5957 }; 5958 5959 /** 5960 * enum nl80211_band - Frequency band 5961 * @NL80211_BAND_2GHZ: 2.4 GHz ISM band 5962 * @NL80211_BAND_5GHZ: around 5 GHz band (4.9 - 5.7 GHz) 5963 * @NL80211_BAND_60GHZ: around 60 GHz band (58.32 - 69.12 GHz) 5964 * @NL80211_BAND_6GHZ: around 6 GHz band (5.9 - 7.2 GHz) 5965 * @NL80211_BAND_S1GHZ: around 900MHz, supported by S1G PHYs 5966 * @NL80211_BAND_LC: light communication band (placeholder) 5967 * @NUM_NL80211_BANDS: number of bands, avoid using this in userspace 5968 * since newer kernel versions may support more bands 5969 */ 5970 enum nl80211_band { 5971 NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, 5972 NL80211_BAND_5GHZ, 5973 NL80211_BAND_60GHZ, 5974 NL80211_BAND_6GHZ, 5975 NL80211_BAND_S1GHZ, 5976 NL80211_BAND_LC, 5977 5978 NUM_NL80211_BANDS, 5979 }; 5980 5981 /** 5982 * enum nl80211_ps_state - powersave state 5983 * @NL80211_PS_DISABLED: powersave is disabled 5984 * @NL80211_PS_ENABLED: powersave is enabled 5985 */ 5986 enum nl80211_ps_state { 5987 NL80211_PS_DISABLED, 5988 NL80211_PS_ENABLED, 5989 }; 5990 5991 /** 5992 * enum nl80211_attr_cqm - connection quality monitor attributes 5993 * @__NL80211_ATTR_CQM_INVALID: invalid 5994 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD: RSSI threshold in dBm. This value specifies 5995 * the threshold for the RSSI level at which an event will be sent. Zero 5996 * to disable. Alternatively, if %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST is 5997 * set, multiple values can be supplied as a low-to-high sorted array of 5998 * threshold values in dBm. Events will be sent when the RSSI value 5999 * crosses any of the thresholds. 6000 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_HYST: RSSI hysteresis in dBm. This value specifies 6001 * the minimum amount the RSSI level must change after an event before a 6002 * new event may be issued (to reduce effects of RSSI oscillation). 6003 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT: RSSI threshold event 6004 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_PKT_LOSS_EVENT: a u32 value indicating that this many 6005 * consecutive packets were not acknowledged by the peer 6006 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE: TX error rate in %. Minimum % of TX failures 6007 * during the given %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL before an 6008 * %NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM with reported %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE and 6009 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS is generated. 6010 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS: number of attempted packets in a given 6011 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL before %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE is 6012 * checked. 6013 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL: interval in seconds. Specifies the periodic 6014 * interval in which %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS and 6015 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE must be satisfied before generating an 6016 * %NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM. Set to 0 to turn off TX error reporting. 6017 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT: flag attribute that's set in a beacon 6018 * loss event 6019 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_LEVEL: the RSSI value in dBm that triggered the 6020 * RSSI threshold event. 6021 * @__NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST: internal 6022 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_MAX: highest key attribute 6023 */ 6024 enum nl80211_attr_cqm { 6025 __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_INVALID, 6026 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD, 6027 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_HYST, 6028 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT, 6029 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_PKT_LOSS_EVENT, 6030 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE, 6031 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS, 6032 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL, 6033 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT, 6034 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_LEVEL, 6035 6036 /* keep last */ 6037 __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST, 6038 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_MAX = __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST - 1 6039 }; 6040 6041 /** 6042 * enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event - RSSI threshold event 6043 * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_LOW: The RSSI level is lower than the 6044 * configured threshold 6045 * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_HIGH: The RSSI is higher than the 6046 * configured threshold 6047 * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT: (reserved, never sent) 6048 */ 6049 enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event { 6050 NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_LOW, 6051 NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_HIGH, 6052 NL80211_CQM_RSSI_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT, 6053 }; 6054 6055 6056 /** 6057 * enum nl80211_tx_power_setting - TX power adjustment 6058 * @NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC: automatically determine transmit power 6059 * @NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED: limit TX power by the mBm parameter 6060 * @NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED: fix TX power to the mBm parameter 6061 */ 6062 enum nl80211_tx_power_setting { 6063 NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC, 6064 NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED, 6065 NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED, 6066 }; 6067 6068 /** 6069 * enum nl80211_tid_config - TID config state 6070 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ENABLE: Enable config for the TID 6071 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_DISABLE: Disable config for the TID 6072 */ 6073 enum nl80211_tid_config { 6074 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ENABLE, 6075 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_DISABLE, 6076 }; 6077 6078 /* enum nl80211_tx_rate_setting - TX rate configuration type 6079 * @NL80211_TX_RATE_AUTOMATIC: automatically determine TX rate 6080 * @NL80211_TX_RATE_LIMITED: limit the TX rate by the TX rate parameter 6081 * @NL80211_TX_RATE_FIXED: fix TX rate to the TX rate parameter 6082 */ 6083 enum nl80211_tx_rate_setting { 6084 NL80211_TX_RATE_AUTOMATIC, 6085 NL80211_TX_RATE_LIMITED, 6086 NL80211_TX_RATE_FIXED, 6087 }; 6088 6089 /* enum nl80211_tid_config_attr - TID specific configuration. 6090 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_PAD: pad attribute for 64-bit values 6091 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_VIF_SUPP: a bitmap (u64) of attributes supported 6092 * for per-vif configuration; doesn't list the ones that are generic 6093 * (%NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS, %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_OVERRIDE). 6094 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_PEER_SUPP: same as the previous per-vif one, but 6095 * per peer instead. 6096 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_OVERRIDE: flag attribute, if set indicates 6097 * that the new configuration overrides all previous peer 6098 * configurations, otherwise previous peer specific configurations 6099 * should be left untouched. 6100 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS: a bitmask value of TIDs (bit 0 to 7) 6101 * Its type is u16. 6102 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_NOACK: Configure ack policy for the TID. 6103 * specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TID. see %enum nl80211_tid_config. 6104 * Its type is u8. 6105 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_SHORT: Number of retries used with data frame 6106 * transmission, user-space sets this configuration in 6107 * &NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG. It is u8 type, min value is 1 and 6108 * the max value is advertised by the driver in this attribute on 6109 * output in wiphy capabilities. 6110 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_LONG: Number of retries used with data frame 6111 * transmission, user-space sets this configuration in 6112 * &NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG. Its type is u8, min value is 1 and 6113 * the max value is advertised by the driver in this attribute on 6114 * output in wiphy capabilities. 6115 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AMPDU_CTRL: Enable/Disable MPDU aggregation 6116 * for the TIDs specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS. 6117 * Its type is u8, using the values from &nl80211_tid_config. 6118 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RTSCTS_CTRL: Enable/Disable RTS_CTS for the TIDs 6119 * specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS. It is u8 type, using 6120 * the values from &nl80211_tid_config. 6121 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AMSDU_CTRL: Enable/Disable MSDU aggregation 6122 * for the TIDs specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS. 6123 * Its type is u8, using the values from &nl80211_tid_config. 6124 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_RATE_TYPE: This attribute will be useful 6125 * to notfiy the driver that what type of txrate should be used 6126 * for the TIDs specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS. using 6127 * the values form &nl80211_tx_rate_setting. 6128 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_RATE: Data frame TX rate mask should be applied 6129 * with the parameters passed through %NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES. 6130 * configuration is applied to the data frame for the tid to that connected 6131 * station. 6132 */ 6133 enum nl80211_tid_config_attr { 6134 __NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_INVALID, 6135 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_PAD, 6136 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_VIF_SUPP, 6137 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_PEER_SUPP, 6138 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_OVERRIDE, 6139 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS, 6140 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_NOACK, 6141 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_SHORT, 6142 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_LONG, 6143 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AMPDU_CTRL, 6144 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RTSCTS_CTRL, 6145 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AMSDU_CTRL, 6146 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_RATE_TYPE, 6147 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_RATE, 6148 6149 /* keep last */ 6150 __NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 6151 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 6152 }; 6153 6154 /** 6155 * enum nl80211_packet_pattern_attr - packet pattern attribute 6156 * @__NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute 6157 * @NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN: the pattern, values where the mask has 6158 * a zero bit are ignored 6159 * @NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK: pattern mask, must be long enough to have 6160 * a bit for each byte in the pattern. The lowest-order bit corresponds 6161 * to the first byte of the pattern, but the bytes of the pattern are 6162 * in a little-endian-like format, i.e. the 9th byte of the pattern 6163 * corresponds to the lowest-order bit in the second byte of the mask. 6164 * For example: The match 00:xx:00:00:xx:00:00:00:00:xx:xx:xx (where 6165 * xx indicates "don't care") would be represented by a pattern of 6166 * twelve zero bytes, and a mask of "0xed,0x01". 6167 * Note that the pattern matching is done as though frames were not 6168 * 802.11 frames but 802.3 frames, i.e. the frame is fully unpacked 6169 * first (including SNAP header unpacking) and then matched. 6170 * @NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET: packet offset, pattern is matched after 6171 * these fixed number of bytes of received packet 6172 * @NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT: number of attributes 6173 * @MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT: max attribute number 6174 */ 6175 enum nl80211_packet_pattern_attr { 6176 __NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID, 6177 NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK, 6178 NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN, 6179 NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET, 6180 6181 NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT, 6182 MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT = NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT - 1, 6183 }; 6184 6185 /** 6186 * struct nl80211_pattern_support - packet pattern support information 6187 * @max_patterns: maximum number of patterns supported 6188 * @min_pattern_len: minimum length of each pattern 6189 * @max_pattern_len: maximum length of each pattern 6190 * @max_pkt_offset: maximum Rx packet offset 6191 * 6192 * This struct is carried in %NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN when 6193 * that is part of %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED or in 6194 * %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN when that is part of 6195 * %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE in the capability information given 6196 * by the kernel to userspace. 6197 */ 6198 struct nl80211_pattern_support { 6199 __u32 max_patterns; 6200 __u32 min_pattern_len; 6201 __u32 max_pattern_len; 6202 __u32 max_pkt_offset; 6203 } __attribute__((packed)); 6204 6205 /* only for backward compatibility */ 6206 #define __NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_INVALID __NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID 6207 #define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_MASK NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK 6208 #define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_PATTERN NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN 6209 #define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_OFFSET NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET 6210 #define NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT 6211 #define MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT 6212 #define nl80211_wowlan_pattern_support nl80211_pattern_support 6213 6214 /** 6215 * enum nl80211_wowlan_triggers - WoWLAN trigger definitions 6216 * @__NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes 6217 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_ANY: wake up on any activity, do not really put 6218 * the chip into a special state -- works best with chips that have 6219 * support for low-power operation already (flag) 6220 * Note that this mode is incompatible with all of the others, if 6221 * any others are even supported by the device. 6222 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_DISCONNECT: wake up on disconnect, the way disconnect 6223 * is detected is implementation-specific (flag) 6224 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_MAGIC_PKT: wake up on magic packet (6x 0xff, followed 6225 * by 16 repetitions of MAC addr, anywhere in payload) (flag) 6226 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN: wake up on the specified packet patterns 6227 * which are passed in an array of nested attributes, each nested attribute 6228 * defining a with attributes from &struct nl80211_wowlan_trig_pkt_pattern. 6229 * Each pattern defines a wakeup packet. Packet offset is associated with 6230 * each pattern which is used while matching the pattern. The matching is 6231 * done on the MSDU, i.e. as though the packet was an 802.3 packet, so the 6232 * pattern matching is done after the packet is converted to the MSDU. 6233 * 6234 * In %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED, it is a binary attribute 6235 * carrying a &struct nl80211_pattern_support. 6236 * 6237 * When reporting wakeup. it is a u32 attribute containing the 0-based 6238 * index of the pattern that caused the wakeup, in the patterns passed 6239 * to the kernel when configuring. 6240 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_SUPPORTED: Not a real trigger, and cannot be 6241 * used when setting, used only to indicate that GTK rekeying is supported 6242 * by the device (flag) 6243 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE: wake up on GTK rekey failure (if 6244 * done by the device) (flag) 6245 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_EAP_IDENT_REQUEST: wake up on EAP Identity Request 6246 * packet (flag) 6247 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_4WAY_HANDSHAKE: wake up on 4-way handshake (flag) 6248 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_RFKILL_RELEASE: wake up when rfkill is released 6249 * (on devices that have rfkill in the device) (flag) 6250 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211: For wakeup reporting only, contains 6251 * the 802.11 packet that caused the wakeup, e.g. a deauth frame. The frame 6252 * may be truncated, the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN 6253 * attribute contains the original length. 6254 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN: Original length of the 802.11 6255 * packet, may be bigger than the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211 6256 * attribute if the packet was truncated somewhere. 6257 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023: For wakeup reporting only, contains the 6258 * 802.11 packet that caused the wakeup, e.g. a magic packet. The frame may 6259 * be truncated, the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN attribute 6260 * contains the original length. 6261 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN: Original length of the 802.3 6262 * packet, may be bigger than the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023 6263 * attribute if the packet was truncated somewhere. 6264 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_CONNECTION: TCP connection wake, see DOC section 6265 * "TCP connection wakeup" for more details. This is a nested attribute 6266 * containing the exact information for establishing and keeping alive 6267 * the TCP connection. 6268 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_MATCH: For wakeup reporting only, the 6269 * wakeup packet was received on the TCP connection 6270 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_CONNLOST: For wakeup reporting only, the 6271 * TCP connection was lost or failed to be established 6272 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_NOMORETOKENS: For wakeup reporting only, 6273 * the TCP connection ran out of tokens to use for data to send to the 6274 * service 6275 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT: wake up when a configured network 6276 * is detected. This is a nested attribute that contains the 6277 * same attributes used with @NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN. It 6278 * specifies how the scan is performed (e.g. the interval, the 6279 * channels to scan and the initial delay) as well as the scan 6280 * results that will trigger a wake (i.e. the matchsets). This 6281 * attribute is also sent in a response to 6282 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY, indicating the number of match sets 6283 * supported by the driver (u32). 6284 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT_RESULTS: nested attribute 6285 * containing an array with information about what triggered the 6286 * wake up. If no elements are present in the array, it means 6287 * that the information is not available. If more than one 6288 * element is present, it means that more than one match 6289 * occurred. 6290 * Each element in the array is a nested attribute that contains 6291 * one optional %NL80211_ATTR_SSID attribute and one optional 6292 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES attribute. At least one of 6293 * these attributes must be present. If 6294 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES contains more than one 6295 * frequency, it means that the match occurred in more than one 6296 * channel. 6297 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_UNPROTECTED_DEAUTH_DISASSOC: For wakeup reporting only. 6298 * Wake up happened due to unprotected deauth or disassoc frame in MFP. 6299 * @NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG: number of wake on wireless triggers 6300 * @MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG: highest wowlan trigger attribute number 6301 * 6302 * These nested attributes are used to configure the wakeup triggers and 6303 * to report the wakeup reason(s). 6304 */ 6305 enum nl80211_wowlan_triggers { 6306 __NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_INVALID, 6307 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_ANY, 6308 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_DISCONNECT, 6309 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_MAGIC_PKT, 6310 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN, 6311 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_SUPPORTED, 6312 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE, 6313 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_EAP_IDENT_REQUEST, 6314 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_4WAY_HANDSHAKE, 6315 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_RFKILL_RELEASE, 6316 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211, 6317 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN, 6318 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023, 6319 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN, 6320 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_CONNECTION, 6321 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_MATCH, 6322 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_CONNLOST, 6323 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_NOMORETOKENS, 6324 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT, 6325 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT_RESULTS, 6326 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_UNPROTECTED_DEAUTH_DISASSOC, 6327 6328 /* keep last */ 6329 NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG, 6330 MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG = NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG - 1 6331 }; 6332 6333 /** 6334 * DOC: TCP connection wakeup 6335 * 6336 * Some devices can establish a TCP connection in order to be woken up by a 6337 * packet coming in from outside their network segment, or behind NAT. If 6338 * configured, the device will establish a TCP connection to the given 6339 * service, and periodically send data to that service. The first data 6340 * packet is usually transmitted after SYN/ACK, also ACKing the SYN/ACK. 6341 * The data packets can optionally include a (little endian) sequence 6342 * number (in the TCP payload!) that is generated by the device, and, also 6343 * optionally, a token from a list of tokens. This serves as a keep-alive 6344 * with the service, and for NATed connections, etc. 6345 * 6346 * During this keep-alive period, the server doesn't send any data to the 6347 * client. When receiving data, it is compared against the wakeup pattern 6348 * (and mask) and if it matches, the host is woken up. Similarly, if the 6349 * connection breaks or cannot be established to start with, the host is 6350 * also woken up. 6351 * 6352 * Developer's note: ARP offload is required for this, otherwise TCP 6353 * response packets might not go through correctly. 6354 */ 6355 6356 /** 6357 * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq - WoWLAN TCP data sequence 6358 * @start: starting value 6359 * @offset: offset of sequence number in packet 6360 * @len: length of the sequence value to write, 1 through 4 6361 * 6362 * Note: don't confuse with the TCP sequence number(s), this is for the 6363 * keepalive packet payload. The actual value is written into the packet 6364 * in little endian. 6365 */ 6366 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq { 6367 __u32 start, offset, len; 6368 }; 6369 6370 /** 6371 * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token - WoWLAN TCP data token config 6372 * @offset: offset of token in packet 6373 * @len: length of each token 6374 * @token_stream: stream of data to be used for the tokens, the length must 6375 * be a multiple of @len for this to make sense 6376 */ 6377 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token { 6378 __u32 offset, len; 6379 __u8 token_stream[]; 6380 }; 6381 6382 /** 6383 * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature - data token features 6384 * @min_len: minimum token length 6385 * @max_len: maximum token length 6386 * @bufsize: total available token buffer size (max size of @token_stream) 6387 */ 6388 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature { 6389 __u32 min_len, max_len, bufsize; 6390 }; 6391 6392 /** 6393 * enum nl80211_wowlan_tcp_attrs - WoWLAN TCP connection parameters 6394 * @__NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes 6395 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_IPV4: source IPv4 address (in network byte order) 6396 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_IPV4: destination IPv4 address 6397 * (in network byte order) 6398 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_MAC: destination MAC address, this is given because 6399 * route lookup when configured might be invalid by the time we suspend, 6400 * and doing a route lookup when suspending is no longer possible as it 6401 * might require ARP querying. 6402 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_PORT: source port (u16); optional, if not given a 6403 * socket and port will be allocated 6404 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_PORT: destination port (u16) 6405 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD: data packet payload, at least one byte. 6406 * For feature advertising, a u32 attribute holding the maximum length 6407 * of the data payload. 6408 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_SEQ: data packet sequence configuration 6409 * (if desired), a &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq. For feature 6410 * advertising it is just a flag 6411 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_TOKEN: data packet token configuration, 6412 * see &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token and for advertising see 6413 * &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature. 6414 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_INTERVAL: data interval in seconds, maximum 6415 * interval in feature advertising (u32) 6416 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_PAYLOAD: wake packet payload, for advertising a 6417 * u32 attribute holding the maximum length 6418 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_MASK: Wake packet payload mask, not used for 6419 * feature advertising. The mask works like @NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK 6420 * but on the TCP payload only. 6421 * @NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP: number of TCP attributes 6422 * @MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP: highest attribute number 6423 */ 6424 enum nl80211_wowlan_tcp_attrs { 6425 __NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_INVALID, 6426 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_IPV4, 6427 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_IPV4, 6428 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_MAC, 6429 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_PORT, 6430 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_PORT, 6431 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD, 6432 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_SEQ, 6433 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_TOKEN, 6434 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_INTERVAL, 6435 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_PAYLOAD, 6436 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_MASK, 6437 6438 /* keep last */ 6439 NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP, 6440 MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP = NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP - 1 6441 }; 6442 6443 /** 6444 * struct nl80211_coalesce_rule_support - coalesce rule support information 6445 * @max_rules: maximum number of rules supported 6446 * @pat: packet pattern support information 6447 * @max_delay: maximum supported coalescing delay in msecs 6448 * 6449 * This struct is carried in %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE in the 6450 * capability information given by the kernel to userspace. 6451 */ 6452 struct nl80211_coalesce_rule_support { 6453 __u32 max_rules; 6454 struct nl80211_pattern_support pat; 6455 __u32 max_delay; 6456 } __attribute__((packed)); 6457 6458 /** 6459 * enum nl80211_attr_coalesce_rule - coalesce rule attribute 6460 * @__NL80211_COALESCE_RULE_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute 6461 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_DELAY: delay in msecs used for packet coalescing 6462 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_CONDITION: condition for packet coalescence, 6463 * see &enum nl80211_coalesce_condition. 6464 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN: packet offset, pattern is matched 6465 * after these fixed number of bytes of received packet 6466 * @NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE: number of attributes 6467 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_MAX: max attribute number 6468 */ 6469 enum nl80211_attr_coalesce_rule { 6470 __NL80211_COALESCE_RULE_INVALID, 6471 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_DELAY, 6472 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_CONDITION, 6473 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN, 6474 6475 /* keep last */ 6476 NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE, 6477 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE - 1 6478 }; 6479 6480 /** 6481 * enum nl80211_coalesce_condition - coalesce rule conditions 6482 * @NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_MATCH: coalesce Rx packets when patterns 6483 * in a rule are matched. 6484 * @NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_NO_MATCH: coalesce Rx packets when patterns 6485 * in a rule are not matched. 6486 */ 6487 enum nl80211_coalesce_condition { 6488 NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_MATCH, 6489 NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_NO_MATCH 6490 }; 6491 6492 /** 6493 * enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs - limit attributes 6494 * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_UNSPEC: (reserved) 6495 * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_MAX: maximum number of interfaces that 6496 * can be chosen from this set of interface types (u32) 6497 * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_TYPES: nested attribute containing a 6498 * flag attribute for each interface type in this set 6499 * @NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT: number of attributes 6500 * @MAX_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT: highest attribute number 6501 */ 6502 enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs { 6503 NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_UNSPEC, 6504 NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_MAX, 6505 NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_TYPES, 6506 6507 /* keep last */ 6508 NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT, 6509 MAX_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT = NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT - 1 6510 }; 6511 6512 /** 6513 * enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs -- interface combination attributes 6514 * 6515 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_UNSPEC: (reserved) 6516 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_LIMITS: Nested attributes containing the limits 6517 * for given interface types, see &enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs. 6518 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_MAXNUM: u32 attribute giving the total number of 6519 * interfaces that can be created in this group. This number doesn't 6520 * apply to interfaces purely managed in software, which are listed 6521 * in a separate attribute %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACES_SOFTWARE. 6522 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_STA_AP_BI_MATCH: flag attribute specifying that 6523 * beacon intervals within this group must be all the same even for 6524 * infrastructure and AP/GO combinations, i.e. the GO(s) must adopt 6525 * the infrastructure network's beacon interval. 6526 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_NUM_CHANNELS: u32 attribute specifying how many 6527 * different channels may be used within this group. 6528 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_WIDTHS: u32 attribute containing the bitmap 6529 * of supported channel widths for radar detection. 6530 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_REGIONS: u32 attribute containing the bitmap 6531 * of supported regulatory regions for radar detection. 6532 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_BI_MIN_GCD: u32 attribute specifying the minimum GCD of 6533 * different beacon intervals supported by all the interface combinations 6534 * in this group (if not present, all beacon intervals be identical). 6535 * @NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB: number of attributes 6536 * @MAX_NL80211_IFACE_COMB: highest attribute number 6537 * 6538 * Examples: 6539 * limits = [ #{STA} <= 1, #{AP} <= 1 ], matching BI, channels = 1, max = 2 6540 * => allows an AP and a STA that must match BIs 6541 * 6542 * numbers = [ #{AP, P2P-GO} <= 8 ], BI min gcd, channels = 1, max = 8, 6543 * => allows 8 of AP/GO that can have BI gcd >= min gcd 6544 * 6545 * numbers = [ #{STA} <= 2 ], channels = 2, max = 2 6546 * => allows two STAs on the same or on different channels 6547 * 6548 * numbers = [ #{STA} <= 1, #{P2P-client,P2P-GO} <= 3 ], max = 4 6549 * => allows a STA plus three P2P interfaces 6550 * 6551 * The list of these four possibilities could completely be contained 6552 * within the %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS attribute to indicate 6553 * that any of these groups must match. 6554 * 6555 * "Combinations" of just a single interface will not be listed here, 6556 * a single interface of any valid interface type is assumed to always 6557 * be possible by itself. This means that implicitly, for each valid 6558 * interface type, the following group always exists: 6559 * numbers = [ #{<type>} <= 1 ], channels = 1, max = 1 6560 */ 6561 enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs { 6562 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_UNSPEC, 6563 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_LIMITS, 6564 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_MAXNUM, 6565 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_STA_AP_BI_MATCH, 6566 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_NUM_CHANNELS, 6567 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_WIDTHS, 6568 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_REGIONS, 6569 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_BI_MIN_GCD, 6570 6571 /* keep last */ 6572 NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB, 6573 MAX_NL80211_IFACE_COMB = NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB - 1 6574 }; 6575 6576 6577 /** 6578 * enum nl80211_plink_state - state of a mesh peer link finite state machine 6579 * 6580 * @NL80211_PLINK_LISTEN: initial state, considered the implicit 6581 * state of non-existent mesh peer links 6582 * @NL80211_PLINK_OPN_SNT: mesh plink open frame has been sent to 6583 * this mesh peer 6584 * @NL80211_PLINK_OPN_RCVD: mesh plink open frame has been received 6585 * from this mesh peer 6586 * @NL80211_PLINK_CNF_RCVD: mesh plink confirm frame has been 6587 * received from this mesh peer 6588 * @NL80211_PLINK_ESTAB: mesh peer link is established 6589 * @NL80211_PLINK_HOLDING: mesh peer link is being closed or cancelled 6590 * @NL80211_PLINK_BLOCKED: all frames transmitted from this mesh 6591 * plink are discarded, except for authentication frames 6592 * @NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES: number of peer link states 6593 * @MAX_NL80211_PLINK_STATES: highest numerical value of plink states 6594 */ 6595 enum nl80211_plink_state { 6596 NL80211_PLINK_LISTEN, 6597 NL80211_PLINK_OPN_SNT, 6598 NL80211_PLINK_OPN_RCVD, 6599 NL80211_PLINK_CNF_RCVD, 6600 NL80211_PLINK_ESTAB, 6601 NL80211_PLINK_HOLDING, 6602 NL80211_PLINK_BLOCKED, 6603 6604 /* keep last */ 6605 NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES, 6606 MAX_NL80211_PLINK_STATES = NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES - 1 6607 }; 6608 6609 /** 6610 * enum nl80211_plink_action - actions to perform in mesh peers 6611 * 6612 * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_NO_ACTION: perform no action 6613 * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_OPEN: start mesh peer link establishment 6614 * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_BLOCK: block traffic from this mesh peer 6615 * @NUM_NL80211_PLINK_ACTIONS: number of possible actions 6616 */ 6617 enum nl80211_plink_action { 6618 NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_NO_ACTION, 6619 NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_OPEN, 6620 NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_BLOCK, 6621 6622 NUM_NL80211_PLINK_ACTIONS, 6623 }; 6624 6625 6626 #define NL80211_KCK_LEN 16 6627 #define NL80211_KEK_LEN 16 6628 #define NL80211_KCK_EXT_LEN 24 6629 #define NL80211_KEK_EXT_LEN 32 6630 #define NL80211_KCK_EXT_LEN_32 32 6631 #define NL80211_REPLAY_CTR_LEN 8 6632 6633 /** 6634 * enum nl80211_rekey_data - attributes for GTK rekey offload 6635 * @__NL80211_REKEY_DATA_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes 6636 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KEK: key encryption key (binary) 6637 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KCK: key confirmation key (binary) 6638 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_REPLAY_CTR: replay counter (binary) 6639 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_AKM: AKM data (OUI, suite type) 6640 * @NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA: number of rekey attributes (internal) 6641 * @MAX_NL80211_REKEY_DATA: highest rekey attribute (internal) 6642 */ 6643 enum nl80211_rekey_data { 6644 __NL80211_REKEY_DATA_INVALID, 6645 NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KEK, 6646 NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KCK, 6647 NL80211_REKEY_DATA_REPLAY_CTR, 6648 NL80211_REKEY_DATA_AKM, 6649 6650 /* keep last */ 6651 NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA, 6652 MAX_NL80211_REKEY_DATA = NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA - 1 6653 }; 6654 6655 /** 6656 * enum nl80211_hidden_ssid - values for %NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID 6657 * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_NOT_IN_USE: do not hide SSID (i.e., broadcast it in 6658 * Beacon frames) 6659 * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_LEN: hide SSID by using zero-length SSID element 6660 * in Beacon frames 6661 * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_CONTENTS: hide SSID by using correct length of SSID 6662 * element in Beacon frames but zero out each byte in the SSID 6663 */ 6664 enum nl80211_hidden_ssid { 6665 NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_NOT_IN_USE, 6666 NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_LEN, 6667 NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_CONTENTS 6668 }; 6669 6670 /** 6671 * enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr - station WME attributes 6672 * @__NL80211_STA_WME_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute 6673 * @NL80211_STA_WME_UAPSD_QUEUES: bitmap of uapsd queues. the format 6674 * is the same as the AC bitmap in the QoS info field. 6675 * @NL80211_STA_WME_MAX_SP: max service period. the format is the same 6676 * as the MAX_SP field in the QoS info field (but already shifted down). 6677 * @__NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST: internal 6678 * @NL80211_STA_WME_MAX: highest station WME attribute 6679 */ 6680 enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr { 6681 __NL80211_STA_WME_INVALID, 6682 NL80211_STA_WME_UAPSD_QUEUES, 6683 NL80211_STA_WME_MAX_SP, 6684 6685 /* keep last */ 6686 __NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST, 6687 NL80211_STA_WME_MAX = __NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST - 1 6688 }; 6689 6690 /** 6691 * enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr - attributes for PMKSA caching candidates 6692 * @__NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes 6693 * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INDEX: candidate index (u32; the smaller, the higher 6694 * priority) 6695 * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_BSSID: candidate BSSID (6 octets) 6696 * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_PREAUTH: RSN pre-authentication supported (flag) 6697 * @NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: number of PMKSA caching candidate attributes 6698 * (internal) 6699 * @MAX_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: highest PMKSA caching candidate attribute 6700 * (internal) 6701 */ 6702 enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr { 6703 __NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INVALID, 6704 NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INDEX, 6705 NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_BSSID, 6706 NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_PREAUTH, 6707 6708 /* keep last */ 6709 NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE, 6710 MAX_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE = NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE - 1 6711 }; 6712 6713 /** 6714 * enum nl80211_tdls_operation - values for %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION 6715 * @NL80211_TDLS_DISCOVERY_REQ: Send a TDLS discovery request 6716 * @NL80211_TDLS_SETUP: Setup TDLS link 6717 * @NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN: Teardown a TDLS link which is already established 6718 * @NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK: Enable TDLS link 6719 * @NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK: Disable TDLS link 6720 */ 6721 enum nl80211_tdls_operation { 6722 NL80211_TDLS_DISCOVERY_REQ, 6723 NL80211_TDLS_SETUP, 6724 NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN, 6725 NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK, 6726 NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK, 6727 }; 6728 6729 /** 6730 * enum nl80211_ap_sme_features - device-integrated AP features 6731 * @NL80211_AP_SME_SA_QUERY_OFFLOAD: SA Query procedures offloaded to driver 6732 * when user space indicates support for SA Query procedures offload during 6733 * "start ap" with %NL80211_AP_SETTINGS_SA_QUERY_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT. 6734 */ 6735 enum nl80211_ap_sme_features { 6736 NL80211_AP_SME_SA_QUERY_OFFLOAD = 1 << 0, 6737 }; 6738 6739 /** 6740 * enum nl80211_feature_flags - device/driver features 6741 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SK_TX_STATUS: This driver supports reflecting back 6742 * TX status to the socket error queue when requested with the 6743 * socket option. 6744 * @NL80211_FEATURE_HT_IBSS: This driver supports IBSS with HT datarates. 6745 * @NL80211_FEATURE_INACTIVITY_TIMER: This driver takes care of freeing up 6746 * the connected inactive stations in AP mode. 6747 * @NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS: This driver has been tested 6748 * to work properly to support receiving regulatory hints from 6749 * cellular base stations. 6750 * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_DEVICE_NEEDS_CHANNEL: (no longer available, only 6751 * here to reserve the value for API/ABI compatibility) 6752 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SAE: This driver supports simultaneous authentication of 6753 * equals (SAE) with user space SME (NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE) in station 6754 * mode 6755 * @NL80211_FEATURE_LOW_PRIORITY_SCAN: This driver supports low priority scan 6756 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_FLUSH: Scan flush is supported 6757 * @NL80211_FEATURE_AP_SCAN: Support scanning using an AP vif 6758 * @NL80211_FEATURE_VIF_TXPOWER: The driver supports per-vif TX power setting 6759 * @NL80211_FEATURE_NEED_OBSS_SCAN: The driver expects userspace to perform 6760 * OBSS scans and generate 20/40 BSS coex reports. This flag is used only 6761 * for drivers implementing the CONNECT API, for AUTH/ASSOC it is implied. 6762 * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_CTWIN: P2P GO implementation supports CT Window 6763 * setting 6764 * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_OPPPS: P2P GO implementation supports opportunistic 6765 * powersave 6766 * @NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE: The driver supports full state 6767 * transitions for AP clients. Without this flag (and if the driver 6768 * doesn't have the AP SME in the device) the driver supports adding 6769 * stations only when they're associated and adds them in associated 6770 * state (to later be transitioned into authorized), with this flag 6771 * they should be added before even sending the authentication reply 6772 * and then transitioned into authenticated, associated and authorized 6773 * states using station flags. 6774 * Note that even for drivers that support this, the default is to add 6775 * stations in authenticated/associated state, so to add unauthenticated 6776 * stations the authenticated/associated bits have to be set in the mask. 6777 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ADVERTISE_CHAN_LIMITS: cfg80211 advertises channel limits 6778 * (HT40, VHT 80/160 MHz) if this flag is set 6779 * @NL80211_FEATURE_USERSPACE_MPM: This driver supports a userspace Mesh 6780 * Peering Management entity which may be implemented by registering for 6781 * beacons or NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE events. The mesh beacon is 6782 * still generated by the driver. 6783 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ACTIVE_MONITOR: This driver supports an active monitor 6784 * interface. An active monitor interface behaves like a normal monitor 6785 * interface, but gets added to the driver. It ensures that incoming 6786 * unicast packets directed at the configured interface address get ACKed. 6787 * @NL80211_FEATURE_AP_MODE_CHAN_WIDTH_CHANGE: This driver supports dynamic 6788 * channel bandwidth change (e.g., HT 20 <-> 40 MHz channel) during the 6789 * lifetime of a BSS. 6790 * @NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES: This device adds a DS Parameter 6791 * Set IE to probe requests. 6792 * @NL80211_FEATURE_WFA_TPC_IE_IN_PROBES: This device adds a WFA TPC Report IE 6793 * to probe requests. 6794 * @NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET: This device, in client mode, supports Quiet Period 6795 * requests sent to it by an AP. 6796 * @NL80211_FEATURE_TX_POWER_INSERTION: This device is capable of inserting the 6797 * current tx power value into the TPC Report IE in the spectrum 6798 * management TPC Report action frame, and in the Radio Measurement Link 6799 * Measurement Report action frame. 6800 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION: This driver supports dynamic ACK timeout 6801 * estimation (dynack). %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK flag attribute is used 6802 * to enable dynack. 6803 * @NL80211_FEATURE_STATIC_SMPS: Device supports static spatial 6804 * multiplexing powersave, ie. can turn off all but one chain 6805 * even on HT connections that should be using more chains. 6806 * @NL80211_FEATURE_DYNAMIC_SMPS: Device supports dynamic spatial 6807 * multiplexing powersave, ie. can turn off all but one chain 6808 * and then wake the rest up as required after, for example, 6809 * rts/cts handshake. 6810 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SUPPORTS_WMM_ADMISSION: the device supports setting up WMM 6811 * TSPEC sessions (TID aka TSID 0-7) with the %NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS 6812 * command. Standard IEEE 802.11 TSPEC setup is not yet supported, it 6813 * needs to be able to handle Block-Ack agreements and other things. 6814 * @NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE: Device supports configuring 6815 * the vif's MAC address upon creation. 6816 * See 'macaddr' field in the vif_params (cfg80211.h). 6817 * @NL80211_FEATURE_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Driver supports channel switching when 6818 * operating as a TDLS peer. 6819 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports using a 6820 * random MAC address during scan (if the device is unassociated); the 6821 * %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR flag may be set for scans and the MAC 6822 * address mask/value will be used. 6823 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports 6824 * using a random MAC address for every scan iteration during scheduled 6825 * scan (while not associated), the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR may 6826 * be set for scheduled scan and the MAC address mask/value will be used. 6827 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ND_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports using a 6828 * random MAC address for every scan iteration during "net detect", i.e. 6829 * scan in unassociated WoWLAN, the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR may 6830 * be set for scheduled scan and the MAC address mask/value will be used. 6831 */ 6832 enum nl80211_feature_flags { 6833 NL80211_FEATURE_SK_TX_STATUS = 1 << 0, 6834 NL80211_FEATURE_HT_IBSS = 1 << 1, 6835 NL80211_FEATURE_INACTIVITY_TIMER = 1 << 2, 6836 NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS = 1 << 3, 6837 NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_DEVICE_NEEDS_CHANNEL = 1 << 4, 6838 NL80211_FEATURE_SAE = 1 << 5, 6839 NL80211_FEATURE_LOW_PRIORITY_SCAN = 1 << 6, 6840 NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_FLUSH = 1 << 7, 6841 NL80211_FEATURE_AP_SCAN = 1 << 8, 6842 NL80211_FEATURE_VIF_TXPOWER = 1 << 9, 6843 NL80211_FEATURE_NEED_OBSS_SCAN = 1 << 10, 6844 NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_CTWIN = 1 << 11, 6845 NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_OPPPS = 1 << 12, 6846 /* bit 13 is reserved */ 6847 NL80211_FEATURE_ADVERTISE_CHAN_LIMITS = 1 << 14, 6848 NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE = 1 << 15, 6849 NL80211_FEATURE_USERSPACE_MPM = 1 << 16, 6850 NL80211_FEATURE_ACTIVE_MONITOR = 1 << 17, 6851 NL80211_FEATURE_AP_MODE_CHAN_WIDTH_CHANGE = 1 << 18, 6852 NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES = 1 << 19, 6853 NL80211_FEATURE_WFA_TPC_IE_IN_PROBES = 1 << 20, 6854 NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET = 1 << 21, 6855 NL80211_FEATURE_TX_POWER_INSERTION = 1 << 22, 6856 NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION = 1 << 23, 6857 NL80211_FEATURE_STATIC_SMPS = 1 << 24, 6858 NL80211_FEATURE_DYNAMIC_SMPS = 1 << 25, 6859 NL80211_FEATURE_SUPPORTS_WMM_ADMISSION = 1 << 26, 6860 NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE = 1 << 27, 6861 NL80211_FEATURE_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH = 1 << 28, 6862 NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR = 1 << 29, 6863 NL80211_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR = 1 << 30, 6864 NL80211_FEATURE_ND_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR = 1U << 31, 6865 }; 6866 6867 /** 6868 * enum nl80211_ext_feature_index - bit index of extended features. 6869 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VHT_IBSS: This driver supports IBSS with VHT datarates. 6870 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM: This driver supports RRM. When featured, user can 6871 * request to use RRM (see %NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM) with 6872 * %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests, which will set 6873 * the ASSOC_REQ_USE_RRM flag in the association request even if 6874 * NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET is not advertised. 6875 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MU_MIMO_AIR_SNIFFER: This device supports MU-MIMO air 6876 * sniffer which means that it can be configured to hear packets from 6877 * certain groups which can be configured by the 6878 * %NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA attribute, 6879 * or can be configured to follow a station by configuring the 6880 * %NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR attribute. 6881 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_START_TIME: This driver includes the actual 6882 * time the scan started in scan results event. The time is the TSF of 6883 * the BSS that the interface that requested the scan is connected to 6884 * (if available). 6885 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_PARENT_TSF: Per BSS, this driver reports the 6886 * time the last beacon/probe was received. For a non-MLO connection, the 6887 * time is the TSF of the BSS that the interface that requested the scan is 6888 * connected to (if available). For an MLO connection, the time is the TSF 6889 * of the BSS corresponding with link ID specified in the scan request (if 6890 * specified). 6891 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SET_SCAN_DWELL: This driver supports configuration of 6892 * channel dwell time. 6893 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY: Driver supports beacon rate 6894 * configuration (AP/mesh), supporting a legacy (non-HT/VHT) rate. 6895 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT: Driver supports beacon rate 6896 * configuration (AP/mesh) with HT rates. 6897 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT: Driver supports beacon rate 6898 * configuration (AP/mesh) with VHT rates. 6899 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_STA: This driver supports Fast Initial Link Setup 6900 * with user space SME (NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE) in station mode. 6901 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA: This driver supports randomized TA 6902 * in @NL80211_CMD_FRAME while not associated. 6903 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA_CONNECTED: This driver supports 6904 * randomized TA in @NL80211_CMD_FRAME while associated. 6905 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI: The driver supports sched_scan 6906 * for reporting BSSs with better RSSI than the current connected BSS 6907 * (%NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI). 6908 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST: With this driver the 6909 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD attribute accepts a list of zero or more 6910 * RSSI threshold values to monitor rather than exactly one threshold. 6911 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD: Driver SME supports FILS shared key 6912 * authentication with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. 6913 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK: Device wants to do 4-way 6914 * handshake with PSK in station mode (PSK is passed as part of the connect 6915 * and associate commands), doing it in the host might not be supported. 6916 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X: Device wants to do doing 4-way 6917 * handshake with 802.1X in station mode (will pass EAP frames to the host 6918 * and accept the set_pmk/del_pmk commands), doing it in the host might not 6919 * be supported. 6920 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME: Driver is capable of overriding 6921 * the max channel attribute in the FILS request params IE with the 6922 * actual dwell time. 6923 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: Driver accepts broadcast probe 6924 * response 6925 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE: Driver supports sending 6926 * the first probe request in each channel at rate of at least 5.5Mbps. 6927 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION: Driver supports 6928 * probe request tx deferral and suppression 6929 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MFP_OPTIONAL: Driver supports the %NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL 6930 * value in %NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP. 6931 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_SPAN_SCAN: Driver supports low span scan. 6932 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_POWER_SCAN: Driver supports low power scan. 6933 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_HIGH_ACCURACY_SCAN: Driver supports high accuracy scan. 6934 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_OFFLOAD: HW/driver will offload DFS actions. 6935 * Device or driver will do all DFS-related actions by itself, 6936 * informing user-space about CAC progress, radar detection event, 6937 * channel change triggered by radar detection event. 6938 * No need to start CAC from user-space, no need to react to 6939 * "radar detected" event. 6940 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211: Driver supports sending and 6941 * receiving control port frames over nl80211 instead of the netdevice. 6942 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT: This driver/device supports 6943 * (average) ACK signal strength reporting. 6944 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DATA_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT: Backward-compatible ID 6945 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_TXQS: Driver supports FQ-CoDel-enabled intermediate 6946 * TXQs. 6947 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_SN: Driver/device supports randomizing the 6948 * SN in probe request frames if requested by %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_SN. 6949 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT: Driver/device can omit all data 6950 * except for supported rates from the probe request content if requested 6951 * by the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT flag. 6952 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ENABLE_FTM_RESPONDER: Driver supports enabling fine 6953 * timing measurement responder role. 6954 * 6955 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CAN_REPLACE_PTK0: Driver/device confirm that they are 6956 * able to rekey an in-use key correctly. Userspace must not rekey PTK keys 6957 * if this flag is not set. Ignoring this can leak clear text packets and/or 6958 * freeze the connection. 6959 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_EXT_KEY_ID: Driver supports "Extended Key ID for 6960 * Individually Addressed Frames" from IEEE802.11-2016. 6961 * 6962 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AIRTIME_FAIRNESS: Driver supports getting airtime 6963 * fairness for transmitted packets and has enabled airtime fairness 6964 * scheduling. 6965 * 6966 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AP_PMKSA_CACHING: Driver/device supports PMKSA caching 6967 * (set/del PMKSA operations) in AP mode. 6968 * 6969 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_BAND_SPECIFIC_RSSI_THOLD: Obsolete 6970 * 6971 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_STA_TX_PWR: This driver supports controlling tx power 6972 * to a station. 6973 * 6974 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD: Device wants to do SAE authentication in 6975 * station mode (SAE password is passed as part of the connect command). 6976 * 6977 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VLAN_OFFLOAD: The driver supports a single netdev 6978 * with VLAN tagged frames and separate VLAN-specific netdevs added using 6979 * vconfig similarly to the Ethernet case. 6980 * 6981 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AQL: The driver supports the Airtime Queue Limit (AQL) 6982 * feature, which prevents bufferbloat by using the expected transmission 6983 * time to limit the amount of data buffered in the hardware. 6984 * 6985 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_PROTECTION: The driver supports Beacon protection 6986 * and can receive key configuration for BIGTK using key indexes 6 and 7. 6987 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_PROTECTION_CLIENT: The driver supports Beacon 6988 * protection as a client only and cannot transmit protected beacons. 6989 * 6990 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH: The driver can disable the 6991 * forwarding of preauth frames over the control port. They are then 6992 * handled as ordinary data frames. 6993 * 6994 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_PROTECTED_TWT: Driver supports protected TWT frames 6995 * 6996 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DEL_IBSS_STA: The driver supports removing stations 6997 * in IBSS mode, essentially by dropping their state. 6998 * 6999 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MULTICAST_REGISTRATIONS: management frame registrations 7000 * are possible for multicast frames and those will be reported properly. 7001 * 7002 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ: This driver supports receiving and 7003 * reporting scan request with %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ. In order to 7004 * report %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ, %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FREQ_KHZ must be 7005 * included in the scan request. 7006 * 7007 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211_TX_STATUS: The driver 7008 * can report tx status for control port over nl80211 tx operations. 7009 * 7010 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OPERATING_CHANNEL_VALIDATION: Driver supports Operating 7011 * Channel Validation (OCV) when using driver's SME for RSNA handshakes. 7012 * 7013 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_AP_PSK: Device wants to do 4-way 7014 * handshake with PSK in AP mode (PSK is passed as part of the start AP 7015 * command). 7016 * 7017 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD_AP: Device wants to do SAE authentication 7018 * in AP mode (SAE password is passed as part of the start AP command). 7019 * 7020 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_DISCOVERY: Driver/device supports FILS discovery 7021 * frames transmission 7022 * 7023 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: Driver/device supports 7024 * unsolicited broadcast probe response transmission 7025 * 7026 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HE: Driver supports beacon rate 7027 * configuration (AP/mesh) with HE rates. 7028 * 7029 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SECURE_LTF: Device supports secure LTF measurement 7030 * exchange protocol. 7031 * 7032 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SECURE_RTT: Device supports secure RTT measurement 7033 * exchange protocol. 7034 * 7035 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_PROT_RANGE_NEGO_AND_MEASURE: Device supports management 7036 * frame protection for all management frames exchanged during the 7037 * negotiation and range measurement procedure. 7038 * 7039 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_COLOR: The driver supports BSS color collision 7040 * detection and change announcemnts. 7041 * 7042 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_CRYPTO_OFFLOAD: Driver running in AP mode supports 7043 * FILS encryption and decryption for (Re)Association Request and Response 7044 * frames. Userspace has to share FILS AAD details to the driver by using 7045 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_FILS_AAD. 7046 * 7047 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RADAR_BACKGROUND: Device supports background radar/CAC 7048 * detection. 7049 * 7050 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_POWERED_ADDR_CHANGE: Device can perform a MAC address 7051 * change without having to bring the underlying network device down 7052 * first. For example, in station mode this can be used to vary the 7053 * origin MAC address prior to a connection to a new AP for privacy 7054 * or other reasons. Note that certain driver specific restrictions 7055 * might apply, e.g. no scans in progress, no offchannel operations 7056 * in progress, and no active connections. 7057 * 7058 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_PUNCT: Driver supports preamble puncturing in AP mode. 7059 * 7060 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SECURE_NAN: Device supports NAN Pairing which enables 7061 * authentication, data encryption and message integrity. 7062 * 7063 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AUTH_AND_DEAUTH_RANDOM_TA: Device supports randomized TA 7064 * in authentication and deauthentication frames sent to unassociated peer 7065 * using @NL80211_CMD_FRAME. 7066 * 7067 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OWE_OFFLOAD: Driver/Device wants to do OWE DH IE 7068 * handling in station mode. 7069 * 7070 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OWE_OFFLOAD_AP: Driver/Device wants to do OWE DH IE 7071 * handling in AP mode. 7072 * 7073 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_CONCURRENT: The device supports peer-to-peer or 7074 * ad hoc operation on DFS channels under the control of a concurrent 7075 * DFS master on the same channel as described in FCC-594280 D01 7076 * (Section B.3). This, for example, allows P2P GO and P2P clients to 7077 * operate on DFS channels as long as there's a concurrent BSS connection. 7078 * 7079 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SPP_AMSDU_SUPPORT: The driver has support for SPP 7080 * (signaling and payload protected) A-MSDUs and this shall be advertised 7081 * in the RSNXE. 7082 * 7083 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_EHT: Driver supports beacon rate 7084 * configuration (AP/mesh) with EHT rates. 7085 * 7086 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_EPPKE: Driver supports Enhanced Privacy Protection 7087 * Key Exchange (EPPKE) with user space SME (NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE) 7088 * in non-AP STA mode. 7089 * 7090 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ASSOC_FRAME_ENCRYPTION: This specifies that the 7091 * driver supports encryption of (Re)Association Request and Response 7092 * frames in both non‑AP STA and AP mode as specified in 7093 * "IEEE P802.11bi/D3.0, 12.16.6". 7094 * 7095 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_IEEE8021X_AUTH: Driver supports IEEE 802.1X 7096 * authentication utilizing Authentication frames with user space SME 7097 * (NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE) in non-AP STA mode, as specified in 7098 * "IEEE P802.11bi/D4.0, 12.16.5". 7099 * 7100 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ROC_ADDR_FILTER: Driver supports MAC address 7101 * filtering during remain-on-channel. When %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is 7102 * provided with %NL80211_CMD_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL, the driver will 7103 * forward frames with a matching MAC address to userspace during 7104 * the off-channel period. 7105 * 7106 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SET_KEY_LTF_SEED: Driver supports installing the 7107 * LTF key seed via %NL80211_KEY_LTF_SEED. The seed is used to generate 7108 * secure LTF keys for secure LTF measurement sessions. 7109 * 7110 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_PROBE_AP: Driver supports probing the associated AP 7111 * in STA mode using @NL80211_CMD_PROBE_PEER. 7112 * 7113 * @NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES: number of extended features. 7114 * @MAX_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES: highest extended feature index. 7115 */ 7116 enum nl80211_ext_feature_index { 7117 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VHT_IBSS, 7118 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM, 7119 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MU_MIMO_AIR_SNIFFER, 7120 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_START_TIME, 7121 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_PARENT_TSF, 7122 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SET_SCAN_DWELL, 7123 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY, 7124 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT, 7125 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT, 7126 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_STA, 7127 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA, 7128 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA_CONNECTED, 7129 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI, 7130 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST, 7131 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD, 7132 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK, 7133 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X, 7134 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME, 7135 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP, 7136 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE, 7137 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION, 7138 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MFP_OPTIONAL, 7139 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_SPAN_SCAN, 7140 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_POWER_SCAN, 7141 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_HIGH_ACCURACY_SCAN, 7142 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_OFFLOAD, 7143 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211, 7144 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT, 7145 /* we renamed this - stay compatible */ 7146 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DATA_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT = NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT, 7147 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_TXQS, 7148 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_SN, 7149 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT, 7150 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CAN_REPLACE_PTK0, 7151 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ENABLE_FTM_RESPONDER, 7152 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AIRTIME_FAIRNESS, 7153 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AP_PMKSA_CACHING, 7154 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_BAND_SPECIFIC_RSSI_THOLD, /* obsolete */ 7155 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_EXT_KEY_ID, 7156 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_STA_TX_PWR, 7157 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD, 7158 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VLAN_OFFLOAD, 7159 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AQL, 7160 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_PROTECTION, 7161 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH, 7162 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_PROTECTED_TWT, 7163 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DEL_IBSS_STA, 7164 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MULTICAST_REGISTRATIONS, 7165 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_PROTECTION_CLIENT, 7166 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ, 7167 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211_TX_STATUS, 7168 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OPERATING_CHANNEL_VALIDATION, 7169 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_AP_PSK, 7170 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD_AP, 7171 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_DISCOVERY, 7172 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP, 7173 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HE, 7174 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SECURE_LTF, 7175 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SECURE_RTT, 7176 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_PROT_RANGE_NEGO_AND_MEASURE, 7177 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_COLOR, 7178 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_CRYPTO_OFFLOAD, 7179 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RADAR_BACKGROUND, 7180 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_POWERED_ADDR_CHANGE, 7181 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_PUNCT, 7182 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SECURE_NAN, 7183 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AUTH_AND_DEAUTH_RANDOM_TA, 7184 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OWE_OFFLOAD, 7185 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OWE_OFFLOAD_AP, 7186 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_CONCURRENT, 7187 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SPP_AMSDU_SUPPORT, 7188 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_EHT, 7189 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_EPPKE, 7190 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ASSOC_FRAME_ENCRYPTION, 7191 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_IEEE8021X_AUTH, 7192 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ROC_ADDR_FILTER, 7193 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SET_KEY_LTF_SEED, 7194 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_PROBE_AP, 7195 7196 /* add new features before the definition below */ 7197 NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES, 7198 MAX_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES = NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES - 1 7199 }; 7200 7201 /** 7202 * enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr - optional supported 7203 * protocols for probe-response offloading by the driver/FW. 7204 * To be used with the %NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD attribute. 7205 * Each enum value represents a bit in the bitmap of supported 7206 * protocols. Typically a subset of probe-requests belonging to a 7207 * supported protocol will be excluded from offload and uploaded 7208 * to the host. 7209 * 7210 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS: Support for WPS ver. 1 7211 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS2: Support for WPS ver. 2 7212 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_P2P: Support for P2P 7213 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_80211U: Support for 802.11u 7214 */ 7215 enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr { 7216 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS = 1<<0, 7217 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS2 = 1<<1, 7218 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_P2P = 1<<2, 7219 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_80211U = 1<<3, 7220 }; 7221 7222 /** 7223 * enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason - connection request failed reasons 7224 * @NL80211_CONN_FAIL_MAX_CLIENTS: Maximum number of clients that can be 7225 * handled by the AP is reached. 7226 * @NL80211_CONN_FAIL_BLOCKED_CLIENT: Connection request is rejected due to ACL. 7227 */ 7228 enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason { 7229 NL80211_CONN_FAIL_MAX_CLIENTS, 7230 NL80211_CONN_FAIL_BLOCKED_CLIENT, 7231 }; 7232 7233 /** 7234 * enum nl80211_timeout_reason - timeout reasons 7235 * 7236 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED: Timeout reason unspecified. 7237 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_SCAN: Scan (AP discovery) timed out. 7238 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_AUTH: Authentication timed out. 7239 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_ASSOC: Association timed out. 7240 */ 7241 enum nl80211_timeout_reason { 7242 NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED, 7243 NL80211_TIMEOUT_SCAN, 7244 NL80211_TIMEOUT_AUTH, 7245 NL80211_TIMEOUT_ASSOC, 7246 }; 7247 7248 /** 7249 * enum nl80211_scan_flags - scan request control flags 7250 * 7251 * Scan request control flags are used to control the handling 7252 * of NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN and NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN 7253 * requests. 7254 * 7255 * NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_SPAN, NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_POWER, and 7256 * NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_HIGH_ACCURACY flags are exclusive of each other, i.e., only 7257 * one of them can be used in the request. 7258 * 7259 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_PRIORITY: scan request has low priority 7260 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FLUSH: flush cache before scanning 7261 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_AP: force a scan even if the interface is configured 7262 * as AP and the beaconing has already been configured. This attribute is 7263 * dangerous because will destroy stations performance as a lot of frames 7264 * will be lost while scanning off-channel, therefore it must be used only 7265 * when really needed 7266 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR: use a random MAC address for this scan (or 7267 * for scheduled scan: a different one for every scan iteration). When the 7268 * flag is set, depending on device capabilities the @NL80211_ATTR_MAC and 7269 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK attributes may also be given in which case only 7270 * the masked bits will be preserved from the MAC address and the remainder 7271 * randomised. If the attributes are not given full randomisation (46 bits, 7272 * locally administered 1, multicast 0) is assumed. 7273 * This flag must not be requested when the feature isn't supported, check 7274 * the nl80211 feature flags for the device. 7275 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME: fill the dwell time in the FILS 7276 * request parameters IE in the probe request 7277 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: accept broadcast probe responses 7278 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE: send probe request frames at 7279 * rate of at least 5.5M. In case non-OCE AP is discovered in the channel, 7280 * only the first probe req in the channel will be sent in high rate. 7281 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION: allow probe request 7282 * tx deferral (dot11FILSProbeDelay shall be set to 15ms) 7283 * and suppression (if it has received a broadcast Probe Response frame, 7284 * Beacon frame or FILS Discovery frame from an AP that the STA considers 7285 * a suitable candidate for (re-)association - suitable in terms of 7286 * SSID and/or RSSI. 7287 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_SPAN: Span corresponds to the total time taken to 7288 * accomplish the scan. Thus, this flag intends the driver to perform the 7289 * scan request with lesser span/duration. It is specific to the driver 7290 * implementations on how this is accomplished. Scan accuracy may get 7291 * impacted with this flag. 7292 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_POWER: This flag intends the scan attempts to consume 7293 * optimal possible power. Drivers can resort to their specific means to 7294 * optimize the power. Scan accuracy may get impacted with this flag. 7295 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_HIGH_ACCURACY: Accuracy here intends to the extent of scan 7296 * results obtained. Thus HIGH_ACCURACY scan flag aims to get maximum 7297 * possible scan results. This flag hints the driver to use the best 7298 * possible scan configuration to improve the accuracy in scanning. 7299 * Latency and power use may get impacted with this flag. 7300 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_SN: randomize the sequence number in probe 7301 * request frames from this scan to avoid correlation/tracking being 7302 * possible. 7303 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT: minimize probe request content to 7304 * only have supported rates and no additional capabilities (unless 7305 * added by userspace explicitly.) 7306 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FREQ_KHZ: report scan results with 7307 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ. This also means 7308 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES will not be included. 7309 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_COLOCATED_6GHZ: scan for collocated APs reported by 7310 * 2.4/5 GHz APs. When the flag is set, the scan logic will use the 7311 * information from the RNR element found in beacons/probe responses 7312 * received on the 2.4/5 GHz channels to actively scan only the 6GHz 7313 * channels on which APs are expected to be found. Note that when not set, 7314 * the scan logic would scan all 6GHz channels, but since transmission of 7315 * probe requests on non-PSC channels is limited, it is highly likely that 7316 * these channels would passively be scanned. Also note that when the flag 7317 * is set, in addition to the colocated APs, PSC channels would also be 7318 * scanned if the user space has asked for it. 7319 */ 7320 enum nl80211_scan_flags { 7321 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_PRIORITY = 1<<0, 7322 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FLUSH = 1<<1, 7323 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_AP = 1<<2, 7324 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR = 1<<3, 7325 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME = 1<<4, 7326 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP = 1<<5, 7327 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE = 1<<6, 7328 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION = 1<<7, 7329 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_SPAN = 1<<8, 7330 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_POWER = 1<<9, 7331 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_HIGH_ACCURACY = 1<<10, 7332 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_SN = 1<<11, 7333 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT = 1<<12, 7334 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FREQ_KHZ = 1<<13, 7335 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_COLOCATED_6GHZ = 1<<14, 7336 }; 7337 7338 /** 7339 * enum nl80211_acl_policy - access control policy 7340 * 7341 * Access control policy is applied on a MAC list set by 7342 * %NL80211_CMD_START_AP and %NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL, to 7343 * be used with %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY. 7344 * 7345 * @NL80211_ACL_POLICY_ACCEPT_UNLESS_LISTED: Deny stations which are 7346 * listed in ACL, i.e. allow all the stations which are not listed 7347 * in ACL to authenticate. 7348 * @NL80211_ACL_POLICY_DENY_UNLESS_LISTED: Allow the stations which are listed 7349 * in ACL, i.e. deny all the stations which are not listed in ACL. 7350 */ 7351 enum nl80211_acl_policy { 7352 NL80211_ACL_POLICY_ACCEPT_UNLESS_LISTED, 7353 NL80211_ACL_POLICY_DENY_UNLESS_LISTED, 7354 }; 7355 7356 /** 7357 * enum nl80211_smps_mode - SMPS mode 7358 * 7359 * Requested SMPS mode (for AP mode) 7360 * 7361 * @NL80211_SMPS_OFF: SMPS off (use all antennas). 7362 * @NL80211_SMPS_STATIC: static SMPS (use a single antenna) 7363 * @NL80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC: dynamic smps (start with a single antenna and 7364 * turn on other antennas after CTS/RTS). 7365 * @__NL80211_SMPS_AFTER_LAST: internal 7366 * @NL80211_SMPS_MAX: highest used enumeration 7367 */ 7368 enum nl80211_smps_mode { 7369 NL80211_SMPS_OFF, 7370 NL80211_SMPS_STATIC, 7371 NL80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC, 7372 7373 __NL80211_SMPS_AFTER_LAST, 7374 NL80211_SMPS_MAX = __NL80211_SMPS_AFTER_LAST - 1 7375 }; 7376 7377 /** 7378 * enum nl80211_radar_event - type of radar event for DFS operation 7379 * 7380 * Type of event to be used with NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT to inform userspace 7381 * about detected radars or success of the channel available check (CAC) 7382 * 7383 * @NL80211_RADAR_DETECTED: A radar pattern has been detected. The channel is 7384 * now unusable. 7385 * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_FINISHED: Channel Availability Check has been finished, 7386 * the channel is now available. 7387 * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_ABORTED: Channel Availability Check has been aborted, no 7388 * change to the channel status. 7389 * @NL80211_RADAR_NOP_FINISHED: The Non-Occupancy Period for this channel is 7390 * over, channel becomes usable. 7391 * @NL80211_RADAR_PRE_CAC_EXPIRED: Channel Availability Check done on this 7392 * non-operating channel is expired and no longer valid. New CAC must 7393 * be done on this channel before starting the operation. This is not 7394 * applicable for ETSI dfs domain where pre-CAC is valid for ever. 7395 * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_STARTED: Channel Availability Check has been started, 7396 * should be generated by HW if NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_OFFLOAD is enabled. 7397 */ 7398 enum nl80211_radar_event { 7399 NL80211_RADAR_DETECTED, 7400 NL80211_RADAR_CAC_FINISHED, 7401 NL80211_RADAR_CAC_ABORTED, 7402 NL80211_RADAR_NOP_FINISHED, 7403 NL80211_RADAR_PRE_CAC_EXPIRED, 7404 NL80211_RADAR_CAC_STARTED, 7405 }; 7406 7407 /** 7408 * enum nl80211_dfs_state - DFS states for channels 7409 * 7410 * Channel states used by the DFS code. 7411 * 7412 * @NL80211_DFS_USABLE: The channel can be used, but channel availability 7413 * check (CAC) must be performed before using it for AP or IBSS. 7414 * @NL80211_DFS_UNAVAILABLE: A radar has been detected on this channel, it 7415 * is therefore marked as not available. 7416 * @NL80211_DFS_AVAILABLE: The channel has been CAC checked and is available. 7417 */ 7418 enum nl80211_dfs_state { 7419 NL80211_DFS_USABLE, 7420 NL80211_DFS_UNAVAILABLE, 7421 NL80211_DFS_AVAILABLE, 7422 }; 7423 7424 /** 7425 * enum nl80211_protocol_features - nl80211 protocol features 7426 * @NL80211_PROTOCOL_FEATURE_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP: nl80211 supports splitting 7427 * wiphy dumps (if requested by the application with the attribute 7428 * %NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP. Also supported is filtering the 7429 * wiphy dump by %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY, %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX or 7430 * %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV. 7431 */ 7432 enum nl80211_protocol_features { 7433 NL80211_PROTOCOL_FEATURE_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP = 1 << 0, 7434 }; 7435 7436 /** 7437 * enum nl80211_crit_proto_id - nl80211 critical protocol identifiers 7438 * 7439 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_UNSPEC: protocol unspecified. 7440 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_DHCP: BOOTP or DHCPv6 protocol. 7441 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_EAPOL: EAPOL protocol. 7442 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_APIPA: APIPA protocol. 7443 * @NUM_NL80211_CRIT_PROTO: must be kept last. 7444 */ 7445 enum nl80211_crit_proto_id { 7446 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_UNSPEC, 7447 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_DHCP, 7448 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_EAPOL, 7449 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_APIPA, 7450 /* add other protocols before this one */ 7451 NUM_NL80211_CRIT_PROTO 7452 }; 7453 7454 /* maximum duration for critical protocol measures */ 7455 #define NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_MAX_DURATION 5000 /* msec */ 7456 7457 /** 7458 * enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags - flags for received management frame. 7459 * 7460 * Used by cfg80211_rx_mgmt() 7461 * 7462 * @NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_ANSWERED: frame was answered by device/driver. 7463 * @NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_EXTERNAL_AUTH: Host driver intends to offload 7464 * the authentication. Exclusively defined for host drivers that 7465 * advertises the SME functionality but would like the userspace 7466 * to handle certain authentication algorithms (e.g. SAE). 7467 */ 7468 enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags { 7469 NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_ANSWERED = 1 << 0, 7470 NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_EXTERNAL_AUTH = 1 << 1, 7471 }; 7472 7473 /* 7474 * If this flag is unset, the lower 24 bits are an OUI, if set 7475 * a Linux nl80211 vendor ID is used (no such IDs are allocated 7476 * yet, so that's not valid so far) 7477 */ 7478 #define NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX 0x80000000 7479 7480 /** 7481 * struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info - vendor command data 7482 * @vendor_id: If the %NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX flag is clear, then the 7483 * value is a 24-bit OUI; if it is set then a separately allocated ID 7484 * may be used, but no such IDs are allocated yet. New IDs should be 7485 * added to this file when needed. 7486 * @subcmd: sub-command ID for the command 7487 */ 7488 struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info { 7489 __u32 vendor_id; 7490 __u32 subcmd; 7491 }; 7492 7493 /** 7494 * enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability - TDLS peer flags. 7495 * 7496 * Used by tdls_mgmt() to determine which conditional elements need 7497 * to be added to TDLS Setup frames. 7498 * 7499 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HT: TDLS peer is HT capable. 7500 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_VHT: TDLS peer is VHT capable. 7501 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_WMM: TDLS peer is WMM capable. 7502 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HE: TDLS peer is HE capable. 7503 */ 7504 enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability { 7505 NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HT = 1<<0, 7506 NL80211_TDLS_PEER_VHT = 1<<1, 7507 NL80211_TDLS_PEER_WMM = 1<<2, 7508 NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HE = 1<<3, 7509 }; 7510 7511 /** 7512 * enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan - scanning plan for scheduled scan 7513 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 7514 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL: interval between scan iterations. In 7515 * seconds (u32). 7516 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS: number of scan iterations in this 7517 * scan plan (u32). The last scan plan must not specify this attribute 7518 * because it will run infinitely. A value of zero is invalid as it will 7519 * make the scan plan meaningless. 7520 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_MAX: highest scheduled scan plan attribute number 7521 * currently defined 7522 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST: internal use 7523 */ 7524 enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan { 7525 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INVALID, 7526 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL, 7527 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS, 7528 7529 /* keep last */ 7530 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST, 7531 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_MAX = 7532 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST - 1 7533 }; 7534 7535 /** 7536 * struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust - RSSI adjustment parameters. 7537 * 7538 * @band: band of BSS that must match for RSSI value adjustment. The value 7539 * of this field is according to &enum nl80211_band. 7540 * @delta: value used to adjust the RSSI value of matching BSS in dB. 7541 */ 7542 struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust { 7543 __u8 band; 7544 __s8 delta; 7545 } __attribute__((packed)); 7546 7547 /** 7548 * enum nl80211_bss_select_attr - attributes for bss selection. 7549 * 7550 * @__NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_INVALID: reserved. 7551 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI: Flag indicating only RSSI-based BSS selection 7552 * is requested. 7553 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF: attribute indicating BSS 7554 * selection should be done such that the specified band is preferred. 7555 * When there are multiple BSS-es in the preferred band, the driver 7556 * shall use RSSI-based BSS selection as a second step. The value of 7557 * this attribute is according to &enum nl80211_band (u32). 7558 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for 7559 * BSS-es in the specified band is to be adjusted before doing 7560 * RSSI-based BSS selection. The attribute value is a packed structure 7561 * value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust. 7562 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_MAX: highest bss select attribute number. 7563 * @__NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use. 7564 * 7565 * One and only one of these attributes are found within %NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT 7566 * for %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. It specifies the required BSS selection behaviour 7567 * which the driver shall use. 7568 */ 7569 enum nl80211_bss_select_attr { 7570 __NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_INVALID, 7571 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI, 7572 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF, 7573 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST, 7574 7575 /* keep last */ 7576 __NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 7577 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 7578 }; 7579 7580 /** 7581 * enum nl80211_nan_function_type - NAN function type 7582 * 7583 * Defines the function type of a NAN function 7584 * 7585 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH: function is publish 7586 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE: function is subscribe 7587 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP: function is follow-up 7588 * @__NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE_AFTER_LAST: internal use 7589 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_MAX_TYPE: internal use 7590 */ 7591 enum nl80211_nan_function_type { 7592 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH, 7593 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE, 7594 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP, 7595 7596 /* keep last */ 7597 __NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE_AFTER_LAST, 7598 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_MAX_TYPE = __NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE_AFTER_LAST - 1, 7599 }; 7600 7601 /** 7602 * enum nl80211_nan_publish_type - NAN publish tx type 7603 * 7604 * Defines how to send publish Service Discovery Frames 7605 * 7606 * @NL80211_NAN_SOLICITED_PUBLISH: publish function is solicited 7607 * @NL80211_NAN_UNSOLICITED_PUBLISH: publish function is unsolicited 7608 */ 7609 enum nl80211_nan_publish_type { 7610 NL80211_NAN_SOLICITED_PUBLISH = 1 << 0, 7611 NL80211_NAN_UNSOLICITED_PUBLISH = 1 << 1, 7612 }; 7613 7614 /** 7615 * enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason - NAN functions termination reason 7616 * 7617 * Defines termination reasons of a NAN function 7618 * 7619 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_USER_REQUEST: requested by user 7620 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_TTL_EXPIRED: timeout 7621 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_ERROR: errored 7622 */ 7623 enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason { 7624 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_USER_REQUEST, 7625 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_TTL_EXPIRED, 7626 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_ERROR, 7627 }; 7628 7629 #define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID_LEN 6 7630 #define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_SPEC_INFO_MAX_LEN 0xff 7631 #define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF_MAX_LEN 0xff 7632 7633 /** 7634 * enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes - NAN function attributes 7635 * @__NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INVALID: invalid 7636 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE: &enum nl80211_nan_function_type (u8). 7637 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID: 6 bytes of the service ID hash as 7638 * specified in NAN spec. This is a binary attribute. 7639 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_TYPE: relevant if the function's type is 7640 * publish. Defines the transmission type for the publish Service Discovery 7641 * Frame, see &enum nl80211_nan_publish_type. Its type is u8. 7642 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_BCAST: relevant if the function is a solicited 7643 * publish. Should the solicited publish Service Discovery Frame be sent to 7644 * the NAN Broadcast address. This is a flag. 7645 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE_ACTIVE: relevant if the function's type is 7646 * subscribe. Is the subscribe active. This is a flag. 7647 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_ID: relevant if the function's type is follow up. 7648 * The instance ID for the follow up Service Discovery Frame. This is u8. 7649 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_REQ_ID: relevant if the function's type 7650 * is follow up. This is a u8. 7651 * The requester instance ID for the follow up Service Discovery Frame. 7652 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_DEST: the MAC address of the recipient of the 7653 * follow up Service Discovery Frame. This is a binary attribute. 7654 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_CLOSE_RANGE: is this function limited for devices in a 7655 * close range. The range itself (RSSI) is defined by the device. 7656 * This is a flag. 7657 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TTL: strictly positive number of DWs this function should 7658 * stay active. If not present infinite TTL is assumed. This is a u32. 7659 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_INFO: array of bytes describing the service 7660 * specific info. This is a binary attribute. 7661 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF: Service Receive Filter. This is a nested attribute. 7662 * See &enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes. 7663 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_RX_MATCH_FILTER: Receive Matching filter. This is a nested 7664 * attribute. It is a list of binary values. 7665 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TX_MATCH_FILTER: Transmit Matching filter. This is a 7666 * nested attribute. It is a list of binary values. 7667 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INSTANCE_ID: The instance ID of the function. 7668 * Its type is u8 and it cannot be 0. 7669 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON: NAN function termination reason. 7670 * See &enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason. 7671 * 7672 * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR: internal 7673 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN function attribute 7674 */ 7675 enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes { 7676 __NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INVALID, 7677 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE, 7678 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID, 7679 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_TYPE, 7680 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_BCAST, 7681 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE_ACTIVE, 7682 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_ID, 7683 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_REQ_ID, 7684 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_DEST, 7685 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_CLOSE_RANGE, 7686 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TTL, 7687 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_INFO, 7688 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF, 7689 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_RX_MATCH_FILTER, 7690 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TX_MATCH_FILTER, 7691 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INSTANCE_ID, 7692 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON, 7693 7694 /* keep last */ 7695 NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR, 7696 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR - 1 7697 }; 7698 7699 /** 7700 * enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes - NAN Service Response filter attributes 7701 * @__NL80211_NAN_SRF_INVALID: invalid 7702 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_INCLUDE: present if the include bit of the SRF set. 7703 * This is a flag. 7704 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF: Bloom Filter. Present if and only if 7705 * %NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS isn't present. This attribute is binary. 7706 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF_IDX: index of the Bloom Filter. Mandatory if 7707 * %NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF is present. This is a u8. 7708 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS: list of MAC addresses for the SRF. Present if 7709 * and only if %NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF isn't present. This is a nested 7710 * attribute. Each nested attribute is a MAC address. 7711 * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR: internal 7712 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN SRF attribute 7713 */ 7714 enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes { 7715 __NL80211_NAN_SRF_INVALID, 7716 NL80211_NAN_SRF_INCLUDE, 7717 NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF, 7718 NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF_IDX, 7719 NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS, 7720 7721 /* keep last */ 7722 NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR, 7723 NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR - 1, 7724 }; 7725 7726 /** 7727 * enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes - NAN match attributes 7728 * @__NL80211_NAN_MATCH_INVALID: invalid 7729 * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_LOCAL: the local function that had the 7730 * match. This is a nested attribute. 7731 * See &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes. 7732 * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_PEER: the peer function 7733 * that caused the match. This is a nested attribute. 7734 * See &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes. 7735 * 7736 * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR: internal 7737 * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN match attribute 7738 */ 7739 enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes { 7740 __NL80211_NAN_MATCH_INVALID, 7741 NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_LOCAL, 7742 NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_PEER, 7743 7744 /* keep last */ 7745 NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR, 7746 NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR - 1 7747 }; 7748 7749 /** 7750 * enum nl80211_nan_band_conf_attributes - NAN band configuration attributes 7751 * @__NL80211_NAN_BAND_CONF_INVALID: Invalid. 7752 * @NL80211_NAN_BAND_CONF_BAND: Band for which the configuration is 7753 * being set. The value is according to &enum nl80211_band (u8). 7754 * @NL80211_NAN_BAND_CONF_FREQ: Discovery frequency. This attribute shall not 7755 * be present on 2.4 GHZ band. On 5 GHz band its presence is optional. 7756 * The allowed values are 5220 (channel 44) or 5745 (channel 149). 7757 * If not present, channel 149 is used if allowed, otherwise channel 44 7758 * will be selected. The value is in MHz (u16). 7759 * @NL80211_NAN_BAND_CONF_RSSI_CLOSE: RSSI close threshold used for NAN state 7760 * transition algorithm as described in chapters 3.3.6 and 3.3.7 "NAN 7761 * Device Role and State Transition" of Wi-Fi Aware (TM) Specification 7762 * v4.0. If not specified, default device value is used. The value should 7763 * be greater than -60 dBm (s8). 7764 * @NL80211_NAN_BAND_CONF_RSSI_MIDDLE: RSSI middle threshold used for NAN state 7765 * transition algorithm as described in chapters 3.3.6 and 3.3.7 "NAN 7766 * Device Role and State Transition" of Wi-Fi Aware (TM) Specification 7767 * v4.0. If not present, default device value is used. The value should be 7768 * greater than -75 dBm and less than %NL80211_NAN_BAND_CONF_RSSI_CLOSE 7769 * (s8). 7770 * @NL80211_NAN_BAND_CONF_WAKE_DW: Committed DW information (values 0-5). 7771 * Value 0 means that the device will not wake up during the 7772 * discovery window. Values 1-5 mean that the device will wake up 7773 * during each 2^(n - 1) discovery window, where n is the value of 7774 * this attribute. Setting this attribute to 0 is not allowed on 7775 * 2.4 GHz band (u8). This is an optional parameter (default is 1). 7776 * @NL80211_NAN_BAND_CONF_DISABLE_SCAN: Optional flag attribute to disable 7777 * scanning (for cluster merge) on the band. If set, the device will not 7778 * scan on this band anymore. Disabling scanning on 2.4 GHz band is not 7779 * allowed. 7780 * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_BAND_CONF_ATTR: Internal. 7781 * @NL80211_NAN_BAND_CONF_ATTR_MAX: Highest NAN band configuration attribute. 7782 * 7783 * These attributes are used to configure NAN band-specific parameters. Note, 7784 * that both RSSI attributes should be configured (or both left unset). 7785 */ 7786 enum nl80211_nan_band_conf_attributes { 7787 __NL80211_NAN_BAND_CONF_INVALID, 7788 NL80211_NAN_BAND_CONF_BAND, 7789 NL80211_NAN_BAND_CONF_FREQ, 7790 NL80211_NAN_BAND_CONF_RSSI_CLOSE, 7791 NL80211_NAN_BAND_CONF_RSSI_MIDDLE, 7792 NL80211_NAN_BAND_CONF_WAKE_DW, 7793 NL80211_NAN_BAND_CONF_DISABLE_SCAN, 7794 7795 /* keep last */ 7796 NUM_NL80211_NAN_BAND_CONF_ATTR, 7797 NL80211_NAN_BAND_CONF_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_BAND_CONF_ATTR - 1, 7798 }; 7799 7800 /** 7801 * enum nl80211_nan_conf_attributes - NAN configuration attributes 7802 * @__NL80211_NAN_CONF_INVALID: Invalid attribute, used for validation. 7803 * @NL80211_NAN_CONF_CLUSTER_ID: ID for the NAN cluster. This is a MAC 7804 * address that can take values from 50-6F-9A-01-00-00 to 7805 * 50-6F-9A-01-FF-FF. This attribute is optional. If not present, 7806 * a random Cluster ID will be chosen. 7807 * This attribute will be ignored in NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG 7808 * since after NAN was started, the cluster ID can no longer change. 7809 * @NL80211_NAN_CONF_EXTRA_ATTRS: Additional NAN attributes to be 7810 * published in the beacons. This is an optional byte array. 7811 * @NL80211_NAN_CONF_VENDOR_ELEMS: Vendor-specific elements that will 7812 * be published in the beacons. This is an optional byte array. 7813 * @NL80211_NAN_CONF_BAND_CONFIGS: This is a nested array attribute, 7814 * containing multiple entries for each supported band. Each band 7815 * configuration consists of &enum nl80211_nan_band_conf_attributes. 7816 * @NL80211_NAN_CONF_SCAN_PERIOD: Scan period in seconds. If not configured, 7817 * device default is used. Zero value will disable scanning. 7818 * This is u16 (optional). 7819 * @NL80211_NAN_CONF_SCAN_DWELL_TIME: Scan dwell time in TUs per channel. 7820 * Only non-zero values are valid. If not configured the device default 7821 * value is used. This is u16 (optional) 7822 * @NL80211_NAN_CONF_DISCOVERY_BEACON_INTERVAL: Discovery beacon interval 7823 * in TUs. Valid range is 50-200 TUs. If not configured the device default 7824 * value is used. This is u8 (optional) 7825 * @NL80211_NAN_CONF_NOTIFY_DW: If set, the driver will notify userspace about 7826 * the upcoming discovery window with 7827 * %NL80211_CMD_NAN_NEXT_DW_NOTIFICATION. 7828 * This is a flag attribute. 7829 * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_CONF_ATTR: Internal. 7830 * @NL80211_NAN_CONF_ATTR_MAX: Highest NAN configuration attribute. 7831 * 7832 * These attributes are used to configure NAN-specific parameters. 7833 */ 7834 enum nl80211_nan_conf_attributes { 7835 __NL80211_NAN_CONF_INVALID, 7836 NL80211_NAN_CONF_CLUSTER_ID, 7837 NL80211_NAN_CONF_EXTRA_ATTRS, 7838 NL80211_NAN_CONF_VENDOR_ELEMS, 7839 NL80211_NAN_CONF_BAND_CONFIGS, 7840 NL80211_NAN_CONF_SCAN_PERIOD, 7841 NL80211_NAN_CONF_SCAN_DWELL_TIME, 7842 NL80211_NAN_CONF_DISCOVERY_BEACON_INTERVAL, 7843 NL80211_NAN_CONF_NOTIFY_DW, 7844 7845 /* keep last */ 7846 NUM_NL80211_NAN_CONF_ATTR, 7847 NL80211_NAN_CONF_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_CONF_ATTR - 1, 7848 }; 7849 7850 /** 7851 * enum nl80211_external_auth_action - Action to perform with external 7852 * authentication request. Used by NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ACTION. 7853 * @NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_START: Start the authentication. 7854 * @NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ABORT: Abort the ongoing authentication. 7855 */ 7856 enum nl80211_external_auth_action { 7857 NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_START, 7858 NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ABORT, 7859 }; 7860 7861 /** 7862 * enum nl80211_ftm_responder_attributes - fine timing measurement 7863 * responder attributes 7864 * @__NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid 7865 * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_ENABLED: FTM responder is enabled 7866 * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI: The content of Measurement Report Element 7867 * (9.4.2.22 in 802.11-2016) with type 8 - LCI (9.4.2.22.10), 7868 * i.e. starting with the measurement token 7869 * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVICLOC: The content of Measurement Report Element 7870 * (9.4.2.22 in 802.11-2016) with type 11 - Civic (Section 9.4.2.22.13), 7871 * i.e. starting with the measurement token 7872 * @__NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LAST: Internal 7873 * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest FTM responder attribute. 7874 */ 7875 enum nl80211_ftm_responder_attributes { 7876 __NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID, 7877 7878 NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_ENABLED, 7879 NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI, 7880 NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVICLOC, 7881 7882 /* keep last */ 7883 __NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LAST, 7884 NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LAST - 1, 7885 }; 7886 7887 /* 7888 * enum nl80211_ftm_responder_stats - FTM responder statistics 7889 * 7890 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS 7891 * when getting FTM responder statistics. 7892 * 7893 * @__NL80211_FTM_STATS_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 7894 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_SUCCESS_NUM: number of FTM sessions in which all frames 7895 * were ssfully answered (u32) 7896 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_PARTIAL_NUM: number of FTM sessions in which part of the 7897 * frames were successfully answered (u32) 7898 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_FAILED_NUM: number of failed FTM sessions (u32) 7899 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_ASAP_NUM: number of ASAP sessions (u32) 7900 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_NON_ASAP_NUM: number of non-ASAP sessions (u32) 7901 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_TOTAL_DURATION_MSEC: total sessions durations - gives an 7902 * indication of how much time the responder was busy (u64, msec) 7903 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_UNKNOWN_TRIGGERS_NUM: number of unknown FTM triggers - 7904 * triggers from initiators that didn't finish successfully the negotiation 7905 * phase with the responder (u32) 7906 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_RESCHEDULE_REQUESTS_NUM: number of FTM reschedule requests 7907 * - initiator asks for a new scheduling although it already has scheduled 7908 * FTM slot (u32) 7909 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_OUT_OF_WINDOW_TRIGGERS_NUM: number of FTM triggers out of 7910 * scheduled window (u32) 7911 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_PAD: used for padding, ignore 7912 * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal 7913 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_MAX: highest possible FTM responder stats attribute 7914 */ 7915 enum nl80211_ftm_responder_stats { 7916 __NL80211_FTM_STATS_INVALID, 7917 NL80211_FTM_STATS_SUCCESS_NUM, 7918 NL80211_FTM_STATS_PARTIAL_NUM, 7919 NL80211_FTM_STATS_FAILED_NUM, 7920 NL80211_FTM_STATS_ASAP_NUM, 7921 NL80211_FTM_STATS_NON_ASAP_NUM, 7922 NL80211_FTM_STATS_TOTAL_DURATION_MSEC, 7923 NL80211_FTM_STATS_UNKNOWN_TRIGGERS_NUM, 7924 NL80211_FTM_STATS_RESCHEDULE_REQUESTS_NUM, 7925 NL80211_FTM_STATS_OUT_OF_WINDOW_TRIGGERS_NUM, 7926 NL80211_FTM_STATS_PAD, 7927 7928 /* keep last */ 7929 __NL80211_FTM_STATS_AFTER_LAST, 7930 NL80211_FTM_STATS_MAX = __NL80211_FTM_STATS_AFTER_LAST - 1 7931 }; 7932 7933 /** 7934 * enum nl80211_preamble - frame preamble types 7935 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_LEGACY: legacy (HR/DSSS, OFDM, ERP PHY) preamble 7936 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_HT: HT preamble 7937 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_VHT: VHT preamble 7938 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_DMG: DMG preamble 7939 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_HE: HE preamble 7940 */ 7941 enum nl80211_preamble { 7942 NL80211_PREAMBLE_LEGACY, 7943 NL80211_PREAMBLE_HT, 7944 NL80211_PREAMBLE_VHT, 7945 NL80211_PREAMBLE_DMG, 7946 NL80211_PREAMBLE_HE, 7947 }; 7948 7949 /** 7950 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_type - peer measurement types 7951 * @NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_INVALID: invalid/unused, needed as we use 7952 * these numbers also for attributes 7953 * 7954 * @NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_FTM: flight time measurement 7955 * 7956 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_TYPES: internal 7957 * @NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_MAX: highest type number 7958 */ 7959 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_type { 7960 NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_INVALID, 7961 7962 NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_FTM, 7963 7964 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_TYPES, 7965 NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_TYPES - 1 7966 }; 7967 7968 /** 7969 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status - peer measurement status 7970 * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_SUCCESS: measurement completed successfully 7971 * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_REFUSED: measurement was locally refused 7972 * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_TIMEOUT: measurement timed out 7973 * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_FAILURE: measurement failed, a type-dependent 7974 * reason may be available in the response data 7975 */ 7976 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status { 7977 NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_SUCCESS, 7978 NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_REFUSED, 7979 NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_TIMEOUT, 7980 NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_FAILURE, 7981 }; 7982 7983 /** 7984 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_req - peer measurement request attributes 7985 * @__NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_INVALID: invalid 7986 * 7987 * @NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_DATA: This is a nested attribute with measurement 7988 * type-specific request data inside. The attributes used are from the 7989 * enums named nl80211_peer_measurement_<type>_req. 7990 * @NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_GET_AP_TSF: include AP TSF timestamp, if supported 7991 * (flag attribute) 7992 * 7993 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTRS: internal 7994 * @NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number 7995 */ 7996 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_req { 7997 __NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_INVALID, 7998 7999 NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_DATA, 8000 NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_GET_AP_TSF, 8001 8002 /* keep last */ 8003 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTRS, 8004 NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTRS - 1 8005 }; 8006 8007 /** 8008 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_resp - peer measurement response attributes 8009 * @__NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: invalid 8010 * 8011 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_DATA: This is a nested attribute with measurement 8012 * type-specific results inside. The attributes used are from the enums 8013 * named nl80211_peer_measurement_<type>_resp. 8014 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_STATUS: u32 value with the measurement status 8015 * (using values from &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status.) 8016 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_HOST_TIME: host time (%CLOCK_BOOTTIME) when the 8017 * result was measured; this value is not expected to be accurate to 8018 * more than 20ms. (u64, nanoseconds) 8019 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_AP_TSF: TSF of the AP that the interface 8020 * doing the measurement is connected to when the result was measured. 8021 * This shall be accurately reported if supported and requested 8022 * (u64, usec) 8023 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_FINAL: If results are sent to the host partially 8024 * (*e.g. with FTM per-burst data) this flag will be cleared on all but 8025 * the last result; if all results are combined it's set on the single 8026 * result. 8027 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_PAD: padding for 64-bit attributes, ignore 8028 * 8029 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTRS: internal 8030 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number 8031 */ 8032 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_resp { 8033 __NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_INVALID, 8034 8035 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_DATA, 8036 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_STATUS, 8037 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_HOST_TIME, 8038 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_AP_TSF, 8039 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_FINAL, 8040 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_PAD, 8041 8042 /* keep last */ 8043 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTRS, 8044 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTRS - 1 8045 }; 8046 8047 /** 8048 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_req_type - FTM ranging request type, 8049 * used with %NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_REQ_TYPE 8050 * 8051 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_TYPE_INFRA: infrastructure ranging, i.e. STA-to-AP 8052 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_TYPE_PD: peer-to-peer ranging as defined in the 8053 * Wi-Fi Alliance specification "Proximity Ranging (PR) Implementation 8054 * Consideration Draft 1.9 Rev 1" 8055 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_TYPE: internal 8056 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_TYPE_MAX: highest request type value 8057 */ 8058 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_req_type { 8059 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_TYPE_INFRA, 8060 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_TYPE_PD, 8061 8062 /* keep last */ 8063 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_TYPE, 8064 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_TYPE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_TYPE - 1 8065 }; 8066 8067 /** 8068 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_peer_attrs - peer attributes for measurement 8069 * @__NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_INVALID: invalid 8070 * 8071 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_ADDR: peer's MAC address 8072 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_CHAN: channel definition, nested, using top-level 8073 * attributes like %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ etc. 8074 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_REQ: This is a nested attribute indexed by 8075 * measurement type, with attributes from the 8076 * &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_req inside. 8077 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_RESP: This is a nested attribute indexed by 8078 * measurement type, with attributes from the 8079 * &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_resp inside. 8080 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_REQ_TYPE: u32 attribute specifying the ranging 8081 * request type, using values from &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_req_type. 8082 * If absent, defaults to %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_TYPE_INFRA. 8083 * 8084 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTRS: internal 8085 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number 8086 */ 8087 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_peer_attrs { 8088 __NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_INVALID, 8089 8090 NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_ADDR, 8091 NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_CHAN, 8092 NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_REQ, 8093 NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_RESP, 8094 NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_REQ_TYPE, 8095 8096 /* keep last */ 8097 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTRS, 8098 NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTRS - 1, 8099 }; 8100 8101 /** 8102 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_attrs - peer measurement attributes 8103 * @__NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_INVALID: invalid 8104 * 8105 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX_PEERS: u32 attribute used for capability 8106 * advertisement only, indicates the maximum number of peers 8107 * measurements can be done with in a single request 8108 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_REPORT_AP_TSF: flag attribute in capability 8109 * indicating that the connected AP's TSF can be reported in 8110 * measurement results 8111 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_RANDOMIZE_MAC_ADDR: flag attribute in capability 8112 * indicating that MAC address randomization is supported. 8113 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_TYPE_CAPA: capabilities reported by the device, 8114 * this contains a nesting indexed by measurement type, and 8115 * type-specific capabilities inside, which are from the enums 8116 * named nl80211_peer_measurement_<type>_capa. 8117 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_PEERS: nested attribute, the nesting index is 8118 * meaningless, just a list of peers to measure with, with the 8119 * sub-attributes taken from 8120 * &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_peer_attrs. 8121 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX_PEER_ISTA_ROLE: u32 attribute indicating the 8122 * maximum number of peers supported when the device operates in the 8123 * ISTA (Initiator STA) role. If absent, no role-specific peer limit 8124 * applies. The sum of %NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX_PEER_ISTA_ROLE and 8125 * %NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX_PEER_RSTA_ROLE is enforced when the device 8126 * supports concurrent ISTA/RSTA operation. 8127 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX_PEER_RSTA_ROLE: u32 attribute indicating the 8128 * maximum number of peers supported when the device operates in the 8129 * RSTA (Responder STA) role. If absent, no role-specific peer limit 8130 * applies. The sum of %NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX_PEER_ISTA_ROLE and 8131 * %NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX_PEER_RSTA_ROLE is enforced when the device 8132 * supports concurrent ISTA/RSTA operation. 8133 * 8134 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_ATTR: internal 8135 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number 8136 */ 8137 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_attrs { 8138 __NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_INVALID, 8139 8140 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX_PEERS, 8141 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_REPORT_AP_TSF, 8142 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_RANDOMIZE_MAC_ADDR, 8143 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_TYPE_CAPA, 8144 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_PEERS, 8145 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX_PEER_ISTA_ROLE, 8146 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX_PEER_RSTA_ROLE, 8147 8148 /* keep last */ 8149 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_ATTR, 8150 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_ATTR - 1 8151 }; 8152 8153 /** 8154 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_capa - FTM capabilities 8155 * @__NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_INVALID: invalid 8156 * 8157 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_ASAP: flag attribute indicating ASAP mode 8158 * is supported 8159 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_NON_ASAP: flag attribute indicating non-ASAP 8160 * mode is supported 8161 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_LCI: flag attribute indicating if LCI 8162 * data can be requested during the measurement 8163 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_CIVICLOC: flag attribute indicating if civic 8164 * location data can be requested during the measurement 8165 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_PREAMBLES: u32 bitmap attribute of bits 8166 * from &enum nl80211_preamble. 8167 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_BANDWIDTHS: bitmap of values from 8168 * &enum nl80211_chan_width indicating the supported channel 8169 * bandwidths for FTM. Note that a higher channel bandwidth may be 8170 * configured to allow for other measurements types with different 8171 * bandwidth requirement in the same measurement. 8172 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_BURSTS_EXPONENT: u32 attribute indicating 8173 * the maximum bursts exponent that can be used (if not present anything 8174 * is valid) 8175 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_FTMS_PER_BURST: u32 attribute indicating 8176 * the maximum FTMs per burst (if not present anything is valid) 8177 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED: flag attribute indicating if 8178 * trigger based ranging measurement is supported 8179 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED: flag attribute indicating 8180 * if non-trigger-based ranging measurement is supported 8181 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_6GHZ_SUPPORT: flag attribute indicating if 8182 * ranging on the 6 GHz band is supported 8183 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_TX_LTF_REP: u32 attribute indicating 8184 * the maximum number of LTF repetitions the device can transmit in the 8185 * preamble of the ranging NDP (zero means only one LTF, no repetitions) 8186 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_RX_LTF_REP: u32 attribute indicating 8187 * the maximum number of LTF repetitions the device can receive in the 8188 * preamble of the ranging NDP (zero means only one LTF, no repetitions) 8189 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_TX_STS: u32 attribute indicating 8190 * the maximum number of space-time streams supported for ranging NDP TX 8191 * (zero-based) 8192 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_RX_STS: u32 attribute indicating 8193 * the maximum number of space-time streams supported for ranging NDP RX 8194 * (zero-based) 8195 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_TOTAL_LTF_TX: u32 attribute indicating the 8196 * maximum total number of LTFs the device can transmit. The total number 8197 * of LTFs is (number of LTF repetitions) * (number of space-time streams). 8198 * This limits the allowed combinations of LTF repetitions and STS. 8199 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_TOTAL_LTF_RX: u32 attribute indicating the 8200 * maximum total number of LTFs the device can receive. The total number 8201 * of LTFs is (number of LTF repetitions) * (number of space-time streams). 8202 * This limits the allowed combinations of LTF repetitions and STS. 8203 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_RSTA_SUPPORT: flag attribute indicating the 8204 * device supports operating as the RSTA in PMSR FTM request 8205 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_ISTA_CAPS: nested attribute containing ISTA 8206 * (initiator) role capabilities. Uses the same sub-attributes as 8207 * %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_RSTA_CAPS. 8208 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_RSTA_CAPS: nested attribute containing RSTA 8209 * (responder) role capabilities. 8210 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_SUPPORT_NTB: flag attribute (used inside 8211 * %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_ISTA_CAPS or 8212 * %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_RSTA_CAPS) indicating NTB ranging support. 8213 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_SUPPORT_TB: flag attribute (used inside 8214 * %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_ISTA_CAPS or 8215 * %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_RSTA_CAPS) indicating TB ranging support. 8216 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_SUPPORT_EDCA: flag attribute (used inside 8217 * %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_ISTA_CAPS or 8218 * %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_RSTA_CAPS) indicating EDCA based ranging 8219 * support. 8220 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_TYPE_CAPS: nested attribute containing ranging 8221 * type capabilities. Uses sub-attributes from 8222 * &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_type_capa. 8223 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_CONCURRENT_ISTA_RSTA_SUPPORT: flag attribute 8224 * indicating that the device can simultaneously act as initiator and 8225 * responder in a multi-peer measurement request. Only valid if 8226 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_RSTA_SUPPORT is set. 8227 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_NUM_TX_ANTENNAS: u32 attribute indicating 8228 * the maximum number of transmit antennas supported for EDCA based ranging 8229 * (0 means unknown) 8230 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_NUM_RX_ANTENNAS: u32 attribute indicating 8231 * the maximum number of receive antennas supported for EDCA based ranging 8232 * (0 means unknown) 8233 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MIN_INTERVAL_EDCA: u32 attribute indicating 8234 * the minimum EDCA ranging interval supported by the device 8235 * in milli seconds. (0 means unknown). Applications can use this value 8236 * to estimate the burst period to be given in the FTM request for the 8237 * EDCA based ranging case. If non-zero, this value will be used to 8238 * validate the burst period in the FTM request. 8239 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MIN_INTERVAL_NTB: u32 attribute indicating 8240 * the minimum NTB ranging interval supported by the device 8241 * in milli seconds. (0 means unknown). Applications can use this value 8242 * to estimate the burst period to be given in the FTM request for the 8243 * NTB ranging case. If non-zero, this value will be used to validate 8244 * the nominal time in the FTM request. 8245 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_PD_PREAMBLES: u32 bitmap of values from 8246 * &enum nl80211_preamble indicating the supported preambles for PD 8247 * ranging requests. Only valid if %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_TYPE_CAPA_ATTR_PD_SUPPORT 8248 * is set. 8249 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_PD_BANDWIDTHS: u32 bitmap of values from 8250 * &enum nl80211_chan_width indicating the supported channel bandwidths 8251 * for PD ranging requests. Only valid if 8252 * %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_TYPE_CAPA_ATTR_PD_SUPPORT is set. 8253 * 8254 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR: internal 8255 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number 8256 */ 8257 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_capa { 8258 __NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_INVALID, 8259 8260 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_ASAP, 8261 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_NON_ASAP, 8262 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_LCI, 8263 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_CIVICLOC, 8264 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_PREAMBLES, 8265 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_BANDWIDTHS, 8266 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_BURSTS_EXPONENT, 8267 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_FTMS_PER_BURST, 8268 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED, 8269 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED, 8270 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_6GHZ_SUPPORT, 8271 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_TX_LTF_REP, 8272 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_RX_LTF_REP, 8273 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_TX_STS, 8274 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_RX_STS, 8275 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_TOTAL_LTF_TX, 8276 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_TOTAL_LTF_RX, 8277 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_RSTA_SUPPORT, 8278 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_ISTA_CAPS, 8279 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_RSTA_CAPS, 8280 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_SUPPORT_NTB, 8281 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_SUPPORT_TB, 8282 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_SUPPORT_EDCA, 8283 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_TYPE_CAPS, 8284 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_CONCURRENT_ISTA_RSTA_SUPPORT, 8285 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_NUM_TX_ANTENNAS, 8286 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_NUM_RX_ANTENNAS, 8287 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MIN_INTERVAL_EDCA, 8288 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MIN_INTERVAL_NTB, 8289 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_PD_PREAMBLES, 8290 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_PD_BANDWIDTHS, 8291 8292 /* keep last */ 8293 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR, 8294 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR - 1 8295 }; 8296 8297 /** 8298 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_type_capa - FTM ranging type capability 8299 * sub-attributes, used inside %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_TYPE_CAPS 8300 * @__NL80211_PMSR_FTM_TYPE_CAPA_ATTR_INVALID: invalid 8301 * 8302 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_TYPE_CAPA_ATTR_INFRA_SUPPORT: flag attribute indicating 8303 * that the device supports infrastructure ranging (STA-to-AP or 8304 * AP-to-STA) as part of Proximity Detection 8305 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_TYPE_CAPA_ATTR_PD_SUPPORT: flag attribute indicating that 8306 * the device supports peer-to-peer ranging as mentioned in the 8307 * specification "PR Implementation Consideration Draft 1.9 rev 1" where 8308 * PD stands for proximity detection 8309 * 8310 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_TYPE_CAPA_ATTR: internal 8311 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_TYPE_CAPA_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number 8312 */ 8313 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_type_capa { 8314 __NL80211_PMSR_FTM_TYPE_CAPA_ATTR_INVALID, 8315 8316 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_TYPE_CAPA_ATTR_INFRA_SUPPORT, 8317 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_TYPE_CAPA_ATTR_PD_SUPPORT, 8318 8319 /* keep last */ 8320 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_TYPE_CAPA_ATTR, 8321 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_TYPE_CAPA_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_TYPE_CAPA_ATTR - 1 8322 }; 8323 8324 /** 8325 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_req - FTM request attributes 8326 * @__NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_INVALID: invalid 8327 * 8328 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_ASAP: ASAP mode requested (flag) 8329 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_PREAMBLE: preamble type (see 8330 * &enum nl80211_preamble), optional for DMG (u32) 8331 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP: number of bursts exponent as in 8332 * 802.11-2016 9.4.2.168 "Fine Timing Measurement Parameters element" 8333 * (u8, 0-15, optional with default 15 i.e. "no preference". No limit for 8334 * non-EDCA ranging) 8335 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_PERIOD: interval between bursts in units 8336 * of 100ms (u16, optional with default 0) 8337 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_DURATION: burst duration, as in 802.11-2016 8338 * Table 9-257 "Burst Duration field encoding" (u8, 0-15, optional with 8339 * default 15 i.e. "no preference"). For non-EDCA ranging, this is the 8340 * burst duration in milliseconds (optional with default 0, i.e. let the 8341 * device decide). 8342 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST: (Optional) number of successful 8343 * FTM frames requested per burst 8344 * (u8, 0-31, optional with default 0 i.e. "no preference") 8345 * If the attribute is absent ("no preference"), the driver or firmware can 8346 * choose a suitable value. 8347 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_RETRIES: number of FTMR frame retries 8348 * (u8, default 3) 8349 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_LCI: request LCI data (flag) 8350 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_CIVICLOC: request civic location data 8351 * (flag) 8352 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED: request trigger based ranging 8353 * measurement (flag). 8354 * This attribute and %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED are 8355 * mutually exclusive. 8356 * if neither %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED nor 8357 * %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED is set, EDCA based 8358 * ranging will be used. 8359 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED: request non-trigger-based 8360 * ranging measurement (flag) 8361 * This attribute and %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED are 8362 * mutually exclusive. 8363 * if neither %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED nor 8364 * %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED is set, EDCA based 8365 * ranging will be used. 8366 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_LMR_FEEDBACK: negotiate for LMR feedback. Only 8367 * valid if either %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED or 8368 * %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED is set. 8369 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BSS_COLOR: optional. The BSS color of the 8370 * responder. Only valid if %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED 8371 * or %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED is set. 8372 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_RSTA: optional. Request to perform the measurement 8373 * as the RSTA (flag). When set, the device is expected to dwell on the 8374 * channel specified in %NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_CHAN until it receives the 8375 * FTM request from the peer or the timeout specified by 8376 * %NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT has expired. 8377 * Only valid if %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_LMR_FEEDBACK is set (so the 8378 * RSTA will have the measurement results to report back in the FTM 8379 * response). 8380 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_MIN_TIME_BETWEEN_MEASUREMENTS: minimum time 8381 * between two consecutive range measurements in units of 100 microseconds, 8382 * for non-trigger based ranging (u32). Should be set as short as possible 8383 * to minimize turnaround time, since two-way ranging with delayed LMR 8384 * requires two measurements. Only valid if 8385 * %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED is set. 8386 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_MAX_TIME_BETWEEN_MEASUREMENTS: maximum time 8387 * between two consecutive range measurements in units of 10 milliseconds, 8388 * for non-trigger based ranging (u32). Acts as a session timeout; if 8389 * exceeded, the ranging session should be terminated. Only valid if 8390 * %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED is set. 8391 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NOMINAL_TIME: The nominal time field shall be 8392 * set to the nominal duration between adjacent Availability Windows in 8393 * units of milli seconds (u32). Mandatory if 8394 * %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED is set. 8395 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_AW_DURATION: (Optional) The AW duration field 8396 * shall be set to the duration of the AW in units of 1ms (0-255 ms) (u32). 8397 * Only valid if %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED is set. 8398 * If the attribute is absent ("no preference"), the driver or firmware 8399 * can choose a suitable value. 8400 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_MEASUREMENTS: (Optional) number of 8401 * Availability Windows (AWs) to schedule for non-trigger-based ranging. 8402 * Each AW may contain multiple FTM exchanges as configured by 8403 * %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST. Only valid if 8404 * %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED is set. 8405 * If the attribute is absent ("no preference"), the driver or firmware 8406 * can choose a suitable value. 8407 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_PAD: ignore, for u64/s64 padding only. 8408 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_INGRESS: optional u64 attribute in units of mm. 8409 * When specified, the measurement result of the peer needs to be 8410 * indicated if the device moves into this range. 8411 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_EGRESS: optional u64 attribute in units of mm. 8412 * When specified, the measurement result of the peer needs to be 8413 * indicated if the device moves out of this range. 8414 * If neither or only one of @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_INGRESS and 8415 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_EGRESS is specified, only the specified 8416 * threshold is used. If both are specified, both thresholds are applied. 8417 * If neither is specified, results are reported without threshold 8418 * filtering. 8419 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_PD_SUPPRESS_RESULTS: Flag to suppress ranging 8420 * results for PD requests. When set, ranging measurements are performed 8421 * but results are not reported to userspace, regardless of ranging role 8422 * or type. Only valid when %NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_REQ_TYPE is set to 8423 * %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_TYPE_PD. 8424 * 8425 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR: internal 8426 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number 8427 */ 8428 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_req { 8429 __NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_INVALID, 8430 8431 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_ASAP, 8432 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_PREAMBLE, 8433 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP, 8434 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_PERIOD, 8435 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_DURATION, 8436 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST, 8437 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_RETRIES, 8438 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_LCI, 8439 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_CIVICLOC, 8440 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED, 8441 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED, 8442 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_LMR_FEEDBACK, 8443 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BSS_COLOR, 8444 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_RSTA, 8445 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_MIN_TIME_BETWEEN_MEASUREMENTS, 8446 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_MAX_TIME_BETWEEN_MEASUREMENTS, 8447 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NOMINAL_TIME, 8448 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_AW_DURATION, 8449 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_MEASUREMENTS, 8450 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_PAD, 8451 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_INGRESS, 8452 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_EGRESS, 8453 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_PD_SUPPRESS_RESULTS, 8454 8455 /* keep last */ 8456 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR, 8457 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR - 1 8458 }; 8459 8460 /** 8461 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_failure_reasons - FTM failure reasons 8462 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_UNSPECIFIED: unspecified failure, not used 8463 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_NO_RESPONSE: no response from the FTM responder 8464 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_REJECTED: FTM responder rejected measurement 8465 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_WRONG_CHANNEL: we already know the peer is 8466 * on a different channel, so can't measure (if we didn't know, we'd 8467 * try and get no response) 8468 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_NOT_CAPABLE: peer can't actually do FTM 8469 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_INVALID_TIMESTAMP: invalid T1/T4 timestamps 8470 * received 8471 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_BUSY: peer reports busy, you may retry 8472 * later (see %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BUSY_RETRY_TIME) 8473 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_BAD_CHANGED_PARAMS: parameters were changed 8474 * by the peer and are no longer supported 8475 */ 8476 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_failure_reasons { 8477 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_UNSPECIFIED, 8478 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_NO_RESPONSE, 8479 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_REJECTED, 8480 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_WRONG_CHANNEL, 8481 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_NOT_CAPABLE, 8482 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_INVALID_TIMESTAMP, 8483 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_BUSY, 8484 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_BAD_CHANGED_PARAMS, 8485 }; 8486 8487 /** 8488 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_resp - FTM response attributes 8489 * @__NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: invalid 8490 * 8491 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FAIL_REASON: FTM-specific failure reason 8492 * (u32, optional) 8493 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_INDEX: optional, if bursts are reported 8494 * as separate results then it will be the burst index 0...(N-1) and 8495 * the top level will indicate partial results (u32) 8496 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_ATTEMPTS: number of FTM Request frames 8497 * transmitted (u32, optional) 8498 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_SUCCESSES: number of FTM Request frames 8499 * that were acknowledged (u32, optional) 8500 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BUSY_RETRY_TIME: retry time received from the 8501 * busy peer (u32, seconds) 8502 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP: actual number of bursts exponent 8503 * used by the responder (similar to request, u8) 8504 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_DURATION: actual burst duration used by 8505 * the responder (similar to request, u8) 8506 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST: actual FTMs per burst used 8507 * by the responder (similar to request, u8) 8508 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_AVG: average RSSI across all FTM action 8509 * frames (optional, s32, 1/2 dBm) 8510 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_SPREAD: RSSI spread across all FTM action 8511 * frames (optional, s32, 1/2 dBm) 8512 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_TX_RATE: bitrate we used for the response to the 8513 * FTM action frame (optional, nested, using &enum nl80211_rate_info 8514 * attributes) 8515 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RX_RATE: bitrate the responder used for the FTM 8516 * action frame (optional, nested, using &enum nl80211_rate_info attrs) 8517 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_AVG: average RTT (s64, picoseconds, optional 8518 * but one of RTT/DIST must be present) 8519 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_VARIANCE: RTT variance (u64, ps^2, note that 8520 * standard deviation is the square root of variance, optional) 8521 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_SPREAD: RTT spread (u64, picoseconds, 8522 * optional) 8523 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_AVG: average distance (s64, mm, optional 8524 * but one of RTT/DIST must be present) 8525 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_VARIANCE: distance variance (u64, mm^2, note 8526 * that standard deviation is the square root of variance, optional) 8527 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_SPREAD: distance spread (u64, mm, optional) 8528 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI: LCI data from peer (binary, optional); 8529 * this is the contents of the Measurement Report Element (802.11-2016 8530 * 9.4.2.22.1) starting with the Measurement Token, with Measurement 8531 * Type 8. 8532 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVICLOC: civic location data from peer 8533 * (binary, optional); 8534 * this is the contents of the Measurement Report Element (802.11-2016 8535 * 9.4.2.22.1) starting with the Measurement Token, with Measurement 8536 * Type 11. 8537 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_PAD: ignore, for u64/s64 padding only 8538 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_PERIOD: actual burst period used by 8539 * the responder (similar to request, u16) 8540 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_TX_LTF_REPETITION_COUNT: negotiated value of 8541 * number of tx ltf repetitions in NDP frames (u32, optional) 8542 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RX_LTF_REPETITION_COUNT: negotiated value of 8543 * number of rx ltf repetitions in NDP frames (u32, optional) 8544 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX_TIME_BETWEEN_MEASUREMENTS: negotiated value 8545 * where latest time by which the ISTA needs to complete the next round of 8546 * measurements, in units of 10 ms (u32, optional) 8547 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MIN_TIME_BETWEEN_MEASUREMENTS: negotiated 8548 * minimum time between two consecutive range measurements initiated by an 8549 * ISTA, in units of 100 us (u32, optional) 8550 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_TX_SPATIAL_STREAMS: number of Tx space-time 8551 * streams used in NDP frames during the measurement sounding phase 8552 * (u32, optional). 8553 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_RX_SPATIAL_STREAMS: number of Rx space-time 8554 * streams used in the NDP frames during the measurement sounding phase 8555 * (u32, optional) 8556 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NOMINAL_TIME: negotiated nominal time used in 8557 * this session in milliseconds. (u32, optional) 8558 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_AVAILABILITY_WINDOW: negotiated availability 8559 * window time used in this session, in units of milli seconds. 8560 * (u32, optional) 8561 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH: u32 attribute indicating channel 8562 * width used for measurement, see &enum nl80211_chan_width (optional). 8563 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_PREAMBLE: u32 attribute indicating the preamble 8564 * type used for the measurement, see &enum nl80211_preamble (optional). 8565 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_IS_DELAYED_LMR: flag, indicates if the 8566 * current result is delayed LMR data. 8567 * 8568 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR: internal 8569 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number 8570 */ 8571 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_resp { 8572 __NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID, 8573 8574 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FAIL_REASON, 8575 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_INDEX, 8576 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_ATTEMPTS, 8577 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_SUCCESSES, 8578 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BUSY_RETRY_TIME, 8579 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP, 8580 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_DURATION, 8581 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST, 8582 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_AVG, 8583 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_SPREAD, 8584 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_TX_RATE, 8585 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RX_RATE, 8586 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_AVG, 8587 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_VARIANCE, 8588 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_SPREAD, 8589 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_AVG, 8590 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_VARIANCE, 8591 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_SPREAD, 8592 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI, 8593 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVICLOC, 8594 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_PAD, 8595 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_PERIOD, 8596 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_TX_LTF_REPETITION_COUNT, 8597 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RX_LTF_REPETITION_COUNT, 8598 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX_TIME_BETWEEN_MEASUREMENTS, 8599 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MIN_TIME_BETWEEN_MEASUREMENTS, 8600 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_TX_SPATIAL_STREAMS, 8601 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_RX_SPATIAL_STREAMS, 8602 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NOMINAL_TIME, 8603 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_AVAILABILITY_WINDOW, 8604 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH, 8605 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_PREAMBLE, 8606 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_IS_DELAYED_LMR, 8607 8608 /* keep last */ 8609 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR, 8610 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR - 1 8611 }; 8612 8613 /** 8614 * enum nl80211_obss_pd_attributes - OBSS packet detection attributes 8615 * @__NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid 8616 * 8617 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MIN_OFFSET: the OBSS PD minimum tx power offset. 8618 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MAX_OFFSET: the OBSS PD maximum tx power offset. 8619 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_NON_SRG_MAX_OFFSET: the non-SRG OBSS PD maximum 8620 * tx power offset. 8621 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_BSS_COLOR_BITMAP: bitmap that indicates the BSS color 8622 * values used by members of the SRG. 8623 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_PARTIAL_BSSID_BITMAP: bitmap that indicates the partial 8624 * BSSID values used by members of the SRG. 8625 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_SR_CTRL: The SR Control field of SRP element. 8626 * 8627 * @__NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_LAST: Internal 8628 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MAX: highest OBSS PD attribute. 8629 */ 8630 enum nl80211_obss_pd_attributes { 8631 __NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_INVALID, 8632 8633 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MIN_OFFSET, 8634 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MAX_OFFSET, 8635 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_NON_SRG_MAX_OFFSET, 8636 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_BSS_COLOR_BITMAP, 8637 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_PARTIAL_BSSID_BITMAP, 8638 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_SR_CTRL, 8639 8640 /* keep last */ 8641 __NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_LAST, 8642 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_LAST - 1, 8643 }; 8644 8645 /** 8646 * enum nl80211_bss_color_attributes - BSS Color attributes 8647 * @__NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid 8648 * 8649 * @NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_COLOR: the current BSS Color. 8650 * @NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_DISABLED: is BSS coloring disabled. 8651 * @NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_PARTIAL: the AID equation to be used.. 8652 * 8653 * @__NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_LAST: Internal 8654 * @NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_MAX: highest BSS Color attribute. 8655 */ 8656 enum nl80211_bss_color_attributes { 8657 __NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_INVALID, 8658 8659 NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_COLOR, 8660 NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_DISABLED, 8661 NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_PARTIAL, 8662 8663 /* keep last */ 8664 __NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_LAST, 8665 NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_LAST - 1, 8666 }; 8667 8668 /** 8669 * enum nl80211_iftype_akm_attributes - interface type AKM attributes 8670 * @__NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid 8671 * 8672 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_IFTYPES: nested attribute containing a flag 8673 * attribute for each interface type that supports AKM suites specified in 8674 * %NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_SUITES 8675 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_SUITES: an array of u32. Used to indicate supported 8676 * AKM suites for the specified interface types. 8677 * 8678 * @__NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_LAST: Internal 8679 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_MAX: highest interface type AKM attribute. 8680 */ 8681 enum nl80211_iftype_akm_attributes { 8682 __NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_INVALID, 8683 8684 NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_IFTYPES, 8685 NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_SUITES, 8686 8687 /* keep last */ 8688 __NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_LAST, 8689 NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_LAST - 1, 8690 }; 8691 8692 /** 8693 * enum nl80211_fils_discovery_attributes - FILS discovery configuration 8694 * from IEEE Std 802.11ai-2016, Annex C.3 MIB detail. 8695 * 8696 * @__NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid 8697 * 8698 * @NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INT_MIN: Minimum packet interval (u32, TU). 8699 * Allowed range: 0..10000 (TU = Time Unit) 8700 * @NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INT_MAX: Maximum packet interval (u32, TU). 8701 * Allowed range: 0..10000 (TU = Time Unit). If set to 0, the feature is disabled. 8702 * @NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_TMPL: Template data for FILS discovery action 8703 * frame including the headers. 8704 * 8705 * @__NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_LAST: Internal 8706 * @NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute 8707 */ 8708 enum nl80211_fils_discovery_attributes { 8709 __NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INVALID, 8710 8711 NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INT_MIN, 8712 NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INT_MAX, 8713 NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_TMPL, 8714 8715 /* keep last */ 8716 __NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_LAST, 8717 NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_LAST - 1 8718 }; 8719 8720 /* 8721 * FILS discovery template minimum length with action frame headers and 8722 * mandatory fields. 8723 */ 8724 #define NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_TMPL_MIN_LEN 42 8725 8726 /** 8727 * enum nl80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp_attributes - Unsolicited broadcast probe 8728 * response configuration. Applicable only in 6GHz. 8729 * 8730 * @__NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid 8731 * 8732 * @NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_INT: Maximum packet interval (u32, TU). 8733 * Allowed range: 0..20 (TU = Time Unit). IEEE P802.11ax/D6.0 8734 * 26.17.2.3.2 (AP behavior for fast passive scanning). If set to 0, the feature is 8735 * disabled. 8736 * @NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_TMPL: Unsolicited broadcast probe response 8737 * frame template (binary). 8738 * 8739 * @__NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_LAST: Internal 8740 * @NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute 8741 */ 8742 enum nl80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp_attributes { 8743 __NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_INVALID, 8744 8745 NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_INT, 8746 NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_TMPL, 8747 8748 /* keep last */ 8749 __NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_LAST, 8750 NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_MAX = 8751 __NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_LAST - 1 8752 }; 8753 8754 /** 8755 * enum nl80211_sae_pwe_mechanism - The mechanism(s) allowed for SAE PWE 8756 * derivation. Applicable only when WPA3-Personal SAE authentication is 8757 * used. 8758 * 8759 * @NL80211_SAE_PWE_UNSPECIFIED: not specified, used internally to indicate that 8760 * attribute is not present from userspace. 8761 * @NL80211_SAE_PWE_HUNT_AND_PECK: hunting-and-pecking loop only 8762 * @NL80211_SAE_PWE_HASH_TO_ELEMENT: hash-to-element only 8763 * @NL80211_SAE_PWE_BOTH: both hunting-and-pecking loop and hash-to-element 8764 * can be used. 8765 */ 8766 enum nl80211_sae_pwe_mechanism { 8767 NL80211_SAE_PWE_UNSPECIFIED, 8768 NL80211_SAE_PWE_HUNT_AND_PECK, 8769 NL80211_SAE_PWE_HASH_TO_ELEMENT, 8770 NL80211_SAE_PWE_BOTH, 8771 }; 8772 8773 /** 8774 * enum nl80211_sar_type - type of SAR specs 8775 * 8776 * @NL80211_SAR_TYPE_POWER: power limitation specified in 0.25dBm unit 8777 * 8778 * @NUM_NL80211_SAR_TYPE: internal 8779 */ 8780 enum nl80211_sar_type { 8781 NL80211_SAR_TYPE_POWER, 8782 8783 /* add new type here */ 8784 8785 /* Keep last */ 8786 NUM_NL80211_SAR_TYPE, 8787 }; 8788 8789 /** 8790 * enum nl80211_sar_attrs - Attributes for SAR spec 8791 * 8792 * @__NL80211_SAR_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid 8793 * 8794 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_TYPE: the SAR type as defined in &enum nl80211_sar_type. 8795 * 8796 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS: Nested array of SAR power 8797 * limit specifications. Each specification contains a set 8798 * of %nl80211_sar_specs_attrs. 8799 * 8800 * For SET operation, it contains array of %NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_POWER 8801 * and %NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_RANGE_INDEX. 8802 * 8803 * For sar_capa dump, it contains array of 8804 * %NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_START_FREQ 8805 * and %NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_END_FREQ. 8806 * 8807 * @__NL80211_SAR_ATTR_LAST: Internal 8808 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_MAX: highest sar attribute 8809 * 8810 * These attributes are used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_SAR_SPEC 8811 */ 8812 enum nl80211_sar_attrs { 8813 __NL80211_SAR_ATTR_INVALID, 8814 8815 NL80211_SAR_ATTR_TYPE, 8816 NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS, 8817 8818 __NL80211_SAR_ATTR_LAST, 8819 NL80211_SAR_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_SAR_ATTR_LAST - 1, 8820 }; 8821 8822 /** 8823 * enum nl80211_sar_specs_attrs - Attributes for SAR power limit specs 8824 * 8825 * @__NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_INVALID: Invalid 8826 * 8827 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_POWER: Required (s32)value to specify the actual 8828 * power limit value in units of 0.25 dBm if type is 8829 * NL80211_SAR_TYPE_POWER. (i.e., a value of 44 represents 11 dBm). 8830 * 0 means userspace doesn't have SAR limitation on this associated range. 8831 * 8832 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_RANGE_INDEX: Required (u32) value to specify the 8833 * index of exported freq range table and the associated power limitation 8834 * is applied to this range. 8835 * 8836 * Userspace isn't required to set all the ranges advertised by WLAN driver, 8837 * and userspace can skip some certain ranges. These skipped ranges don't 8838 * have SAR limitations, and they are same as setting the 8839 * %NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_POWER to any unreasonable high value because any 8840 * value higher than regulatory allowed value just means SAR power 8841 * limitation is removed, but it's required to set at least one range. 8842 * It's not allowed to set duplicated range in one SET operation. 8843 * 8844 * Every SET operation overwrites previous SET operation. 8845 * 8846 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_START_FREQ: Required (u32) value to specify the start 8847 * frequency of this range edge when registering SAR capability to wiphy. 8848 * It's not a channel center frequency. The unit is kHz. 8849 * 8850 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_END_FREQ: Required (u32) value to specify the end 8851 * frequency of this range edge when registering SAR capability to wiphy. 8852 * It's not a channel center frequency. The unit is kHz. 8853 * 8854 * @__NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_LAST: Internal 8855 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_MAX: highest sar specs attribute 8856 */ 8857 enum nl80211_sar_specs_attrs { 8858 __NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_INVALID, 8859 8860 NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_POWER, 8861 NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_RANGE_INDEX, 8862 NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_START_FREQ, 8863 NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_END_FREQ, 8864 8865 __NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_LAST, 8866 NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_MAX = __NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_LAST - 1, 8867 }; 8868 8869 /** 8870 * enum nl80211_mbssid_config_attributes - multiple BSSID (MBSSID) and enhanced 8871 * multi-BSSID advertisements (EMA) in AP mode. 8872 * Kernel uses some of these attributes to advertise driver's support for 8873 * MBSSID and EMA. 8874 * Remaining attributes should be used by the userspace to configure the 8875 * features. 8876 * 8877 * @__NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid 8878 * 8879 * @NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX_INTERFACES: Used by the kernel to advertise 8880 * the maximum number of MBSSID interfaces supported by the driver. 8881 * Driver should indicate MBSSID support by setting 8882 * wiphy->mbssid_max_interfaces to a value more than or equal to 2. 8883 * 8884 * @NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX_EMA_PROFILE_PERIODICITY: Used by the kernel 8885 * to advertise the maximum profile periodicity supported by the driver 8886 * if EMA is enabled. Driver should indicate EMA support to the userspace 8887 * by setting wiphy->ema_max_profile_periodicity to 8888 * a non-zero value. 8889 * 8890 * @NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_INDEX: Mandatory parameter to pass the index of 8891 * this BSS (u8) in the multiple BSSID set. 8892 * Value must be set to 0 for the transmitting interface and non-zero for 8893 * all non-transmitting interfaces. The userspace will be responsible 8894 * for using unique indices for the interfaces. 8895 * Range: 0 to wiphy->mbssid_max_interfaces-1. 8896 * 8897 * @NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_IFINDEX: Mandatory parameter for 8898 * a non-transmitted profile which provides the interface index (u32) of 8899 * the transmitted profile. The value must match one of the interface 8900 * indices advertised by the kernel. Optional if the interface being set up 8901 * is the transmitting one, however, if provided then the value must match 8902 * the interface index of the same. 8903 * 8904 * @NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_EMA: Flag used to enable EMA AP feature. 8905 * Setting this flag is permitted only if the driver advertises EMA support 8906 * by setting wiphy->ema_max_profile_periodicity to non-zero. 8907 * 8908 * @NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_LINK_ID: Link ID of the transmitted profile. 8909 * This parameter is mandatory when NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_CONFIG attributes 8910 * are sent for a non-transmitted profile and if the transmitted profile 8911 * is part of an MLD. For all other cases this parameter is unnecessary. 8912 * 8913 * @__NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_LAST: Internal 8914 * @NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute 8915 */ 8916 enum nl80211_mbssid_config_attributes { 8917 __NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_INVALID, 8918 8919 NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX_INTERFACES, 8920 NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX_EMA_PROFILE_PERIODICITY, 8921 NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_INDEX, 8922 NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_IFINDEX, 8923 NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_EMA, 8924 NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_LINK_ID, 8925 8926 /* keep last */ 8927 __NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_LAST, 8928 NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_LAST - 1, 8929 }; 8930 8931 /** 8932 * enum nl80211_ap_settings_flags - AP settings flags 8933 * 8934 * @NL80211_AP_SETTINGS_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT: AP supports external 8935 * authentication. 8936 * @NL80211_AP_SETTINGS_SA_QUERY_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT: Userspace supports SA Query 8937 * procedures offload to driver. If driver advertises 8938 * %NL80211_AP_SME_SA_QUERY_OFFLOAD in AP SME features, userspace shall 8939 * ignore SA Query procedures and validations when this flag is set by 8940 * userspace. 8941 */ 8942 enum nl80211_ap_settings_flags { 8943 NL80211_AP_SETTINGS_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT = 1 << 0, 8944 NL80211_AP_SETTINGS_SA_QUERY_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT = 1 << 1, 8945 }; 8946 8947 /** 8948 * enum nl80211_wiphy_radio_attrs - wiphy radio attributes 8949 * 8950 * @__NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid 8951 * 8952 * @NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_ATTR_INDEX: Index of this radio (u32) 8953 * @NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE: Frequency range supported by this 8954 * radio. Attribute may be present multiple times. 8955 * @NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATION: Supported interface 8956 * combination for this radio. Attribute may be present multiple times 8957 * and contains attributes defined in &enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs. 8958 * @NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_ATTR_ANTENNA_MASK: bitmask (u32) of antennas 8959 * connected to this radio. 8960 * @NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_ATTR_RTS_THRESHOLD: RTS threshold (u32) of this radio. 8961 * 8962 * @__NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_ATTR_LAST: Internal 8963 * @NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_ATTR_MAX: Highest attribute 8964 */ 8965 enum nl80211_wiphy_radio_attrs { 8966 __NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_ATTR_INVALID, 8967 8968 NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_ATTR_INDEX, 8969 NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE, 8970 NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATION, 8971 NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_ATTR_ANTENNA_MASK, 8972 NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_ATTR_RTS_THRESHOLD, 8973 8974 /* keep last */ 8975 __NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_ATTR_LAST, 8976 NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_ATTR_LAST - 1, 8977 }; 8978 8979 /** 8980 * enum nl80211_wiphy_radio_freq_range - wiphy radio frequency range 8981 * 8982 * @__NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_FREQ_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid 8983 * 8984 * @NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_FREQ_ATTR_START: Frequency range start (u32). 8985 * The unit is kHz. 8986 * @NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_FREQ_ATTR_END: Frequency range end (u32). 8987 * The unit is kHz. 8988 * 8989 * @__NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_FREQ_ATTR_LAST: Internal 8990 * @NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_FREQ_ATTR_MAX: Highest attribute 8991 */ 8992 enum nl80211_wiphy_radio_freq_range { 8993 __NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_FREQ_ATTR_INVALID, 8994 8995 NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_FREQ_ATTR_START, 8996 NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_FREQ_ATTR_END, 8997 8998 __NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_FREQ_ATTR_LAST, 8999 NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_FREQ_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_FREQ_ATTR_LAST - 1, 9000 }; 9001 9002 /** 9003 * enum nl80211_s1g_short_beacon_attrs - S1G short beacon data 9004 * 9005 * @__NL80211_S1G_SHORT_BEACON_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid 9006 * 9007 * @NL80211_S1G_SHORT_BEACON_ATTR_HEAD: Short beacon head (binary). 9008 * @NL80211_S1G_SHORT_BEACON_ATTR_TAIL: Short beacon tail (binary). 9009 * 9010 * @__NL80211_S1G_SHORT_BEACON_ATTR_LAST: Internal 9011 * @NL80211_S1G_SHORT_BEACON_ATTR_MAX: Highest attribute 9012 */ 9013 enum nl80211_s1g_short_beacon_attrs { 9014 __NL80211_S1G_SHORT_BEACON_ATTR_INVALID, 9015 9016 NL80211_S1G_SHORT_BEACON_ATTR_HEAD, 9017 NL80211_S1G_SHORT_BEACON_ATTR_TAIL, 9018 9019 /* keep last */ 9020 __NL80211_S1G_SHORT_BEACON_ATTR_LAST, 9021 NL80211_S1G_SHORT_BEACON_ATTR_MAX = 9022 __NL80211_S1G_SHORT_BEACON_ATTR_LAST - 1 9023 }; 9024 9025 /** 9026 * enum nl80211_nan_capabilities - NAN (Neighbor Aware Networking) 9027 * capabilities. 9028 * 9029 * @__NL80211_NAN_CAPABILITIES_INVALID: Invalid. 9030 * @NL80211_NAN_CAPA_CONFIGURABLE_SYNC: Flag attribute indicating that 9031 * the device supports configurable synchronization. If set, the device 9032 * should be able to handle %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_CONFIG 9033 * attribute in the %NL80211_CMD_START_NAN (and change) command. 9034 * @NL80211_NAN_CAPA_USERSPACE_DE: Flag attribute indicating that 9035 * NAN Discovery Engine (DE) is not offloaded and the driver assumes 9036 * user space DE implementation. When set, %NL80211_CMD_ADD_NAN_FUNCTION, 9037 * %NL80211_CMD_DEL_NAN_FUNCTION and %NL80211_CMD_NAN_MATCH commands 9038 * should not be used. In addition, the device/driver should support 9039 * sending discovery window (DW) notifications using 9040 * %NL80211_CMD_NAN_NEXT_DW_NOTIFICATION and handling transmission and 9041 * reception of NAN SDF frames on NAN device interface during DW windows. 9042 * (%NL80211_CMD_FRAME is used to transmit SDFs) 9043 * @NL80211_NAN_CAPA_OP_MODE: u8 attribute indicating the supported operation 9044 * modes as defined in Wi-Fi Aware (TM) specification Table 81 (Operation 9045 * Mode field format). 9046 * @NL80211_NAN_CAPA_NUM_ANTENNAS: u8 attribute indicating the number of 9047 * TX and RX antennas supported by the device. Lower nibble indicates 9048 * the number of TX antennas and upper nibble indicates the number of RX 9049 * antennas. Value 0 indicates the information is not available. 9050 * See table 79 of Wi-Fi Aware (TM) specification (Number of 9051 * Antennas field). 9052 * @NL80211_NAN_CAPA_MAX_CHANNEL_SWITCH_TIME: u16 attribute indicating the 9053 * maximum time in microseconds that the device requires to switch 9054 * channels. 9055 * @NL80211_NAN_CAPA_CAPABILITIES: u8 attribute containing the 9056 * capabilities of the device as defined in Wi-Fi Aware (TM) 9057 * specification Table 79 (Capabilities field). 9058 * @NL80211_NAN_CAPA_PHY: nested attribute containing band-agnostic 9059 * capabilities for NAN data path. See &enum nl80211_nan_phy_cap_attr. 9060 * @__NL80211_NAN_CAPABILITIES_LAST: Internal 9061 * @NL80211_NAN_CAPABILITIES_MAX: Highest NAN capability attribute. 9062 */ 9063 enum nl80211_nan_capabilities { 9064 __NL80211_NAN_CAPABILITIES_INVALID, 9065 9066 NL80211_NAN_CAPA_CONFIGURABLE_SYNC, 9067 NL80211_NAN_CAPA_USERSPACE_DE, 9068 NL80211_NAN_CAPA_OP_MODE, 9069 NL80211_NAN_CAPA_NUM_ANTENNAS, 9070 NL80211_NAN_CAPA_MAX_CHANNEL_SWITCH_TIME, 9071 NL80211_NAN_CAPA_CAPABILITIES, 9072 NL80211_NAN_CAPA_PHY, 9073 /* keep last */ 9074 __NL80211_NAN_CAPABILITIES_LAST, 9075 NL80211_NAN_CAPABILITIES_MAX = __NL80211_NAN_CAPABILITIES_LAST - 1, 9076 }; 9077 9078 /** 9079 * enum nl80211_nan_peer_map_attrs - NAN peer schedule map attributes 9080 * 9081 * Nested attributes used within %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_PEER_MAPS to define 9082 * individual peer schedule maps. 9083 * 9084 * @__NL80211_NAN_PEER_MAP_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid 9085 * @NL80211_NAN_PEER_MAP_ATTR_MAP_ID: (u8) The map ID for this schedule map. 9086 * @NL80211_NAN_PEER_MAP_ATTR_TIME_SLOTS: An array of u8 values with 32 cells. 9087 * Each value maps a time slot to a channel index within the schedule's 9088 * channel list (%NL80211_ATTR_NAN_CHANNEL attributes). 9089 * %NL80211_NAN_SCHED_NOT_AVAIL_SLOT indicates unscheduled. 9090 * @__NL80211_NAN_PEER_MAP_ATTR_LAST: Internal 9091 * @NL80211_NAN_PEER_MAP_ATTR_MAX: Highest peer map attribute 9092 */ 9093 enum nl80211_nan_peer_map_attrs { 9094 __NL80211_NAN_PEER_MAP_ATTR_INVALID, 9095 9096 NL80211_NAN_PEER_MAP_ATTR_MAP_ID, 9097 NL80211_NAN_PEER_MAP_ATTR_TIME_SLOTS, 9098 9099 /* keep last */ 9100 __NL80211_NAN_PEER_MAP_ATTR_LAST, 9101 NL80211_NAN_PEER_MAP_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_NAN_PEER_MAP_ATTR_LAST - 1, 9102 }; 9103 9104 #define NL80211_NAN_SCHED_NOT_AVAIL_SLOT 0xff 9105 9106 #endif /* __LINUX_NL80211_H */ 9107